WO2022201858A1 - Surface protective sheet and treatment method - Google Patents

Surface protective sheet and treatment method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022201858A1
WO2022201858A1 PCT/JP2022/003426 JP2022003426W WO2022201858A1 WO 2022201858 A1 WO2022201858 A1 WO 2022201858A1 JP 2022003426 W JP2022003426 W JP 2022003426W WO 2022201858 A1 WO2022201858 A1 WO 2022201858A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
less
water
weight
peeling
meth
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/003426
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
健太 熊倉
尚史 小坂
雄太 島▲崎▼
哲士 本田
Original Assignee
日東電工株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日東電工株式会社 filed Critical 日東電工株式会社
Priority to JP2023508727A priority Critical patent/JPWO2022201858A1/ja
Priority to CN202280024088.3A priority patent/CN117083356A/en
Priority to TW111105242A priority patent/TW202300609A/en
Publication of WO2022201858A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022201858A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/022Mechanical properties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J201/00Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/20Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by their carriers
    • C09J7/22Plastics; Metallised plastics
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/38Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/04Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
    • H01L21/18Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
    • H01L21/30Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/04Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
    • H01L21/18Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic Table or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
    • H01L21/30Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26
    • H01L21/302Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26 to change their surface-physical characteristics or shape, e.g. etching, polishing, cutting
    • H01L21/304Mechanical treatment, e.g. grinding, polishing, cutting

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a surface protective sheet and a processing method.
  • This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-52064 filed on March 25, 2021 and Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-151206 filed on September 16, 2021. , the entire contents of those applications are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the surface protection sheet is removed from the adherend (object to be protected) at an appropriate timing after achieving the purpose of protection. Therefore, the surface protective sheet is required to have adhesiveness necessary for protecting the object to be protected and easy peelability when peeling and removing from the object to be protected during the protection period such as treatment with a chemical solution. If the peeling force with respect to the object to be protected is large, for example, when the object to be protected is thin, the object to be protected may be damaged due to the peeling force when the surface protective sheet is removed from the object to be protected. There is a risk of deformation.
  • the glass panel used as the optical member can be thinned by a glass slimming process using a chemical solution such as hydrofluoric acid.
  • a surface protective sheet may be used to protect the non-processed surface of the glass.
  • the thinned glass may break due to the increase in peeling force during the treatment, the peeling mode, etc. Therefore, There are problems such as a decrease in yield.
  • window glass and cover glass used for foldable displays and rollable displays are thinned to a thickness of about 100 ⁇ m or less in order to impart flexibility. Therefore, the risk of breakage when peeling off the surface protective sheet is greater.
  • the peel strength of the surface protection sheet is set low, the load applied to the adherend during peeling can be reduced, and the risk of damage or deformation can be reduced. There is a risk that the chemical solution will permeate into the protected area, or in extreme cases, the adhesive will lift or peel off from the adherend during the protection period, failing to achieve the purpose of protection. It is more difficult to achieve both adhesiveness necessary for protection and easy peelability that does not damage the adherend for thin brittle materials such as thin glass.
  • one surface protection sheet is attached to one surface of one or more objects to be treated (for example, a glass plate), and a conveying means such as a roller is used.
  • a conveying means such as a roller
  • External forces such as impact, vibration, deformation, etc., may be unavoidably or unintentionally applied to the object to be processed during and after the transport (including placement and setting in equipment, etc.). There is a concern that this external force acts as a peeling load, causing the surface protective sheet to peel off from the object to be processed.
  • the external force in the physical processing acts as a peeling load, and there is concern that the edge of the surface protective sheet may peel off. .
  • the protection purpose cannot be achieved, for example, the chemical solution or the like may permeate into the protection area.
  • the present invention was created in view of the above circumstances, and is used in a process including a step of treating an object to be protected while attached to the object to be protected, for example, in a liquid.
  • a peelable surface protection sheet that does not easily peel off from the edges due to external forces such as vibrations and physical treatments during the process, and does not damage or deform the protected object when peeled. aim.
  • Another related object is to provide a treatment method using the surface protective sheet.
  • the surface protective sheet according to one aspect provided by this specification has a bending stiffness value at 25° C. within the range of 1.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 to 1.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 2 Pa ⁇ m 3 .
  • the above-mentioned surface protection sheet was prepared by bonding the adhesive surface of the surface protection sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and holding the surface protection sheet in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH for 1 hour. After that, 20 ⁇ L of distilled water was supplied between the alkali glass and the adhesion surface, and the distilled water was allowed to enter one end of the interface between the alkali glass and the adhesion surface.
  • the water peeling force FW0 measured under the conditions of a degree and a speed of 300 mm/min is 1.0 N/20 mm or less.
  • the present inventors have been researching and developing a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (water-releasable pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) that can be easily peeled off using an aqueous liquid such as water and has improved water resistance reliability during bonding. .
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet water-releasable pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be removed from the adherend without damaging the adherend, which is the object to be peeled, or with less physical load, by water-peeling using an aqueous liquid such as water. can be removed.
  • the technology disclosed herein utilizes the water stripping described above.
  • the surface protection sheet since the surface protection sheet has a water peeling force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less, it achieves peeling (water peeling) without damaging or deforming the adherend (object to be protected) during peeling. be able to.
  • the surface protection sheet since the surface protection sheet has a flexural rigidity value at 25° C. within the range of 1.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 to 1.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 2 Pa ⁇ m 3 , the surface protection sheet can be used as an object to be protected. Even if an external force such as vibration is applied in the process of treating the object to be protected in a liquid such as a chemical solution or water while it is attached, the surface protection sheet will not withstand the external force. It is difficult to peel off from.
  • a surface protection sheet is an alkali glass surface having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and an adhesive surface of the surface protection sheet is attached to the surface, and the contact angle is 23°C.
  • 20 ⁇ L of distilled water was supplied between the alkali glass and the adhesion surface, and the distilled water was applied to one end of the interface between the alkali glass and the adhesion surface.
  • the water peeling force FW0 measured under conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peeling angle of 180 degrees, and a speed of 300 mm/min is 1.0 N/20 mm or less.
  • the above-mentioned surface protection sheet was prepared by bonding the adhesive surface of the surface protection sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and holding the surface protection sheet in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH for 24 hours. After that, 20 ⁇ L of distilled water is dropped between the alkali glass and the adhesive surface, and the trigger peel force measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peel angle of 20 degrees, and a speed of 1000 mm/min is 0.5 N/10 mm or more. is.
  • the above surface protective sheet has a water peeling force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less, it can be peeled off without damaging or deforming the adherend (object to be protected) by peeling it in the presence of water. be able to.
  • the surface protective sheet has a trigger peeling force of 0.5 N/10 mm or more, vibration in the transportation process, physical load in the physical treatment process, etc. act in the thickness direction of the surface protective sheet. Even when an external force (also referred to as a physical load or a peeling load) that can cause peeling of the edge of the surface protective sheet is applied, the peeling from the edge hardly occurs.
  • the water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm] of the surface protection sheet is 50% or less of the adhesive force F0 [N/20 mm].
  • the adhesive force F0 is measured by attaching the adhesive surface of the surface protective sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and exposing the adhesive surface to the surface at 23°C and 50% RH for 1 hour. After holding, the peel strength [N/20 mm] is measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peel angle of 180 degrees, and a speed of 300 mm/min.
  • a surface protection sheet satisfying the above properties can be easily peeled off from an object to be protected by performing peeling in the presence of water, while maintaining a good adhesion state to the object to be protected during protection. can be a thing.
  • the surface protection sheet consists of an adhesive layer and a base layer that supports the adhesive layer.
  • the surface protection sheet can have a protective function by the base material layer located on the back side and adhesiveness to the object to be protected by the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer contains a water affinity agent.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing a water-affinitive agent makes it easy to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive that satisfactorily achieves both normal (normal) adhesive strength and water removability.
  • the thickness (total thickness) of the surface protective sheet is 20-200 ⁇ m. Having a total thickness greater than or equal to a predetermined value also tends to improve the edge peeling resistance during processing. Moreover, the surface protective sheet having the above total thickness tends to exhibit a good protective function. For example, there is a tendency to easily obtain protective properties such as prevention of permeation of chemical solutions.
  • the surface protection sheet disclosed here is suitable as a surface protection sheet for use, for example, in a process of chemically and/or physically treating glass or semiconductor wafers in a liquid.
  • the surface protection sheet attached to the glass or semiconductor wafer that is the object to be protected is less likely to come off from the edges.
  • smooth peeling using water peeling can be realized from glass and semiconductor wafers, which are objects to be protected.
  • the surface protective sheet having the above-described water peeling force can be peeled off without damaging the protected object due to its water peeling property even when the protected object is a thin and brittle material such as thin glass.
  • the thickness of the protective object during peeling is smaller than that during adhesion, and the risk of breakage is greater.
  • This treatment method includes a step of attaching a surface protective sheet to the surface of an adherend having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less; , applying a physical load in the thickness direction of the surface protective sheet; and removing the surface protective sheet from the adherend by peeling in the presence of water.
  • the surface protective sheet has a water peeling force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less and a trigger peeling force of 0.5 N/10 mm or more. [Water peeling force FW0] The water peeling force FW0 is measured after bonding the adhesive surface of the surface protective sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less and holding the surface in an environment of 23° C.
  • the trigger peeling force is measured after bonding the adhesive surface of the surface protective sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and holding it in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH for 24 hours.
  • the maximum stress [N/10 mm] at the initial stage of peeling is measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peeling angle of 20 degrees, and a speed of 1000 mm/min. .
  • the trigger peel force is 0.5 N/10 mm or more.
  • the adherend (object to be protected) can be removed by peeling the surface protective sheet from the adherend in the presence of water.
  • the surface protective sheet can be removed without damage or deformation.
  • the surface protective sheet has a water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm] that is 50% or less of the adhesive force F0 [N/20 mm].
  • the adhesive force F0 is measured by attaching the adhesive surface of the surface protective sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and exposing the adhesive surface to the surface at 23°C and 50% RH for 1 hour. After holding, the peel strength [N/20 mm] is measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peel angle of 180 degrees, and a speed of 300 mm/min.
  • a surface protection sheet comprising an adhesive layer and a substrate layer supporting the adhesive layer is preferably used.
  • Examples of processes in which a physical load is applied to the adherend to which the surface protection sheet is attached in the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet include a transport process and a physical treatment process.
  • the surface protective sheet disclosed herein is resistant to physical loads applied in the thickness direction of the surface protective sheet in a transportation process that tends to cause vibration and a processing method that includes physical processing such as cutting an adherend. Partial peeling is unlikely to occur, and the intended protection can be achieved.
  • a surface protective sheet for use in any of the adherend treatment methods disclosed herein.
  • such a surface protective sheet has a water peeling force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less and a trigger peeling force of 0.5 N/10 mm or more, so it is applicable to the treatment method disclosed herein. By doing so, it is possible to achieve both adhesion retention in which peeling of the edges of the surface protective sheet is unlikely to occur against a physical load applied in the thickness direction of the surface protective sheet, and smooth peeling and removal.
  • Such a surface protective sheet is particularly suitable for the adherend treatment method disclosed herein.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of a surface protective sheet
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another form example of the surface protection sheet.
  • FIG. 1 shows a cross-sectional structure of a surface protective sheet according to one embodiment.
  • the surface protective sheet 1 has an adhesive surface 1A, and a sheet-like base material layer (support base material) 10 is provided with an adhesive layer 20 on one surface 10A thereof. It is in the form of a flexible adhesive sheet.
  • the surface protection sheet 1 is used by attaching the surface 20A of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 20, which is the adhesive surface 1A, to an adherend (object to be protected).
  • the back surface 10B of the base material layer 10 (the surface opposite to the one surface 10A) is also the back surface 1B of the surface protection sheet 1 and constitutes the outer surface of the surface protection sheet 1 .
  • the surface protection sheet 1 before use (that is, before being attached to an adherend) has a release liner-attached surface in which the adhesive surface 1A is protected by a release liner 30 whose release surface is at least the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 20 side. It can be in the form of a protective sheet 50 .
  • the other surface (back surface) 10B of the base material layer 10 serves as a release surface, and when the surface protection sheet 1 is wound into a roll, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 20 comes into contact with the back surface ( It may be a surface protective sheet in which the adhesive surface 1A) is protected.
  • the base material layer 10 of the surface protection sheet 2 may have a multilayer structure.
  • the surface protection sheet 2 has a configuration in which an adhesive layer 20 is provided on one surface 10A of a sheet-like base material layer (support base material) 10, and the base material layer 10 is the first It has a laminated structure of a layer 11 and a second layer 12 .
  • the base material layer 10 includes a first layer 11 that is a main layer of the base material layer 10 and a second layer 12 that constitutes one surface (back surface) 10B of the base material layer 10 .
  • the second layer 12 is an inorganic material containing layer.
  • the adhesive layer 20 adheres to the first layer 11 side surface 10A of the base material layer 10 .
  • the surface protective sheet 2 before use (that is, before being attached to an adherend) has a release liner-attached surface in which the adhesive surface 2A is protected by a release liner 30 whose release surface is at least the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 20 side. It can be in the form of a protective sheet 50 .
  • the other surface (back surface) 10B of the base material layer 10 is a release surface, and when the surface protective sheet 2 is wound into a roll, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 20 contacts the back surface and the surface is It may be a surface protective sheet in a protected form.
  • the surface protection sheet has a bending rigidity value at 25°C (25°C bending rigidity value) within the range of 1.0 ⁇ 10 -6 to 1.0 ⁇ 10 -2 Pa ⁇ m 3 .
  • a surface protection sheet that satisfies this property will not be able to withstand external force such as vibration in the process of treating the protection target in a liquid such as a chemical solution or water while the surface protection sheet is attached to the protection target. However, peeling from the end portion is less likely to occur against the external force.
  • the surface protective sheet is provided with a specified range of rigidity (flexural rigidity at 25°C) to increase the stress (peeling stress) against external forces such as vibrations that can cause edge peeling of the surface protective sheet in the above process.
  • flexural rigidity at 25°C flexural rigidity at 25°C
  • the surface protective sheet has rigidity suitable for surface protection applications, and exhibits good peeling workability and handling. It is easy to obtain sexuality. There is also a tendency for the surface followability of the object to be protected to improve.
  • the 25° C. bending stiffness value D may be 5.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 Pa ⁇ m 3 or more, preferably 1.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 Pa ⁇ m 3 or more, from the viewpoint of edge peeling prevention. , more preferably 5.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 Pa ⁇ m 3 or more, still more preferably 1.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 Pa ⁇ m 3 or more, and may be 3.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 Pa ⁇ m 3 or more.
  • the 25° C. flexural rigidity value D is preferably 5.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 Pa ⁇ m 3 or less, more preferably 1.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ It is 3 Pa ⁇ m 3 or less, more preferably 5.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 Pa ⁇ m 3 or less, and may be 1.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 Pa ⁇ m 3 or less.
  • the 25° C. bending stiffness value D is low within a predetermined range is advantageous from the point of view of improving the surface followability of the object to be protected.
  • the 25° C. bending stiffness value is not particularly limited, and may be less than 1.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 Pa ⁇ m 3 or 1.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 2 Pa ⁇ m 3 It can be super.
  • the flexural rigidity value D of the surface protective sheet refers to a value converted per cross-sectional area of the base layer constituting the surface protective sheet.
  • the cross-sectional area of the substrate layer is calculated based on the thickness of the substrate layer.
  • the thickness h of the base material layer is a value obtained by subtracting the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the measured thickness of the surface protection sheet.
  • the Poisson's ratio ⁇ is a value (dimensionless number) determined by the material of the substrate layer, and when the material is a resin, 0.35 can usually be adopted as the value of ⁇ .
  • the 25° C. flexural rigidity value D [Pa ⁇ m 3 ] is obtained by substituting the 25° C.
  • the 25° C. bending rigidity value may be a 25° C. bending rigidity value in the longitudinal direction (MD: Machine Direction), or a 25° C. bending rigidity value in the width direction (TD: a direction orthogonal to the Transverse Direction MD), Therefore, it may be at least one of the 25 ° C. bending stiffness value of MD and the 25 ° C. bending stiffness value of TD, or any arbitrary regardless of whether it is MD or TD It may be a 25° bending stiffness value in one direction.
  • the 25° C. flexural rigidity value of the surface protective sheet can be obtained mainly by selecting the material of the base material layer constituting the surface protective sheet and setting the thickness.
  • the 25° C. tensile modulus of the surface protection sheet may be 100 MPa or more, or 500 MPa or more. In some preferred embodiments, the 25° C. tensile modulus is 1000 MPa or higher, more preferably 3000 MPa or higher, even more preferably 5000 MPa or higher, and may be 6000 MPa or higher. The higher the 25°C tensile modulus, the higher the 25°C bending stiffness value. The upper limit of the 25° C.
  • tensile modulus is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 30 GPa or less, 15 GPa or less, 10 GPa or less, 8000 MPa or less, 6000 MPa or less, or 4500 MPa or less.
  • the surface protective sheet having a tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C within the above range tends to have good peeling workability, handleability and surface followability.
  • the stress at 100% elongation at 25° C. of the surface protective sheet may be 10 N/mm 2 or more, preferably 30 N/mm 2 or more. is 50 N/mm 2 or more, more preferably 80 N/mm 2 or more, and may be 120 N/mm 2 or more.
  • the upper limit of the stress at 100% elongation is, for example, 300 N/mm 2 or less, may be 200 N/mm 2 or less, or may be 100 N/mm 2 or less.
  • a surface protection sheet having a stress at 100% elongation within the above range tends to exhibit good peeling workability, handleability and surface followability.
  • the breaking stress of the surface protective sheet at 25°C may be 10 N/mm 2 or more, or 30 N/mm 2 or more (for example, 50 N/mm 2 or more). suitable, preferably 100 N/mm 2 or more, more preferably 120 N/mm 2 or more, and may be 150 N/mm 2 or more. As the breaking stress increases, the surface protective sheet tends to have a predetermined rigidity or higher, and tends to be more likely to prevent peeling at the edges.
  • the upper limit of the breaking stress is, for example, 500 N/mm 2 or less, may be 300 N/mm 2 or less, may be 200 N/mm 2 or less, or may be 150 N/mm 2 or less.
  • a surface protective sheet having a breaking stress within the above range tends to exhibit good peeling workability, handleability, and surface followability.
  • the breaking strain of the surface protective sheet at 25°C may be 500% or less, suitably less than 300%, preferably 250% or less, It may be 200% or less.
  • the smaller the breaking strain the easier it is for the surface protective sheet to have a predetermined rigidity or more, and the easier it is for the peeling-off property at the edges to be obtained.
  • the lower limit of the breaking strain is, for example, 120% or more, may be 150% or more, or may be 200% or more.
  • a surface protective sheet having a strain at break within the above range tends to exhibit good peeling workability, handleability, and surface followability.
  • the 25° C. tensile modulus is obtained from linear regression of a stress-strain curve obtained from a tensile test described in the Examples below.
  • the stress at 100% elongation [N/mm 2 ], breaking stress [N/mm 2 ] and breaking strain [%] can also be measured by a tensile test described in Examples below.
  • the mechanical property values (tensile modulus, stress at 100% elongation, breaking stress and breaking strain) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are much smaller than those of the base material layer, and the above mechanical properties of the surface protection sheet are the same as those of the base layer. It can depend on the mechanical properties of the material layer.
  • the tensile modulus, stress at 100% elongation and breaking stress of the surface protective sheet refer to values converted per cross-sectional area of the substrate layer constituting the surface protective sheet.
  • the cross-sectional area of the substrate layer is calculated based on the thickness of the substrate layer.
  • the thickness of a base material layer be the value which deducted the thickness of an adhesive layer from the measured value of the thickness of a surface protection sheet.
  • the 25° C. tensile modulus may be the 25° C. tensile modulus of MD or the 25° C. tensile modulus of TD, therefore, the 25° C. tensile modulus of MD and the 25° C. tensile modulus of TD It may be the 25° C.
  • the stress at 100% elongation, stress at break and strain at break may each be a measured value of MD (stress at 100% elongation, stress at break or strain at break), or may be a measured value of TD. and thus may be a measurement in MD and/or a measurement in TD, or any one-way measurement, whether MD or TD. .
  • the above mechanical properties of the surface protective sheet are mainly set by selecting the material of the base layer constituting the surface protective sheet. , can be adjusted.
  • Normal water peeling force FW0 is 1.0 N/20 mm or less.
  • Such a surface protective sheet having a water peeling force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less adheres well to the adherend, and should be peeled off with water using an aqueous liquid such as water. and can be easily peeled off from the object to be protected. More specifically, for example, a small amount of aqueous liquid is supplied between the object to be protected and the adhesive layer, and the aqueous liquid is allowed to enter the interface between the object to be protected and the adhesive layer to trigger peeling.
  • the peel strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the object to be protected can be greatly reduced.
  • the surface protective sheet can be easily peeled off from the object to be protected by water peeling using an aqueous liquid such as water without damaging or deforming the object to be protected.
  • a surface protection sheet having this property water peeling property
  • the normal water peel force FW0 is, for example, less than 1.0 N/20 mm, may be 0.9 N/20 mm or less, may be 0.8 N/20 mm or less, or may be 0.7 N/20 mm or less, 0.6 N/20 mm or less, 0.5 N/20 mm or less, or 0.3 N/20 mm or less (for example, 0.1 N/20 mm or less).
  • the lower limit of the normal water peeling force FW0 is set appropriately so as to exhibit the desired water peeling property, and is not limited to a specific range.
  • the lower limit of the normal water peeling force FW0 may be 0.0 N/20 mm, or 0.01 N/20 mm or more (for example, 0.1 N/20 mm or more).
  • Normal water peeling force FW0 was determined by bonding the adhesive surface of the surface protective sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and holding it in an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH for 1 hour. After that, 20 ⁇ L of distilled water was supplied between the alkali glass and the adhesion surface, and the distilled water was allowed to enter one end of the interface between the alkali glass and the adhesion surface. water peeling force [N/20 mm] measured under the conditions of a degree and a speed of 300 mm/min. The normal water peeling force FW0 is more specifically measured by the method described in Examples below.
  • the normal water peel strength FW0 [N/20 mm] of the surface protection sheet is preferably 50% or less of the normal adhesive strength F0 [N/20 mm].
  • the surface protective sheet has a normal-state water peel strength reduction [%] represented by the formula: FW0/F0 ⁇ 100; of 50% or less.
  • the normal water peel strength reduction is 30% or less, more preferably 20% or less, still more preferably 10% or less, and 5% or less (for example, 3% or less). good too.
  • a surface protective sheet exhibiting such a degree of reduction in normal water peeling force can achieve a better balance between adhesion reliability during protection and easy peelability during peeling.
  • the lower limit of the normal water peel strength reduction is 0%, and practically, it may be about 1% or more (for example, 2% or more).
  • the normal state adhesive strength F0 of the surface protection sheet is designed to be higher than the normal state water peeling strength FW0.
  • the normal adhesive force F0 may be, for example, 0.5 N/20 mm or more, and is typically greater than 1.0 N/20 mm.
  • a surface protective sheet having a normal state adhesive strength F0 of a predetermined value or more tends to exhibit good adhesiveness to an object to be protected.
  • the normal adhesive force F0 is 2.0 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 3.0 N/20 mm or more (eg, greater than 3.0 N/20 mm), and even more preferably 5.0 N/20 mm or more.
  • a high protective function is likely to be obtained as the normal state adhesive strength F0 increases. According to the technology disclosed herein, even if the surface protective sheet is attached to the object to be protected with a high adhesive force, when peeled off, a smooth surface can be obtained without damaging or deforming the object by using water peeling. The protective sheet can be peeled off. Therefore, it is possible to set the adhesive strength (normal state adhesive strength F0) higher than that of the conventional surface protective sheet that obtains releasability by limiting the adhesive strength.
  • the upper limit of the normal state adhesive strength F0 is appropriately set according to the required adhesiveness, it is not limited to a specific range, and may be, for example, about 20 N/20 mm or less, or about 15 N/20 mm or less. , about 10 N/20 mm or less, or about 6 N/20 mm or less.
  • Normal state adhesive strength F0 is measured after bonding the adhesive surface of the surface protective sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and holding it in an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH for 1 hour. , the peel strength [N/20 mm] measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peel angle of 180 degrees, and a speed of 300 mm/min. More specifically, the normal adhesive strength F0 is measured by the method described in Examples below.
  • the surface protection sheet disclosed herein preferably has an adhesive strength F1 of 0.5 N/20 mm or more after being immersed in hot water for 30 minutes.
  • a surface protection sheet that satisfies the above properties maintains the adhesiveness required for protection even when used in a mode in which an object to be protected is treated in a liquid while attached to the object to be protected. can do. For example, even if it is used in a chemical solution (typically in the form of an aqueous solution) or in hot water, it does not exhibit a decrease in adhesive strength based on water removability, or the decrease in adhesive strength is suppressed, and the state of adhesion to the adherend can be maintained.
  • the adhesive strength F1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes is preferably 1.0 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 1.5 N/20 mm or more, and still more preferably 2.0 N/20 mm or more, and 2.5 N /20 mm or more, or 3.0 N/20 mm or more (for example, 3.5 N/20 mm or more).
  • the upper limit of the adhesive strength F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is appropriately set according to the required adhesiveness, so it is not limited to a specific range. It may be 20 mm or less, or approximately 5 N/20 mm or less.
  • Adhesive strength F1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes is measured by bonding the adhesive surface of the surface protection sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and immersing in hot water at 60°C ⁇ 2°C for 30 minutes.
  • the peel strength [N/20 mm] is measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peel angle of 180 degrees, and a speed of 300 mm/min after pulling up from the warm water and wiping off adhering water. More specifically, the adhesive strength F1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes is measured by the method described in Examples below.
  • the surface protective sheet preferably has a water peel strength FW1 [N/20 mm] after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes, which is 50% or less of the adhesive strength F1 [N/20 mm] after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes. .
  • the surface protective sheet has a water peeling force decrease [%] after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes, represented by the formula: FW1/F1 ⁇ 100, of 50% or less.
  • the surface protective sheet whose water peeling force FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is reduced to 50% or less of the adhesive force F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is applied to an object to be protected, for example, a chemical solution (typically is in the form of an aqueous solution) or after being used in hot water, it has an adhesive strength after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes or more above the predetermined value as described above, and the protected object is not damaged or deformed during peeling (water exfoliation) can be achieved.
  • a chemical solution typically is in the form of an aqueous solution
  • the protected object is not damaged or deformed during peeling (water exfoliation) can be achieved.
  • the surface protection sheet that satisfies the above characteristics, it is possible to have the adhesiveness necessary for protection, and even if the object to be protected is a thin and brittle material such as thin glass, the adherend will be damaged when peeled off. Peeling that does not occur can be preferably realized.
  • the degree of water peel strength reduction after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes is preferably 30% or less, more preferably 20% or less, even more preferably 10% or less, and particularly preferably 5% or less (e.g., 3% below).
  • the lower limit of the degree of decrease in water peeling force after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is theoretically 0%, and practically may be about 1% or more (for example, 2% or more).
  • the surface protective sheet is designed so that the peel strength FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is lower than the peel strength F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes.
  • the water peeling force FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes is, for example, 1.0 N/20 mm or less, may be less than 1.0 N/20 mm, and is suitably 0.9 N/20 mm or less or 0.8 N/20 mm or less. Yes, and may be 0.6 N/20 mm or less.
  • the water peel strength FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes is less than 0.5 N/20 mm, more preferably less than 0.4 N/20 mm, still more preferably about 0.3 N/20 mm or less. , 0.2 N/20 mm or less, 0.15 N/20 mm or less, or 0.10 N/20 mm or less.
  • the surface protective sheet exhibiting the water peeling force FW1 after being immersed in hot water for 30 minutes can exhibit good water peeling properties even after being used for treatment in a liquid such as a chemical solution or hot water.
  • the lower limit of the water peeling force FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is appropriately set so as to exhibit the desired water peeling property, and is not limited to a specific range.
  • the lower limit of the water peeling force FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes may be 0.0 N/20 mm, or 0.01 N/20 mm or more (for example, 0.05 N/20 mm or more).
  • the water peeling force FW1 was measured by attaching the adhesive surface of the surface protection sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and soaking in hot water at 60 ° C. ⁇ 2 ° C. for 30 minutes. After immersing and wiping off adhering water from the hot water, 20 ⁇ L of distilled water is supplied between the alkali glass and the adhesion surface, and the distilled water is applied to the interface between the alkali glass and the adhesion surface. It is the water peel force [N/20 mm] measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peel angle of 180 degrees, and a speed of 300 mm/min after entering one end. More specifically, the water peeling force FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes is measured by the method described in Examples below.
  • the surface protective sheet preferably has a water peeling force FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes, which is equal to or smaller than the normal water peeling force FW0.
  • the surface protective sheet thus constructed does not show an increase in water peeling force due to aging even after being immersed in warm water for 30 minutes. Therefore, even if the surface protection sheet is exposed to temperatures higher than room temperature (e.g., about 40° C. or higher) during the protection period, for example, during submerged treatment such as chemical treatment, the surface protection sheet maintains its adhesive strength to the adherend. does not increase, or the increase in adhesive strength is suppressed, and when the surface protective sheet is peeled off, it is easy to achieve peeling without damaging the adherend due to the expected water peelability.
  • room temperature e.g., about 40° C. or higher
  • the water peel strength FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes may be 70% or less, 50% or less, 30% or less, or 10% or less of the normal water peel strength FW0.
  • the water peeling force FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is not particularly limited, but may be 0% or more of the normal water peeling force FW0, or 1% or more (for example, 3% or more).
  • the surface protective sheet disclosed herein has a trigger peel force in water of 0.2 N/m measured under conditions of a peel angle of 20 degrees and a tensile speed of 1000 mm/min in water at room temperature (23 to 25°C). It is preferably 10 mm or more.
  • a surface protection sheet satisfying this property tends to be excellent in the edge peeling prevention property.
  • external forces such as vibrations that can cause edge peeling of the surface protective sheet are considered to be high-speed peeling loads applied at a relatively shallow angle to the object to be protected.
  • the surface protective sheet exhibiting a peel force of 0.2 N/10 mm or more under the conditions of a peel angle of 20 degrees and a peel speed of 1000 mm/min.
  • the above-mentioned peel force triggered in water is more preferably 0.3 N/10 mm or more, still more preferably 0.5 N/10 mm or more, and particularly preferably 0.6 N/10 mm or more (for example, 0.6 N/10 mm or more). 7 N/10 mm or more).
  • the upper limit of the trigger peel force in water is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 3 N/10 mm or less, and may be 2 N/10 mm or less (eg, 1 N/10 mm or less).
  • the underwater triggered peel force can be preferably realized mainly by setting the 25° C. bending rigidity value of the surface protective sheet within a predetermined range. More specifically, the trigger peel force in water is measured by the method described in Examples below.
  • the surface protective sheet is formed by attaching an adhesive surface of the surface protective sheet to an alkali glass surface having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and exposing the surface protective sheet to an environment of 23°C and 50% RH. After holding for 24 hours, 20 ⁇ L of distilled water was dropped between the alkali glass and the adhesive surface, and the trigger peel force measured under the conditions of 23° C., 20 degree peel angle and 1000 mm/min speed was 0.00. It is 5 N/10 mm or more.
  • a surface protective sheet that satisfies the above characteristics is subject to external forces acting in the thickness direction of the surface protective sheet, such as vibration during transportation and physical loads during physical processing, which can cause peeling of the edge of the surface protective sheet.
  • the trigger peel force is more preferably 0.6 N/10 mm or more, still more preferably 0.7 N/10 mm or more, and particularly preferably 0.8 N/10 mm or more (for example, 0.9 N /10 mm or more).
  • the upper limit of the trigger peel force is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 3 N/10 mm or less, and may be 2 N/10 mm or less (eg, 1 N/10 mm or less).
  • the trigger release force can be achieved based on the adhesive composition (use of tackifier, selection of tackifier species, type and amount of hydrophilic agent, etc.). It can also be adjusted by setting the mechanical properties (for example, 25° C. bending rigidity value) of the surface protective sheet within a predetermined range. More specifically, the trigger peel strength is measured by the method described in Examples below.
  • the surface protective sheet preferably has a moisture permeability of 24 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or less as measured by the cup method.
  • Such a surface protective sheet can be one that does not peel off from the edges during, for example, submerged treatment such as chemical treatment.
  • the moisture permeability of the surface protective sheet is about 20 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or less, more preferably about 16 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or less, still more preferably about 12 g/( m 2 ⁇ day) or less, particularly preferably approximately 8 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or less, may be approximately 5 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or less, for example approximately 3 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or less It's okay.
  • the moisture permeability of the surface protection sheet is suitably 1 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or more, preferably about 3 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or more. Yes, more preferably greater than 5 g/(m 2 ⁇ day), for example greater than 6 g/(m 2 ⁇ day).
  • the moisture permeability of the surface protective sheet is, for example, 23 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or more or less, 22 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or more or less, or 21 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or more.
  • the above moisture permeability of the surface protective sheet can be obtained by selecting and using an appropriate non-moisture permeable or low moisture permeable material (typically the base material). More specifically, the moisture permeability of the surface protection sheet is measured by the method described in Examples below.
  • the surface protection sheet disclosed here typically has an adhesive layer.
  • the adhesive layer includes, for example, acrylic adhesives, rubber adhesives (natural rubber, synthetic rubber, mixtures thereof, etc.), silicone adhesives, polyester adhesives, urethane adhesives, polyether It may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing one or more pressure-sensitive adhesives selected from various pressure-sensitive adhesives such as poly-based pressure-sensitive adhesives, polyamide-based pressure-sensitive adhesives, fluorine-based pressure-sensitive adhesives, and the like.
  • the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive refers to a pressure-sensitive adhesive containing an acrylic polymer as a main component. The same applies to rubber adhesives and other adhesives.
  • the term "acrylic polymer” refers to a polymer derived from a monomer component containing more than 50% by weight of an acrylic monomer.
  • the acrylic monomer refers to a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule.
  • (meth)acryloyl is meant to comprehensively refer to acryloyl and methacryloyl.
  • (meth)acrylate is a generic term for acrylate and methacrylate
  • “(meth)acrylic” is generic for acrylic and methacrylic.
  • the acrylic polymer may be an acrylic polymer.
  • the acrylic polymer may be, for example, an acrylic polymer contained as a base polymer (main constituent polymer) in water-dispersed or solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesives.
  • the "monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer” in this specification can be rephrased as "the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer”.
  • the content of the additive component represented by the relative amount with the "monomer component constituting the polymer” or the “monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer” is relative to the "acrylic polymer". It can be rephrased as quantity.
  • an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive can be preferably used as a constituent material of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive for example, it is composed of a monomer component containing more than 35% by weight of a (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms at the ester end. Those containing an acrylic polymer are preferable.
  • a (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group having X or more and Y or less carbon atoms at the ester end may be referred to as "(meth)acrylic acid CXY alkyl ester".
  • the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having a chain (linear or branched) alkyl group may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the proportion of the (meth)acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester in the total monomer components may be, for example, 40% by weight or more, or even 45% by weight or more, because it facilitates balancing properties. It may be 50% by weight or more (for example, 55% by weight or more).
  • the proportion of the (meth)acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester in the monomer component may be, for example, 90% by weight or less, may be 70% by weight or less, or may be 65% by weight or less (for example, 55% by weight). below).
  • the proportion of the (meth)acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester in the total monomer components may be, for example, 70% by weight or more, and 80% by weight, because it facilitates balancing properties. or more, or 90% by weight or more.
  • the proportion of the (meth)acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester in the monomer component may be, for example, 99.9% by weight or less, 99.5% by weight or less, or 99% by weight or less. good.
  • (meth)acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl esters include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, ( meth) n-butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, s-butyl (meth) acrylate, t-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, isopentyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) hexyl acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, nonyl (meth)acrylate, isononyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate ) Decyl acrylate, isodecy
  • At least (meth)acrylic acid C 4-20 alkyl ester it is preferable to use at least (meth)acrylic acid C 4-18 alkyl ester.
  • an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive containing one or both of n-butyl acrylate (BA) and 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) as the monomer component is preferred, and an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive containing at least BA is particularly preferred.
  • (meth)acrylic acid C 4-20 alkyl esters that can be preferably used include isononyl acrylate, n-butyl methacrylate (BMA), 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (2EHMA), isostearyl acrylate (iSTA ) and the like.
  • the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may contain the (meth)acrylic acid C 4-18 alkyl ester in a proportion of 40% by weight or more.
  • a monomer component containing a relatively large amount of (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group of 4 or more carbon atoms at the ester end tends to form a highly lipophilic acrylic polymer.
  • a highly lipophilic acrylic polymer tends to form a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer whose adhesive strength does not easily decrease even when immersed in water such as warm water.
  • the proportion of the (meth)acrylic acid C 4-18 alkyl ester in the monomer component may be, for example, 60% by weight or more, 70% by weight or more, 75% by weight or more, or 80% by weight or more.
  • a monomer component containing a (meth)acrylic acid C 6-18 alkyl ester in a ratio equal to or higher than any of the above lower limits may be used.
  • the proportion of the (meth)acrylic acid C4-18 alkyl ester in the monomer component is preferably 99.5% by weight or less. Yes, it may be 99% by weight or less, 98% by weight or less, or 97% by weight or less.
  • the proportion of the (meth)acrylic acid C4-18 alkyl ester in the monomer component is 95% by weight or less, for example, 90% by weight or less is suitable. is. In some other embodiments, the proportion of the (meth)acrylic acid C 4-18 alkyl ester in the monomer component may be 85% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less. It may be a monomer component containing a (meth)acrylic acid C 6-18 alkyl ester in a proportion not higher than any of the above upper limits.
  • monomer components in which the proportion of (meth)acrylic acid C 1-4 alkyl ester (preferably BA) in the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having a chain alkyl group exceeds 50% by weight A formed acrylic polymer is preferably used. According to such an acrylic polymer, it is easy to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive having adhesive strength and cohesive strength suitable for surface protection applications.
  • (Meth)acrylic acid C 1-4 alkyl esters may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the ratio of the (meth)acrylic acid C 1-4 alkyl ester in the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having a chain alkyl group is preferably 70% by weight or more, more preferably 85% by weight or more, for example It may be 90% by weight or more.
  • the upper limit of the ratio of the (meth)acrylic acid C 1-4 alkyl ester to the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having a chain alkyl group is 100% by weight, and may be 99% by weight or less. It may be less than weight percent.
  • the proportion of the (meth)acrylic acid C 2-4 alkyl ester in the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having a chain alkyl group is more than 50% by weight (for example, 70% by weight or more, or 85% by weight or more). % or more, or 90% or more by weight).
  • Specific examples of (meth)acrylic acid C 2-4 alkyl esters include ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, BA, isobutyl acrylate, s-butyl acrylate and t-butyl acrylate.
  • (Meth)acrylic acid C 2-4 alkyl esters may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the proportion of BA in the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having a chain alkyl group is more than 50% by weight (for example, 70% by weight or more, or 85% by weight or more, or 90% by weight or more ).
  • the ratio of the (meth)acrylic acid C 2-4 alkyl ester to the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having a chain alkyl group is 100% by weight, and may be 99% by weight or less, for example 97% by weight. may be less than
  • a polymer is preferably used. According to such an acrylic polymer, it is easy to realize a surface protective sheet having good adhesion to an adherend.
  • the (meth)acrylic acid C 7-12 alkyl ester is preferably a (meth)acrylic acid C 8-9 alkyl ester, more preferably an acrylic acid C 8-9 alkyl ester, and particularly preferably 2EHA.
  • the (meth)acrylic acid C 7-12 alkyl esters may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the proportion of the (meth)acrylic acid C 7-12 alkyl ester (preferably 2EHA) in the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having a chain alkyl group is preferably 70% by weight or more, more preferably 85% by weight. % or more, for example, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more.
  • the upper limit of the ratio of the (meth)acrylic acid C 7-12 alkyl ester in the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having the chain alkyl group is 100% by weight, and may be 99% by weight or less. It may be less than weight percent.
  • the monomer component contains one or more methacrylic acid alkyl esters as (meth)acrylic acid alkyl esters.
  • a methacrylic acid alkyl ester an acrylic polymer suitable for surface protection can be preferably designed.
  • methacrylic acid alkyl ester methacrylic acid C 1-10 alkyl ester is preferable, and methacrylic acid C 1-4 (more preferably C 2-4 ) alkyl ester is more preferable.
  • the methacrylic acid alkyl ester may preferably be used in combination with an acrylic acid alkyl ester.
  • the weight CAM of one or more methacrylic acid alkyl esters (for example, methacrylic acid C 2-4 alkyl esters) and one or more of The ratio of acrylic acid alkyl ester to weight C AA (C AM :C AA ) is not particularly limited, and in some embodiments is usually about 1:9 to 9:1, and about 2:8 to 8: 2, preferably about 3:7 to 7:3, more preferably about 4:6 to 6:4.
  • the weight of methacrylic acid alkyl ester (e.g., methacrylic acid C1 alkyl ester, i.e., methyl methacrylate (MMA)) in the total amount of (meth)acrylic acid alkyl esters ( C AM +C AA ) by weight CAM is usually about 30% by weight or less, about 10% by weight or less, may be about 5% by weight or less, and more preferably about 3% by weight or less.
  • the lower limit may be generally about 0.1% by weight or more, and may be about 0.5% by weight or more.
  • the monomer component that constitutes the acrylic polymer contains the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester and, if necessary, other monomers (copolymerizable monomers) that can be copolymerized with the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester. good too.
  • a copolymerizable monomer a monomer having a polar group (for example, a carboxy group, a hydroxyl group, a nitrogen atom-containing ring, etc.) can be preferably used.
  • a monomer having a polar group can be useful for introducing a cross-linking point into the acrylic polymer or increasing the cohesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • Copolymerizable monomers can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • copolymerizable monomers include the following.
  • Carboxy group-containing monomers for example acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, carboxyethyl acrylate, carboxypentyl acrylate, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid and the like.
  • Acid anhydride group-containing monomers for example maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride.
  • Hydroxyl group-containing monomers for example, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic 4-hydroxybutyl acid, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth)acrylate, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth)acrylate, 10-hydroxydecyl (meth)acrylate, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, (4-hydroxy hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates such as methylcyclohexyl)methyl (meth)acrylate; Monomers containing sulfonic or phosphoric acid groups: for example, styrenesulfonic acid, allylsulfonic acid, sodium vinylsulfonate, 2-(meth)acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid, (meth)acrylamidopropanesulfonic acid, sulfo propyl (meth)
  • Epoxy group-containing monomers For example, epoxy group-containing acrylates such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate and 2-ethylglycidyl (meth)acrylate, allyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl ether (meth)acrylate, and the like. Cyano group-containing monomers: for example acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile and the like. Isocyanate group-containing monomers: for example, 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth)acrylate and the like.
  • Amido group-containing monomers for example, (meth)acrylamide; N,N-dimethyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-diethyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-dipropyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-diisopropyl(meth) N,N-dialkyl(meth)acrylamides such as acrylamide, N,N-di(n-butyl)(meth)acrylamide, N,N-di(t-butyl)(meth)acrylamide; N-ethyl(meth) N-alkyl (meth)acrylamides such as acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth)acrylamide, N-butyl (meth)acrylamide, Nn-butyl (meth)acrylamide; N-vinylcarboxylic acid amides such as N-vinylacetamide genus; monomers having a hydroxyl group and an amide group, such as N-(2-hydroxye
  • Amino group-containing monomers for example aminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, t-butylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate.
  • Monomers with epoxy groups eg glycidyl (meth)acrylate, methylglycidyl (meth)acrylate, allyl glycidyl ether.
  • N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone N-methylvinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylpyridine, N-vinylpiperidone, N-vinylpyrimidine, N-vinylpiperazine, N-vinylpyrazine, N- Vinylpyrrole, N-vinylimidazole, N-vinyloxazole, N-(meth)acryloyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-(meth)acryloylpiperidine, N-(meth)acryloylpyrrolidine, N-vinylmorpholine, N-vinyl-3 -morpholinone, N-vinyl-2-caprolactam, N-vinyl-1,3-oxazin-2-one, N-vinyl-3,5-morpholinedione, N-vinylpyrazole, N-vinylisoxazole, N-vinyl thiazole, N-
  • Maleimides For example, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-isopropylmaleimide, N-laurylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide and the like.
  • Itaconimides for example, N-methylitaconimide, N-ethylitaconimide, N-butylitaconimide, N-octylitaconimide, N-2-ethylhexylitaconimide, N-cyclohexylitaconimide, N-lauryl itaconimide and the like.
  • Aminoalkyl (meth)acrylates for example, aminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, t (meth)acrylate - butylaminoethyl.
  • Alkoxy group-containing monomers for example, 2-methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-methoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, propoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid
  • Alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylates such as butoxyethyl and ethoxypropyl (meth)acrylate
  • Alkoxyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylates such as methoxyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate and methoxypolypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate. kind.
  • Alkoxysilyl group-containing monomers such as 3-(meth)acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-(meth)acryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-(meth)acryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-(meth)acryloxy Propylmethyldiethoxysilane.
  • Vinyl esters For example, vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate and the like.
  • Vinyl ethers For example, vinyl alkyl ethers such as methyl vinyl ether and ethyl vinyl ether.
  • Aromatic vinyl compounds for example, styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, vinyltoluene and the like.
  • Olefins For example, ethylene, butadiene, isoprene, isobutylene and the like.
  • (Meth)acrylic acid esters having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group for example, cyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, adamantyl (meth)acrylate, etc.
  • (Meth)acrylic acid esters having an aromatic hydrocarbon group for example, phenyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate and the like.
  • heterocycle-containing (meth)acrylates such as tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, halogen atom-containing (meth)acrylates such as vinyl chloride and fluorine atom-containing (meth)acrylates, silicon atom-containing such as silicone (meth)acrylates (meth)acrylates, (meth)acrylic acid esters obtained from terpene compound derivative alcohols, and the like.
  • the amount used is not particularly limited, but it is suitable to use 0.01% by weight or more of the total monomer components.
  • the amount of the copolymerizable monomer used may be 0.1% by weight or more, or 0.5% by weight or more, based on the total monomer components.
  • the amount of the copolymerizable monomer used is suitably 50% by weight or less, preferably 40% by weight or less, of the total monomer components.
  • the monomer component that constitutes the acrylic polymer may include a nitrogen atom-containing monomer.
  • a monomer having a nitrogen atom By using a monomer having a nitrogen atom, the cohesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be increased, and the adhesive strength can be preferably improved.
  • a monomer having a nitrogen atom can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a suitable example of the nitrogen atom-containing monomer is a nitrogen atom-containing ring monomer.
  • the monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring those exemplified above can be used.
  • general formula (1) N-vinyl cyclic amides represented by can be used.
  • R 1 is a divalent organic group, specifically -(CH 2 ) n -.
  • n is an integer from 2 to 7 (preferably 2, 3 or 4).
  • N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone can be preferably employed.
  • Another suitable example of a monomer having a nitrogen atom is (meth)acryl
  • the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, or 3% by weight or more of the total monomer components. Furthermore, it can be 5% by weight or more, or 7% by weight or more. In some aspects, the amount of the nitrogen atom-containing monomer used may be 10% by weight or more, 12% by weight or more, or 15% by weight of the total monomer components, from the viewpoint of improving adhesive strength. or more, or 20% by weight or more.
  • the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom used is, for example, 40% by weight or less of the entire monomer component, and may be 35% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, or 25% by weight or less. good too.
  • the amount of the nitrogen atom-containing monomer used may be, for example, 20% by weight or less, or 16% by weight or less, of the total monomer components.
  • the amount of the nitrogen atom-containing monomer used may be, for example, 12% by weight or less, 8% by weight or less, or 4% by weight or less of the total monomer component.
  • the monomer component includes a carboxy group-containing monomer.
  • carboxy group-containing monomers include acrylic acid (AA) and methacrylic acid (MAA).
  • AA and MAA may be used in combination.
  • their weight ratio (AA/MAA) is not particularly limited, and can be in the range of about 0.1-10, for example.
  • the weight ratio (AA/MAA) may be, for example, approximately 0.3 or greater, or approximately 0.5 or greater.
  • the weight ratio (AA/MAA) may be, for example, about 4 or less, or about 3 or less.
  • the surface of the adhesive layer can be quickly blended with an aqueous liquid such as water. This can help reduce the water release force.
  • the amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer used may be, for example, 0.05% by weight or more, 0.1% by weight or more, 0.3% by weight or more, or 0.5% by weight or more of the total monomer components. 0.8% by weight or more, 1.2% by weight or more, or 1.5% by weight or more.
  • the proportion of the carboxy group-containing monomer may be, for example, 15% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less, 4.5% by weight or less, or 3.5% by weight or less. , 3.0% by weight or less, or 2.5% by weight or less. It is preferable that the amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer is not too large, from the viewpoint of suppressing the diffusion of water into the bulk of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and suppressing the decrease in adhesive strength when the adhesive layer comes into contact with an aqueous liquid such as immersion in warm water.
  • the fact that the amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer used is not too large is also advantageous from the viewpoint of preventing the water used for measuring the water peeling force from being absorbed by the adhesive layer and the water being insufficient during peeling.
  • the technology disclosed herein can also be preferably practiced in a mode in which the monomer component does not substantially contain a carboxy group-containing monomer. From this point of view, the proportion of the carboxy group-containing monomer in the monomer component may be, for example, less than 1% by weight, less than 0.3% by weight, or less than 0.1% by weight.
  • the monomer component may contain hydroxyl group-containing monomers.
  • a hydroxyl group-containing monomer By using a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, it is possible to adjust the cohesive force and crosslink density of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and improve the adhesive force.
  • the hydroxyl group-containing monomer those exemplified above can be used, and for example, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) and 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA) can be preferably employed.
  • a hydroxyl-containing monomer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the amount used when using a hydroxyl group-containing monomer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 0.01% by weight or more, 0.1% by weight or more, or 0.5% by weight or more of the total monomer components.
  • the amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used is 1% by weight or more, more preferably 5% by weight or more, still more preferably 10% by weight or more, for example 12% by weight or more of the total monomer components. There may be.
  • the amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used is, for example, 40% by weight or less of the total monomer components, and 30% by weight or less.
  • hydroxyl group-containing monomer is not substantially used as the monomer component of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the monomer component of the acrylic polymer includes a monomer having a nitrogen atom (e.g., an amide group-containing monomer such as (meth)acrylamide, NVP, etc.) as a monomer having a polar group (polar group-containing monomer).
  • a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring and a hydroxyl group-containing monomer (eg, HEA, 4HBA) are used in combination. This can effectively improve the adhesive strength.
  • the weight ratio (A N /A OH ) of the amount of the nitrogen atom-containing monomer, A N , and the amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer, A OH is not particularly limited, For example, it may be 0.1 or more, 0.5 or more, 0.8 or more, 1.0 or more, or 1.2 or more. Further, the weight ratio (A N /A OH ) may be, for example, 10 or less, 5 or less, 3 or less, or 1.5 or less.
  • the monomer component can include an alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer.
  • the alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer is typically an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having at least one (preferably two or more, for example two or three) alkoxysilyl groups in one molecule. Specific examples are described above.
  • the alkoxysilyl group-containing monomers may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • a crosslinked structure can be introduced into the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer by condensation reaction of silanol groups (silanol condensation).
  • the alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer can also be grasped as a silane coupling agent, which will be described later.
  • the ratio of the alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer to the total monomer component may be, for example, 0.005% by weight or more, and may be 0.01% by weight or more. is appropriate. Further, the proportion of the alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer may be, for example, 0.5% by weight or less, 0.1% by weight or less, or 0.05% by weight or less from the viewpoint of improving adhesion to the adherend. It's okay.
  • the monomer component of the acrylic polymer has a total ratio of alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylate and alkoxypolyalkyleneglycol (meth)acrylate limited to less than 20% by weight from the viewpoint of suppressing gelation. It is The total proportion of the alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylate and alkoxypolyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylate is more preferably less than 10% by weight, still more preferably less than 3% by weight, and particularly preferably less than 1% by weight. In an aspect, the monomer component is substantially free of alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylates and alkoxypolyalkyleneglycol (meth)acrylates (content of 0 to 0.3% by weight).
  • the monomer component of the acrylic polymerizates disclosed herein may or may not contain less than 20% by weight of alkoxy group-containing monomers.
  • the amount of the alkoxy group-containing monomer in the monomer component is preferably less than 10% by weight, more preferably less than 3% by weight, and even more preferably less than 1% by weight.
  • the monomer component contains an alkoxy group. Substantially free of monomers (content 0-0.3% by weight).
  • the proportion of hydrophilic monomers in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer is set within an appropriate range.
  • the "hydrophilic monomer” in the present specification includes a carboxy group-containing monomer, an acid anhydride group-containing monomer, a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a monomer having a nitrogen atom (typically, an amide group-containing monomer such as (meth)acrylamide).
  • the proportion of the hydrophilic monomer in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer is suitably 40% by weight or less (for example, 35% by weight or less), preferably 32% by weight or less, for example, 30% by weight. It may be less than or equal to 28% by weight or less.
  • the proportion of the hydrophilic monomer in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer may be 1% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 20% by weight or more. There may be.
  • the monomer component that constitutes the acrylic polymer may contain an alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate.
  • an alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate those exemplified above can be used, and for example, cyclohexyl acrylate and isobornyl acrylate can be preferably employed.
  • the amount of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate used is not particularly limited, and can be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, or 5% by weight or more of the total monomer components. In some aspects, the amount of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate used may be 10% by weight or more, or 15% by weight or more, of the total monomer components.
  • the upper limit of the amount of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate used is suitably about 40% by weight or less, and may be, for example, 30% by weight or less, or 25% by weight or less (e.g., 15% by weight). % or less, or even 10% by weight or less).
  • the acrylic polymer contains, as a monomer component, a monomer having a polar group (polar group-containing monomer) in an amount of 0.05 mol to 0.45 mol per 100 g of the acrylic polymer.
  • a monomer having a polar group polar group-containing monomer
  • the adhesiveness to polar adherends is improved, and, for example, the adhesiveness after being immersed in hot water can be maintained at a high level.
  • Polar group-containing monomers include the above-mentioned carboxy group-containing monomers (typically AA, MAA, etc.), hydroxyl group-containing monomers (typically HEA, 4HBA, etc.), monomers having nitrogen atoms (typically ( meth) Amide group-containing monomers such as acrylamide, and nitrogen atom-containing ring-containing monomers such as NVP) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the ratio of the polar group-containing monomer in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer is preferably 0.10 mol or more per 100 g of the acrylic polymer from the viewpoint of effectively exhibiting the action of the polar group-containing monomer.
  • the upper limit of the ratio of the polar group-containing monomer in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer is suitably 0.40 mol or less, preferably 0.35 mol or less per 100 g of the acrylic polymer. .30 mol or less.
  • the composition of the monomer component is such that the glass transition temperature (hereinafter also referred to as the "glass transition temperature of the polymer") determined by the Fox formula based on the composition of the monomer component is ⁇ 75° C. or higher and ⁇ 10° C. or lower.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer for example, an acrylic polymer, typically an acrylic polymer
  • Tg glass transition temperature of the polymer
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer is suitably ⁇ 15° C. or less, and ⁇ 20° C. or less. It is preferably -25°C or lower, more preferably -30°C or lower, and may be -40°C or lower (for example, -55°C or lower).
  • the adhesion of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to the substrate layer and the adhesion to the adherend generally tend to be improved.
  • an adhesive layer it is easy to suppress the intrusion of water into the interface between the adherend and the adhesive layer when the adhesive layer is not intended to be peeled off. This can be advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in adhesive force when contacting with an aqueous liquid such as immersion in hot water.
  • the Tg of the polymer may be, for example, ⁇ 70° C. or higher, or ⁇ 65° C. or higher, from the viewpoint of facilitating an increase in adhesive strength. In some other embodiments, the Tg may be, for example, ⁇ 60° C. or higher, ⁇ 50° C. or higher, ⁇ 45° C. or higher, or ⁇ 40° C. or higher.
  • Tg is the glass transition temperature of the copolymer (unit: K)
  • Wi is the weight fraction of the monomer i in the copolymer (copolymerization ratio based on weight)
  • Tgi is the content of the monomer i. It represents the glass transition temperature (unit: K) of a homopolymer.
  • the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer used for calculating the Tg the value described in the known materials shall be used.
  • the monomers listed below the following values are used as the glass transition temperatures of the homopolymers of the monomers.
  • a homopolymer solution having a solid concentration of 33% by weight.
  • this homopolymer solution is cast-coated on a release liner and dried to prepare a test sample (sheet-like homopolymer) having a thickness of about 2 mm.
  • This test sample was punched into a disk shape with a diameter of 7.9 mm, sandwiched between parallel plates, and subjected to shear strain at a frequency of 1 Hz using a viscoelasticity tester (ARES, manufactured by Rheometrics Co., Ltd.) while applying a temperature range of -70 to 150 ° C. , the viscoelasticity is measured in shear mode at a heating rate of 5° C./min, and the peak top temperature of tan ⁇ is defined as the Tg of the homopolymer.
  • ARES viscoelasticity tester
  • the polymer contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer disclosed herein is not particularly limited, but has an SP value of 23.0 (MJ/m 3 ) is preferably 1/2 or less.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive containing a polymer having such an SP value preferably realizes a pressure-sensitive adhesive having sufficient adhesive strength and excellent water removability by including, for example, a hydrophilic agent described later. can be.
  • the above SP value is more preferably 21.0 (MJ/m 3 ) 1/2 or less (for example, 20.0 (MJ/m 3 ) 1/2 or less).
  • the lower limit of the SP value is not particularly limited. Yes, preferably 18.0 (MJ/m 3 ) 1/2 or more.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer uses a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the above monomer component in the form of a polymer, an unpolymerized product (that is, a form in which the polymerizable functional group is unreacted), or a mixture thereof.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition includes a water-dispersed pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive (adhesive component) is dispersed in water, a solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive is contained in an organic solvent, and a An active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition prepared to form a pressure-sensitive adhesive by curing with an active energy ray (e.g., a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition), applied in a heat-melted state, and cooled to near room temperature. It may be in various forms such as a hot-melt pressure-sensitive adhesive composition forming a pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • an active energy ray e.g., a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition
  • thermal polymerization initiator or photopolymerization initiator can be used depending on the polymerization method, polymerization mode, etc.
  • Such polymerization initiators can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • thermal polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, for example, an azo polymerization initiator, a peroxide initiator, a redox initiator obtained by combining a peroxide and a reducing agent, and a substituted ethane initiator. etc. can be used.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, for example, ketal photopolymerization initiator, acetophenone photopolymerization initiator, benzoin ether photopolymerization initiator, acylphosphine oxide photopolymerization initiator, ⁇ - Ketol photoinitiators, aromatic sulfonyl chloride photoinitiators, photoactive oxime photoinitiators, benzoin photoinitiators, benzyl photoinitiators, benzophenone photoinitiators, thioxanthone photoinitiators
  • a polymerization initiator or the like can be used.
  • the amount of such a thermal polymerization initiator or photopolymerization initiator to be used is not particularly limited and can be a normal amount to be used according to the polymerization method, polymerization mode, etc.
  • about 0.001 to 5 parts by weight (typically about 0.01 to 2 parts by weight, for example about 0.01 to 1 part by weight) of a polymerization initiator is used with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer to be polymerized. can be done.
  • chain transfer agents which can also be understood as molecular weight modifiers or polymerization degree modifiers
  • Mercaptans such as n-dodecylmercaptan, t-dodecylmercaptan and thioglycolic acid can be used as the chain transfer agent.
  • a chain transfer agent containing no sulfur atom non-sulfur chain transfer agent may be used.
  • non-sulfur chain transfer agents include anilines such as N,N-dimethylaniline and N,N-diethylaniline; terpenoids such as ⁇ -pinene and terpinolene; ⁇ -methylstyrene and ⁇ -methylstyrene dimer.
  • styrenes such as dibenzylideneacetone, cinnamyl alcohol, compounds having a benzylidenyl group such as cinnamylaldehyde; hydroquinones such as hydroquinone and naphthohydroquinone; quinones such as benzoquinone and naphthoquinone; 2,3-dimethyl-2-butene , olefins such as 1,5-cyclooctadiene; alcohols such as phenol, benzyl alcohol and allyl alcohol; benzyl hydrogens such as diphenylbenzene and triphenylbenzene;
  • a chain transfer agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. When a chain transfer agent is used, the amount used can be, for example, about 0.01 to 1 part by weight per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component.
  • the technology disclosed herein can also be preferably practiced in a mode that does not use a chain transfer agent.
  • the molecular weight of the polymer obtained by appropriately adopting the various polymerization methods described above is not particularly limited, and can be set in an appropriate range according to the required performance.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer is suitably about 10 ⁇ 10 4 or more, for example about 15 ⁇ 10 4 or more.
  • the Mw may be 20 ⁇ 10 4 or more, may be 30 ⁇ 10 4 or more (for example, more than 30 ⁇ 10 4 ), or may be about 40 ⁇ It may be 10 4 or more, approximately 50 ⁇ 10 4 or more, for example, approximately 55 ⁇ 10 4 or more.
  • the upper limit of the Mw of the polymer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, about 500 ⁇ 10 4 or less (for example, about 150 ⁇ 10 4 or less) or about 75 ⁇ 10 4 or less.
  • the Mw may be less than 50 ⁇ 10 4 , less than 40 ⁇ 10 4 , less than 35 ⁇ 10 4 (eg, less than 30 ⁇ 10 4 ).
  • a polymer having such an Mw tends to facilitate adjustment of the 60° C.
  • Mw refers to a value converted to standard polystyrene obtained by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • model name "HLC-8320GPC” column: TSKgelGMH-H(S), manufactured by Tosoh Corporation
  • TSKgelGMH-H(S) manufactured by Tosoh Corporation
  • a surface protection sheet has an adhesive layer formed from a water-dispersed adhesive composition.
  • a representative example of the water-dispersible pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is an emulsion-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • An emulsion-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition typically contains a polymer of monomer components and additives that are used as necessary.
  • the emulsion polymerization of the monomer component is usually carried out in the presence of an emulsifier.
  • the emulsifier for emulsion polymerization is not particularly limited, and known anionic emulsifiers, nonionic emulsifiers and the like can be used. Emulsifiers can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • anionic emulsifiers include sodium lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate, sodium polyoxyethylene lauryl sulfate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, ammonium polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether sulfate, polyoxyethylene Examples include sodium ethylene alkylphenyl ether sulfate and sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfosuccinate.
  • Non-limiting examples of nonionic emulsifiers include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ethers, polyoxyethylene fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene block polymers, and the like.
  • An emulsifier having a reactive functional group may be used.
  • reactive emulsifiers include radically polymerizable emulsifiers having a structure in which a radically polymerizable functional group such as a propenyl group or an allyl ether group is introduced into the anionic emulsifier or nonionic emulsifier described above.
  • the amount of the emulsifier used in the emulsion polymerization may be, for example, 0.2 parts by weight or more, 0.5 parts by weight or more, or 1.0 parts by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. It may be 5 parts by weight or more. Further, from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in adhesive strength after immersion in warm water, etc., in some embodiments, the amount of emulsifier used is suitably 10 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component, and 5 parts by weight. parts by weight or less, and may be 3 parts by weight or less.
  • the emulsifier used for emulsion polymerization here can also function as a water affinity agent for the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • a polymerization reaction liquid in the form of an emulsion in which a polymer of monomer components is dispersed in water is obtained.
  • a water-dispersible pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be preferably produced using the above polymerization reaction solution.
  • the surface protective sheet has a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from a solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • a solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition typically contains a solution polymer of monomer components and additives used as necessary. The effect of the technology disclosed herein can be effectively exhibited even in a form provided with a solvent-type pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the solvent (polymerization solvent) used for solution polymerization can be appropriately selected from conventionally known organic solvents.
  • aromatic compounds such as toluene (typically aromatic hydrocarbons); esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane and cyclohexane; Halogenated alkanes such as dichloroethane; lower alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol (for example, monohydric alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms); ethers such as tert-butyl methyl ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone; Any one solvent or a mixture of two or more solvents can be used.
  • aromatic hydrocarbons typically aromatic hydrocarbons
  • esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate
  • aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane and cyclohexane
  • Halogenated alkanes such as dichloroethane
  • lower alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol (for example,
  • a polymerization reaction liquid is obtained in which a polymer of monomer components is dissolved in a polymerization solvent.
  • a solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be preferably produced using the above polymerization reaction solution.
  • the surface protection sheet has an adhesive layer formed from an active energy ray-curable adhesive composition.
  • active energy ray refers to an energy ray having energy capable of causing a chemical reaction such as a polymerization reaction, a cross-linking reaction, or decomposition of an initiator.
  • active energy rays include light such as ultraviolet rays, visible rays, and infrared rays, and radiation such as ⁇ rays, ⁇ rays, ⁇ rays, electron beams, neutron rays, and X rays.
  • a suitable example of the active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition has the advantage that even a thick pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be easily formed. Among them, an ultraviolet curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is preferred. Moreover, the effect by the technique disclosed here can be effectively exhibited also with the form provided with a photocurable adhesive layer.
  • the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains at least part of the monomer components of the composition (may be part of the types of monomers or part of the amount). It is contained in the form of a polymer.
  • the polymerization method for forming the polymer is not particularly limited, and conventionally known various polymerization methods can be appropriately employed.
  • thermal polymerization such as solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization (typically performed in the presence of a thermal polymerization initiator); photopolymerization performed by irradiating light such as ultraviolet rays (typically, conducted in the presence of a photopolymerization initiator); radiation polymerization conducted by irradiating radiation such as ⁇ -rays and ⁇ -rays; Among them, photopolymerization is preferred.
  • a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains a partially polymerized monomer component.
  • a partial polymer is typically a mixture of a polymer derived from monomer components and unreacted monomers, and preferably exhibits a syrup (viscous liquid).
  • the partial polymer having such properties is sometimes referred to as "monomer syrup” or simply “syrup”.
  • the polymerization method for partially polymerizing the monomer component is not particularly limited, and various polymerization methods as described above can be appropriately selected and used.
  • a photopolymerization method can be preferably employed from the viewpoint of efficiency and convenience. According to photopolymerization, the polymerization conversion rate of the monomer component (monomer conversion) can be easily controlled by the polymerization conditions such as the irradiation amount of light (light amount).
  • the polymerization conversion rate of the monomer mixture in the partially polymerized product is not particularly limited.
  • the polymerization conversion rate can be, for example, about 70% by weight or less, preferably about 60% by weight or less. From the viewpoint of ease of preparation and coating properties of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the partially polymerized product, the polymerization conversion rate is suitably about 50% by weight or less, and about 40% by weight or less (for example, about 35% by weight). below) is preferred.
  • the lower limit of the polymerization conversion rate is not particularly limited, it is typically about 1% by weight or more, and about 5% by weight or more is suitable.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a partially polymerized product of a monomer component can be obtained, for example, by partially polymerizing a monomer mixture containing all of the monomer components used in the preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition by an appropriate polymerization method (e.g., photopolymerization method).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a partial polymer of monomer components is a partial polymer or a complete polymer of a monomer mixture containing a part of the monomer components used in the preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and the remaining monomers. It may be a mixture with a component or a partial polymer thereof.
  • the term "completely polymerized product" means that the polymerization conversion rate is over 95% by weight.
  • Other components for example, photopolymerization initiators, polyfunctional monomers, cross-linking agents, hydrophilic agents, etc.
  • the method of blending such other components is not particularly limited. For example, they may be included in the above monomer mixture in advance or may be added to the above partial polymer.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can contain a water affinity agent.
  • a water-affinitive agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, it is possible to effectively reduce the peel strength using an aqueous liquid such as water.
  • the reason for this is not particularly limited, but in general, the water affinity agent tends to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer by having a hydrophilic region, thereby efficiently increasing the water affinity of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer surface. It is considered that the effect of increasing the peel force is exhibited, and the peel force is effectively reduced when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer comes into contact with water.
  • a water affinity agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • At least one compound A selected from surfactants and compounds having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton can be used as the hydrophilic agent.
  • the surfactant and the compound having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton one or more of known surfactants and compounds having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton can be used without particular limitation. Needless to say, among the surfactants described above, there are compounds having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton, and vice versa.
  • surfactant that can be used as compound A
  • known nonionic surfactants, anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, etc. can be used. Among them, nonionic surfactants are preferred.
  • Surfactant can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • nonionic surfactants include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers such as polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene cetyl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether; Polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ethers such as oxyethylene nonylphenyl ether; Sorbitan fatty acid esters such as sorbitan monolaurate, sorbitan monopalmitate, sorbitan monostearate and sorbitan monooleate; Polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, polyoxyethylene Polyoxyethylene sorbitan such as sorbitan monopalmitate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan triisostearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan trioleate fatty acid ester; polyoxyethylene glyceryl ether fatty acid ester; polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene block
  • anionic surfactants include alkylbenzene sulfonates such as nonylbenzene sulfonate, dodecylbenzene sulfonate (e.g. sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate); lauryl sulfates (e.g.
  • Alkyl sulfates such as octadecyl sulfate; fatty acid salts; polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfates such as polyoxyethylene octadecyl ether sulfate and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate (e.g., sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate); Polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether sulfates such as ethylene lauryl phenyl ether sulfate (e.g., ammonium polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether sulfate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether sulfate, etc.), polyoxyethylene styrenated phenyl ether sulfates, etc.
  • the salt is, for example, a metal salt (preferably a monovalent metal salt) such as sodium salt, potassium salt, calcium salt, magnesium salt, ammonium salt, amine salt, etc.
  • a metal salt preferably a monovalent metal salt
  • Anionic surfactant can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • anionic surfactants having at least one of -POH, -COH and -SOH groups can be preferably used.
  • surfactants having a —POH group are preferred.
  • Preferable examples of surfactants having a —POH group include polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphates. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group in the polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate may be, for example, 6-20, 8-20, 10-20, 12-20, or 14-20.
  • cationic surfactants examples include polyetheramines such as polyoxyethylene laurylamine and polyoxyethylene stearylamine.
  • a cationic surfactant can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • Examples of compounds having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton that can be used as compound A include polyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol (PEG) and polypropylene glycol (PPG); polyethers containing polyoxyethylene units, and polyoxypropylene units. Polyethers, compounds containing oxyethylene units and oxypropylene units (the arrangement of these units may be random or block-like); derivatives thereof; and the like can be used. Compounds having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton among the surfactants described above can also be used. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. Among them, it is preferable to use a compound containing a polyoxyethylene skeleton (also referred to as a polyoxyethylene segment), and PEG is more preferable.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • PPG polypropylene glycol
  • the molecular weight (chemical formula weight) of the compound having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton is not particularly limited, and is suitably, for example, less than 1,000. 500 or less).
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the compound having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton is not particularly limited, and compounds having a molecular weight of about 100 or more (eg, about 200 or more, further about 300 or more) are preferably used.
  • hydrophilic agents include water-soluble polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and polyacrylic acid.
  • a water-soluble polymer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the water affinity agent one or two or more of the compounds A may be used, one or two or more of the water-soluble polymers may be used, and these may be used in combination.
  • the HLB of the hydrophilic agent is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 3 or more, suitably about 6 or more, and may be 8 or more (eg, 9 or more). In some preferred embodiments, the HLB of the hydrophilic agent is 10 or greater. As a result, there is a tendency for the water removability to be favorably expressed.
  • the HLB is more preferably 11 or more, still more preferably 12 or more, and particularly preferably 13 or more (for example, 14 or more).
  • a water affinity agent typically a surfactant
  • the upper limit of HLB is 20 or less, and may be, for example, 18 or less, 16 or less, or 15 or less.
  • HLB in the present specification is Hydrophile-Lipophile Balance by Griffin, which is a value representing the degree of affinity of a surfactant to water or oil, and the ratio of hydrophilicity to lipophilicity is between 0 and 20. is expressed as a numerical value.
  • the definition of HLB is given by W. C. Griffin: J. Soc. Cosmetic Chemists, 1,311 (1949), Kotami Takahashi, Yoshiro Namba, Motoo Koike, Masao Kobayashi, "Surfactant Handbook", 3rd Edition, Kogakutoshosha Publishing, November 25, 1972, p.179- 182 and the like.
  • the hydrophilic agent having the above HLB can be selected based on the common general technical knowledge of those skilled in the art, for example, by referring to the above references as necessary.
  • Such a water affinity agent is preferably contained in the adhesive layer in a free form.
  • the water affinity agent one that is liquid at room temperature (about 25° C.) is preferably used from the standpoint of preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing a water affinity agent is typically formed from a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a water affinity agent.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be any of the water-dispersed pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the hot-melt pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and the like.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing a water-affinitive agent can be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from a photocurable or solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. In such a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the effect of addition of the water affinity agent can be preferably exhibited.
  • the adhesive layer may have photocurability.
  • the content of the hydrophilic agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can be set so that the effect of using the hydrophilic agent is appropriately exhibited.
  • the content of the water affinity agent is, for example, 0.001 parts by weight or more per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component constituting the polymer (for example, acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. 0.01 parts by weight or more is suitable, and it may be 0.03 parts by weight or more, 0.07 parts by weight or more, or 0.1 parts by weight or more.
  • the content of the hydrophilic agent may be, for example, 0.2 parts by weight or more, and may be 0.3 parts by weight or more from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher effect, with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. It may be 0.4 parts by weight or more, 0.5 parts by weight or more, 1.0 parts by weight or more, or 1.5 parts by weight or more.
  • the amount of the water affinity agent used is, for example, 20 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component.
  • the content of the water-affinity agent is not too high from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in adhesive strength when the adhesive is brought into contact with an aqueous liquid such as immersion in hot water.
  • the content of the hydrophilic agent relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be less than 2 parts by weight, may be less than 1 part by weight, may be less than 0.7 parts by weight, or may be 0.3 parts by weight. It may be less than 0.2 parts by weight.
  • Hydrophilic agents with an HLB of 10 or more tend to exhibit good water removability even when used in small amounts.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition disclosed herein may optionally contain a cross-linking agent mainly for the purpose of cross-linking within the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer or between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and its adjacent surface.
  • the cross-linking agent is typically contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in a form after the cross-linking reaction.
  • the cohesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be appropriately adjusted by using the cross-linking agent.
  • the type of the cross-linking agent is not particularly limited, and is selected from conventionally known cross-linking agents so that the cross-linking agent exhibits an appropriate cross-linking function in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer according to, for example, the composition of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. be able to.
  • Cross-linking agents that can be used include isocyanate cross-linking agents, epoxy cross-linking agents, oxazoline cross-linking agents, aziridine cross-linking agents, carbodiimide cross-linking agents, melamine cross-linking agents, urea cross-linking agents, metal alkoxide cross-linking agents, metal Examples include chelate-based cross-linking agents, metal salt-based cross-linking agents, hydrazine-based cross-linking agents, amine-based cross-linking agents, and the like. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. In a water-dispersible pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, it is preferable to use a water-soluble or dispersible cross-linking agent.
  • a bifunctional or higher polyfunctional isocyanate compound can be used.
  • aromatic isocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate, xylene diisocyanate, polymethylene polyphenyl diisocyanate, tris(p-isocyanatophenyl) thiophosphate, diphenylmethane diisocyanate; alicyclic isocyanates such as isophorone diisocyanate; aliphatic isocyanates such as hexamethylene diisocyanate isocyanate; and the like.
  • isocyanate adducts of In a water-dispersible pressure-sensitive adhesive composition it is preferable to use an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent that is soluble or dispersible in water.
  • an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent that is soluble or dispersible in water.
  • a water-soluble, water-dispersible or self-emulsifying isocyanate cross-linking agent can be preferably employed.
  • a so-called blocked isocyanate-type isocyanate-based cross-linking agent in which the isocyanate group is blocked can be preferably used.
  • epoxy-based cross-linking agent those having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule can be used without particular limitation.
  • An epoxy-based cross-linking agent having 3 to 5 epoxy groups in one molecule is preferred.
  • Specific examples of epoxy-based cross-linking agents include N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylenediamine, 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, and 1,6-hexane.
  • Commercially available epoxy-based cross-linking agents include products manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • oxazoline-based cross-linking agent those having one or more oxazoline groups in one molecule can be used without particular limitation.
  • an oxazoline-based cross-linking agent that is soluble or dispersible in water.
  • the oxazoline group may be any of 2-oxazoline group, 3-oxazoline group and 4-oxazoline group.
  • an oxazoline-based cross-linking agent having a 2-oxazoline group can be preferably used.
  • oxazoline-based cross-linking agents include the trade name "Epocross WS" series and "Epocross K" series manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.
  • aziridine cross-linking agents examples include trimethylolpropane tris [3-(1-aziridinyl) propionate], trimethylol propane tris [3-(1-(2-methyl) aziridinyl propionate)] and the like. be done.
  • a low-molecular-weight compound or a high-molecular-weight compound having two or more carbodiimide groups can be used as the carbodiimide-based cross-linking agent.
  • peroxides may be used as cross-linking agents.
  • Peroxides include di(2-ethylhexyl)peroxydicarbonate, di(4-t-butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate, di-sec-butylperoxydicarbonate, t-butyl peroxyneodecanoate. , t-hexyl peroxypivalate, t-butyl peroxypivalate, dilauroyl peroxide, di-n-octanoyl peroxide, 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl peroxyisobutyrate, di benzoyl peroxide and the like.
  • peroxides having particularly excellent cross-linking reaction efficiency.
  • a peroxide is used as the polymerization initiator, it is also possible to use the remaining peroxide that has not been used in the polymerization reaction for the cross-linking reaction. In that case, the residual amount of the peroxide is quantified, and if the ratio of the peroxide is less than the predetermined amount, the peroxide may be added as necessary so as to obtain the predetermined amount.
  • Peroxide can be quantified by the method described in Japanese Patent No. 4971517.
  • the amount used when using a cross-linking agent is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of realizing a pressure-sensitive adhesive that exhibits adhesive properties such as adhesive strength and cohesive strength in a well-balanced manner, the amount of the cross-linking agent used is 100 weight of the monomer component (for example, the monomer component of the acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. For example, it is about 10 parts by weight or less, appropriately about 5 parts by weight or less, may be 3 parts by weight or less, may be 2 parts by weight or less, or may be 1 part by weight or less. , less than 1 part by weight.
  • the monomer component for example, the monomer component of the acrylic polymer
  • the amount of the cross-linking agent (e.g., isocyanate-based cross-linking agent) used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be, for example, 0.50 parts by weight or less, or 0.40 parts by weight or less. 0.30 parts by weight or less, or 0.20 parts by weight or less.
  • the lower limit of the amount of the cross-linking agent to be used is not particularly limited, and the amount may be more than 0 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component.
  • the amount of the cross-linking agent to be used may be, for example, 0.001 parts by weight or more, may be 0.01 parts by weight or more, or may be 0.05 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. parts or more, or 0.10 parts by weight or more. In some other embodiments, the amount of the cross-linking agent used may be, for example, 0.5 parts by weight or more, 1 part by weight or more, or 1.5 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. It can be more than that.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition that does not contain a cross-linking agent as described above.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be substantially free of a cross-linking agent such as an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition substantially does not contain a cross-linking agent typically an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent means that the amount of the cross-linking agent is less than 0.05 parts by weight (for example, 0.05 part by weight) relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. 01 parts by weight).
  • a cross-linking catalyst may be used to promote the cross-linking reaction more effectively.
  • cross-linking catalysts include metallic cross-linking catalysts such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, Nasem ferric, butyltin oxide, and dioctyltin dilaurate. Of these, tin-based cross-linking catalysts such as dioctyltin dilaurate are preferred.
  • the amount of cross-linking catalyst used is not particularly limited.
  • the amount of the crosslinking catalyst used is, for example, about 0.0001 parts by weight or more, about 0.001 parts by weight or more, relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component (for example, the monomer component of the acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. It can be about 0.005 parts by weight or more, and can be about 1 part by weight or less, about 0.1 parts by weight or less, or about 0.05 parts by weight or less.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may optionally contain a compound that causes keto-enol tautomerism as a cross-linking retarder.
  • a compound that produces keto-enol tautomerism can be preferably used in a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent or a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition that can be used by blending an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent. Thereby, the effect of extending the pot life of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be exhibited.
  • Various ⁇ -dicarbonyl compounds can be used as compounds that cause keto-enol tautomerism.
  • ⁇ -diketones such as acetylacetone and 2,4-hexanedione
  • acetoacetates such as methyl acetoacetate and ethyl acetoacetate
  • propionyl acetates such as ethyl propionylacetate
  • isobutyryl such as ethyl isobutyrylacetate.
  • acetic acid esters malonic acid esters such as methyl malonate and ethyl malonate; and the like.
  • acetylacetone and acetoacetates Compounds that cause keto-enol tautomerism can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of the compound that causes keto-enol tautomerism is, for example, 0.1 parts by weight or more and 20 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component (for example, the monomer component of the acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. 0.5 parts by weight or more and 15 parts by weight or less, for example, 1 part by weight or more and 10 parts by weight or less, or 1 part by weight or more and 5 parts by weight or less. .
  • a multifunctional monomer may be used in the adhesive composition (and thus in the adhesive layer) as necessary.
  • Polyfunctional monomers can serve purposes such as adjusting cohesion.
  • the polyfunctional monomer forms a crosslinked structure with appropriate flexibility by reacting the ethylenically unsaturated groups when forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer or by irradiating light (e.g., ultraviolet rays) after application to the adherend. obtain. Therefore, in the present specification, the term "polyfunctional monomer” can be rephrased as a cross-linking agent.
  • a polyfunctional monomer can be preferably used in a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • Compounds having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups can be used as polyfunctional monomers.
  • a polyfunctional monomer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • Examples of ethylenically unsaturated groups possessed by polyfunctional monomers include, but are not limited to, acryloyl groups, methacryloyl groups, vinyl groups and allyl groups.
  • Preferred ethylenically unsaturated groups from the viewpoint of photoreactivity include acryloyl groups and methacryloyl groups. Among them, an acryloyl group is preferred.
  • the polyfunctional monomer is preferably a compound having 2 to 10 ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule, more preferably a compound having 2 to 8 ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule, and 2 to Compounds with 6 ethylenically unsaturated groups are more preferred.
  • a compound having 4 or less (specifically 2 to 4, for example 2 or 3, preferably 2) ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule is used as the polyfunctional monomer. can be used.
  • polyfunctional monomers include ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, penta Erythritol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,12-dodecanediol Di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, tetramethylolmethane tri(meth)acrylate, allyl(meth)acrylate, vinyl(meth)acrylate, divinylbenzene, epoxy acrylate, polyester acrylate, urethane acrylate
  • trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, and dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate are preferable, and 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate is more preferable.
  • the amount of the polyfunctional monomer used varies depending on its molecular weight, the number of functional groups, etc. ) It is appropriate to make the range of about 0.01 to 3.0 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight.
  • the amount of the polyfunctional monomer used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be, for example, 0.02 parts by weight or more, 0.1 parts by weight or more, 0.5 parts by weight or more, It may be 1.0 parts by weight or more, or 2.0 parts by weight or more. Higher cohesive strength tends to be obtained by increasing the amount of polyfunctional monomer used.
  • the amount of the polyfunctional monomer used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is, for example, 10 parts by weight or less. 5.0 parts by weight or less, or 3.0 parts by weight or less.
  • the amount of the polyfunctional monomer to be used is, for example, 1.0 parts by weight or less, preferably 0.5 parts by weight or less, more preferably 0.5 parts by weight or less, based on 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. It is 3 parts by weight or less, and may be 0.2 parts by weight or less.
  • the adhesive layer comprises a tackifier.
  • a tackifier which is an adhesive force-improving component, is added to improve the adhesiveness during protection, the edge peeling prevention property, and the water-peeling removability at a high level.
  • the tackifier various components capable of improving adhesive strength can be used without particular limitation. Suitable examples of tackifiers include tackifier resins and acrylic oligomers. A tackifier can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the tackifier one with an acid value is preferably used.
  • a tackifier having an acid value equal to or higher than a predetermined value it is easy to obtain the effect of improving the adhesive force.
  • the adhesiveness to polar adherends can be improved, and the adhesiveness after immersion in hot water can be maintained at a high level.
  • the acid value of the tackifier is, for example, above 10 mgKOH/g, suitably above 15 mgKOH/g, preferably above 20 mgKOH/g, more preferably above 23 mgKOH/g.
  • the upper limit of the acid value is usually, for example, 200 mgKOH/g or less, and may be 100 mgKOH/g or less, 50 mgKOH/g or less, or 40 mgKOH/g or less from the viewpoint of water removability.
  • the acid value of the tackifier can be measured by the potentiometric titration method specified in JIS K 0070:1992.
  • the amount of tackifier used is not particularly limited.
  • the amount of the tackifier used can be, for example, 0.1 parts by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component constituting the polymer contained in the adhesive layer, from the viewpoint of improving the trigger peel strength. It may be 0.3 parts by weight or more, suitably 1 part by weight or more, 3 parts by weight or more, 5 parts by weight or more, or 10 parts by weight or more. In some preferred embodiments, the amount of the tackifier used per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component exceeds 10 parts by weight, may be about 11 parts by weight or more, may be about 12 parts by weight, and more preferably 15 parts by weight.
  • Part by weight or more more preferably 18 parts by weight or more, particularly preferably 20 parts by weight or more (for example, 22 parts by weight or more), may be 25 parts by weight or more, may be 28 parts by weight or more, or may be 32 parts by weight or more. or 35 parts by weight or more.
  • the amount of the tackifier used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is, for example, suitably less than 100 parts by weight, and may be approximately 80 parts by weight or less, may be 70 parts by weight or less, or may be 50 parts by weight. Part or less is acceptable.
  • the amount of the tackifier used is less than 50 parts by weight, more preferably less than 40 parts by weight, more preferably 35 parts by weight or less, and particularly preferably 32 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. parts or less, may be 30 parts by weight or less, or may be 25 parts by weight or less. In some other embodiments, the amount of the tackifier used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be 20 parts by weight or less, may be less than 10 parts by weight, or may be less than 5 parts by weight.
  • the use of the tackifier can improve the edge peeling prevention property, so the amount of the water-affinitive agent used, which can cause a decrease in adhesive strength when in contact with an aqueous liquid, is limited. Further, it is also possible to increase the amount of the hydrophilic agent. By using a tackifier and a water-affinitive agent, it is possible to achieve a high level of both adhesion to the object to be protected and peelability and removability.
  • the ratio (C A /C B ) of the water affinity agent amount (C A ) to the tackifier amount (C B ) contained in the adhesive layer is particularly limited. However, it is, for example, 0.0001 or more, suitably 0.001 or more, preferably 0.01 or more, more preferably 0.02 or more, still more preferably 0.03 or more, and 0.03 or more. 05 or more, or 0.1 or more.
  • the adhesiveness based on the use of the tackifier is kept within a predetermined range, while suppressing the water peeling force to a low level.
  • the upper limit of the ratio (C A /C B ) is not particularly limited. It may be less than 15, or less than 0.1. By limiting the amount of the water-affinitive agent to be used relative to the amount of the tackifier, it is possible to maintain or improve adhesive strength such as trigger peel strength while maintaining water releasability.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer disclosed herein can contain an acrylic oligomer from the viewpoint of improving the cohesive force, improving the adhesiveness with the substrate layer, improving the adhesiveness with the adherend, and the like. According to the technology disclosed herein, even if the surface protective sheet is attached to the object to be protected with high adhesive strength, the surface protective sheet can be removed without damaging or deforming the object by using water peeling when peeled off. Can be peeled off. Therefore, it is possible to improve the adhesion reliability and the protective function by including an adhesive force-improving component such as an acrylic oligomer in the pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing an acrylic oligomer can be formed using a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the acrylic oligomer. As the acrylic oligomer, one having a higher Tg than the Tg of the above acrylic polymer (for example, an acrylic polymer) can be preferably used.
  • the Tg of the acrylic oligomer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, about 20°C or higher and 300°C or lower.
  • the Tg may be, for example, about 30° C. or higher, about 40° C. or higher, about 60° C. or higher, about 80° C. or higher, or about 100° C. or higher.
  • the Tg of the acrylic oligomer may be, for example, about 250° C. or less, may be about 200° C. or less, or about 180° C. or less or about 150° C. It can be below.
  • the Tg of the acrylic oligomer is a value calculated based on the Fox's formula, like the Tg of the acrylic polymer described above.
  • the Mw of the acrylic oligomer is not particularly limited. Also, the Mw of the acrylic oligomer may be, for example, less than approximately 30,000, suitably less than approximately 10,000, less than approximately 7,000, or less than approximately 5,000. When Mw is within the above range, the effect of improving cohesiveness and adhesiveness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer tends to be favorably exhibited.
  • the Mw of the acrylic oligomer can be measured by GPC and obtained as a value converted to standard polystyrene. Specifically, for example, it can be measured using HPLC8020 manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, using TSKgelGMH-H(20) ⁇ 2 columns, and using tetrahydrofuran as a solvent at a flow rate of about 0.5 mL/min.
  • the monomer component constituting the acrylic oligomer various (meth)acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl esters described above; various alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylates described above; Hydrogen group-containing (meth)acrylates; (meth)acrylates obtained from terpene compound derivative alcohols; and other (meth)acrylate monomers can be mentioned. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • Acrylic oligomers include alkyl (meth)acrylates having branched alkyl groups such as isobutyl (meth)acrylate and t-butyl (meth)acrylate; alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylates and aromatic hydrocarbons From the viewpoint of improving adhesiveness, it is preferable to contain an acrylic monomer having a relatively bulky structure, such as a group-containing (meth)acrylate, as a monomer unit. Further, when ultraviolet rays are used in synthesizing an acrylic oligomer or in producing a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, a monomer having a saturated hydrocarbon group at the ester end is preferable because it is less likely to cause polymerization inhibition. Alkyl (meth)acrylates and saturated alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylates in which the group has a branched structure can be preferably used.
  • the ratio of the (meth)acrylate monomer to the total monomer components constituting the acrylic oligomer is typically more than 50% by weight, preferably 60% by weight or more, more preferably 70% by weight or more (e.g., 80% by weight). or more, and further 90% by weight or more).
  • the acrylic oligomer has a monomer composition consisting essentially of one or more (meth)acrylate monomers.
  • the monomer component contains an alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate and a (meth)acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester, their weight ratio is not particularly limited.
  • the weight ratio of alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester is, for example, 10/90 or more, 20/80 or more, or 30/70 or more. and can be 90/10 or less, 80/20 or less, or 70/30 or less.
  • Functional group-containing monomers include monomers having a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic ring such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone and N-acryloylmorpholine; amino group-containing monomers such as N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate; amide group-containing monomers such as N-diethyl(meth)acrylamide; carboxy group-containing monomers such as AA and MAA; hydroxyl group-containing monomers such as 2-hydroxyethyl(meth)acrylate; These functional group-containing monomers can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the ratio of the functional group-containing monomer to the total monomer components constituting the acrylic oligomer can be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 2% by weight or more, or 3% by weight or more, and For example, it can be 15% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, or 7% by weight or less.
  • the acrylic oligomer may be one in which no functional group-containing monomer is used.
  • Suitable acrylic oligomers include, for example, dicyclopentanyl methacrylate (DCPMA), cyclohexyl methacrylate (CHMA), isobornyl methacrylate (IBXMA), isobornyl acrylate (IBXA), dicyclopentanyl acrylate (DCPA),
  • DCPMA dicyclopentanyl methacrylate
  • CHMA cyclohexyl methacrylate
  • IBXMA isobornyl methacrylate
  • IBXA dicyclopentanyl acrylate
  • DCPA dicyclopentanyl acrylate
  • ADMA 1-adamantyl methacrylate
  • ADA 1-adamantyl acrylate
  • copolymers of DCPMA and MMA copolymers of DCPMA and IBXMA, copolymers of ADA and methyl methacrylate (MMA) copolymers of CHMA and isobutyl methacrylate (IBMA); copolymers
  • An acrylic oligomer can be formed by polymerizing its constituent monomer components.
  • the polymerization method and polymerization mode are not particularly limited, and conventionally known various polymerization methods (eg, solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, photopolymerization, radiation polymerization, etc.) can be employed in an appropriate mode.
  • polymerization initiators e.g., azo polymerization initiators
  • the types of polymerization initiators are generally as exemplified for the synthesis of the acrylic polymer, and the amount of the polymerization initiator and the optionally used chain transfer agent
  • the amount of (for example, mercaptans) is appropriately set based on common technical knowledge so as to achieve a desired molecular weight, so detailed description is omitted.
  • the content is based on 100 parts by weight of the monomer component of the polymer (typically acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, For example, it can be 0.01 part by weight or more, and from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher effect, it may be 0.05 part by weight or more, 0.1 part by weight or more, or 0.2 part by weight or more.
  • the content of the acrylic oligomer is, for example, 0.5 parts by weight or more, preferably 1 part by weight or more, and 2 parts by weight or more, relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. There may be.
  • the content of the acrylic oligomer with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is preferably less than 50 parts by weight. , preferably less than 30 parts by weight, more preferably 25 parts by weight or less, and may be, for example, 10 parts by weight or less, or may be 5 parts by weight or less, or 1 part by weight or less.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may contain a tackifying resin.
  • a tackifying resin According to the technology disclosed herein, even if the surface protective sheet is attached to the object to be protected with high adhesive strength, the surface protective sheet can be removed without damaging or deforming the object by using water peeling when peeled off. Can be peeled off. Therefore, it is possible to improve the adhesion reliability and the protective function by including an adhesive strength improving component such as a tackifying resin in the pressure sensitive adhesive.
  • tackifying resins include rosin-based tackifying resins, rosin derivative tackifying resins, petroleum-based tackifying resins, terpene-based tackifying resins, phenol-based tackifying resins, and ketone-based tackifying resins. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • rosin-based tackifying resin examples include rosins such as gum rosin, wood rosin, tall oil rosin, stabilized rosin (e.g., stabilized rosin obtained by disproportionating or hydrogenating the above rosin), polymerized rosin (e.g., , a multimer of the above rosin, typically a dimer), modified rosin (e.g., unsaturated acid-modified rosin modified with an unsaturated acid such as maleic acid, fumaric acid, (meth)acrylic acid, etc.), etc. mentioned.
  • rosins such as gum rosin, wood rosin, tall oil rosin, stabilized rosin (e.g., stabilized rosin obtained by disproportionating or hydrogenating the above rosin), polymerized rosin (e.g., a multimer of the above rosin, typically a dimer), modified rosin (e.g., unsaturated acid-modified rosin modified
  • rosin derivative tackifying resin examples include esterified rosin-based tackifying resins (for example, rosin esters such as stabilized rosin esters and polymerized rosin esters), phenol-modified rosin-based resins (phenol-modified rosin ) and esters thereof (phenol-modified rosin esters).
  • examples of the petroleum-based tackifying resin include aliphatic petroleum resins, aromatic petroleum resins, copolymer petroleum resins, alicyclic petroleum resins, and hydrides thereof.
  • the terpene-based tackifying resin examples include ⁇ -pinene resin, ⁇ -pinene resin, aromatic modified terpene-based resin, and hydrogenated terpene-based resin.
  • the terpene phenol resin refers to a polymer containing a terpene residue and a phenol residue, and a copolymer of a terpene and a phenol compound (terpene-phenol copolymer resin) and a homopolymer or copolymer of a terpene. It is a concept that includes both phenol-modified coalescence (phenol-modified terpene resin).
  • Terpene phenolic resins include hydrogenated terpene phenolic resins. Examples of the phenol-based tackifying resin include alkylphenol resins obtained from alkylphenol and formaldehyde. Examples of alkylphenol resins include novolac and resole types.
  • ketone-based tackifying resin examples include ketone-based resins obtained by condensation of ketones (e.g., aliphatic ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and acetophenone; alicyclic ketones, such as cyclohexanone and methylcyclohexanone) and formaldehyde. ; and the like.
  • ketones e.g., aliphatic ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and acetophenone
  • alicyclic ketones such as cyclohexanone and methylcyclohexanone
  • formaldehyde formaldehyde
  • rosin-based tackifying resins one or more selected from rosin-based tackifying resins, rosin derivative tackifying resins and terpene phenolic resins can be preferably used.
  • rosin derivative tackifying resins are preferred, and suitable examples thereof include rosin esters such as stabilized rosin esters and polymerized rosin esters.
  • a water-dispersible tackifying resin in which the tackifying resin as described above is dispersed in an aqueous solvent.
  • a PSA composition containing these components in a desired ratio can be easily prepared.
  • the water-dispersible tackifying resin one that does not substantially contain at least an aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvent can be preferably used from the viewpoint of consideration for environmental hygiene. It is more preferable to use a water-dispersible tackifying resin that does not substantially contain aromatic hydrocarbon solvents and other organic solvents.
  • Examples of commercially available water-dispersible tackifying resins containing rosin esters include, for example, trade names "Super Ester E-720", “Super Ester E-730-55" and “Super Ester E-” manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industries, Ltd. 865NT", “Super Ester NS” series, etc., and Harima Kasei's product names "Harrier SK-90D”, “Harrier SK-70D”, “Harrier SK-70E”, “Neotor 115E”, etc. be done.
  • terpene phenol resins which may be in the form of water-dispersed terpene phenol resins
  • the softening point of the tackifying resin is not particularly limited.
  • a tackifying resin having a softening point of 80° C. or higher can be preferably used from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in the cohesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the softening point of the tackifying resin may be 90° C. or higher, 100° C. or higher, 110° C. or higher, or 120° C. or higher.
  • Tackifying resins with a softening point of 130° C. or higher or 140° C. or higher may be used.
  • the softening point of the tackifier resin a nominal value described in literature, catalogs, etc. can be adopted. If there is no nominal value, the softening point of the tackifier resin can be measured based on the softening point test method (ring and ball method) specified in JIS K5902 or JIS K2207.
  • the amount of the tackifying resin used is preferably 1 part by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component constituting the polymer contained in the adhesive layer, from the viewpoint of properly exhibiting the effect of its use. It may be 5 parts by weight or more, or 10 parts by weight or more. In some preferred embodiments, the amount of tackifying resin used is greater than 10 parts by weight, more preferably 15 parts by weight or more, still more preferably 18 parts by weight or more, and particularly preferably 20 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. or more (for example, 22 parts by weight or more), may be 25 parts by weight or more, may be 28 parts by weight or more, may be 32 parts by weight or more, or may be 35 parts by weight or more.
  • the amount of the tackifying resin used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is preferably less than 100 parts by weight, for example. , 70 parts by weight or less, 50 parts by weight or less, 40 parts by weight or less, 30 parts by weight or less, or 20 parts by weight or less.
  • the amount of the tackifying resin is well compatible with the pressure-sensitive adhesive, and the effect of adding the tackifying resin (adhesive properties such as adhesive strength) can be effectively exhibited.
  • it may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer that does not substantially contain a tackifying resin.
  • the adhesive layer can contain a silane coupling agent.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing a silane coupling agent can suitably provide a surface protective sheet with high adhesive strength.
  • a silane coupling agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • Silane coupling agents include silicon compounds having an epoxy structure such as 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane; amino group-containing silicon compounds such as 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-(2-aminoethyl)3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-(2-aminoethyl)3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane; 3-chloro Propyltrimethoxysilane; (meth)acrylic group-containing silane coupling agents such as acetoacetyl group-containing trimethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane; 3-isocyanatopropyltriethoxysilane and isocyanate
  • the amount of the silane coupling agent used can be set so as to obtain the desired effect of use, and is not particularly limited.
  • the amount of the silane coupling agent used may be, for example, 0.001 parts by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component constituting the polymer contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, resulting in a higher effect. from the viewpoint of obtaining , it may be 0.005 parts by weight or more, 0.01 parts by weight or more, or 0.015 parts by weight or more. Further, from the viewpoint of improving adhesion, in some embodiments, the amount of the silane coupling agent used may be, for example, 3 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the technology disclosed herein can be implemented in a mode using a PSA composition that does not substantially contain a silane coupling agent.
  • a silane coupling agent By limiting the use of a silane coupling agent or not using a silane coupling agent, it is possible to suppress an increase in adhesive strength over time and to easily obtain good water removability.
  • the alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer may be used as part or all of the silane coupling agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the adhesive composition and the photocurable adhesive layer disclosed herein may optionally contain a photopolymerization initiator (also referred to as a photoreaction catalyst) for the purpose of imparting photocurability.
  • a photopolymerization initiator also referred to as a photoreaction catalyst
  • the photopolymerization initiator similar to the photopolymerization initiators exemplified as those that can be used for synthesizing an acrylic polymer, a ketal photopolymerization initiator, an acetophenone photopolymerization initiator, a benzoin ether photopolymerization initiator, Acylphosphine oxide photoinitiators, ⁇ -ketol photoinitiators, aromatic sulfonyl chloride photoinitiators, photoactive oxime photoinitiators, benzoin photoinitiators, benzyl photoinitiators , a benzophenone-based photopolymerization initiator, a thioxanthone-based
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can be set so that the desired effect is appropriately exhibited.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is, for example, about 0.005 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component of the polymer (typically an acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. It is suitable to be 0.01 parts by weight or more, preferably 0.05 parts by weight or more, may be 0.10 parts by weight or more, or 0.15 parts by weight or more. may be 0.20 parts by weight or more.
  • the photocurability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is improved.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is suitably 5 parts by weight or less, preferably 2 parts by weight or less, and may be 1 part by weight or less. It may be 7 parts by weight or less, or may be 0.5 parts by weight or less. It is advantageous from the viewpoint of improving the storage stability (for example, stability against photodegradation) of the surface protective sheet that the content of the photopolymerization initiator is not too high.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing a photopolymerization initiator can typically be formed using a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (for example, a solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition) containing the photopolymerization initiator.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a photopolymerization initiator can be prepared, for example, by mixing other components used in the composition with the photopolymerization initiator.
  • the adhesive layer disclosed herein is preferably formed using an adhesive composition prepared by newly adding the photopolymerization initiator in the amount described above to other constituent components.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may optionally contain an acid or base (aqueous ammonia or the like) used for purposes such as pH adjustment.
  • Other optional components that may be contained in the composition include viscosity modifiers (e.g., thickeners), leveling agents, plasticizers, fillers, colorants such as pigments and dyes, stabilizers, preservatives, and anti-aging agents.
  • viscosity modifiers e.g., thickeners
  • leveling agents e.g., plasticizers, fillers, colorants such as pigments and dyes, stabilizers, preservatives, and anti-aging agents.
  • additives commonly used in the field of pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions such as As for such various additives, conventionally known ones can be used in a conventional manner, and since they do not particularly characterize the present invention, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the technology disclosed herein can be preferably implemented in a mode including a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing the polymer (for example, an acrylic polymer) as a main component.
  • the proportion of the polymer (for example, acrylic polymer) in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is approximately 85% by weight or more (for example, 85 to 100% by weight), and may be 90% by weight or more. , 95% by weight or more.
  • the adhesive layer may be a cured layer of an adhesive composition. That is, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed by applying (for example, applying) the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition to a suitable surface and then appropriately performing a curing treatment. When two or more curing treatments (drying, cross-linking, polymerization, etc.) are carried out, these can be carried out simultaneously or in multiple steps.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition using a partially polymerized monomer component typically undergoes a final copolymerization reaction as the curing treatment. That is, the partial polymer is subjected to a further copolymerization reaction to form a complete polymer.
  • a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition for example, in the case of a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, light irradiation is carried out. Curing treatments such as cross-linking and drying may be performed as necessary. For example, when the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition needs to be dried, photocuring may be performed after drying.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition using a completely polymerized product is typically subjected to drying (drying by heating), cross-linking, or the like as necessary as the curing treatment.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a multi-layer structure of two or more layers can be produced by laminating pre-formed pressure-sensitive adhesive layers. Alternatively, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be applied onto a previously formed first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be cured to form the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • Application of the adhesive composition can be carried out using a conventional coater such as a gravure roll coater, a reverse roll coater, a kiss roll coater, a dip roll coater, a bar coater, a knife coater, and a spray coater.
  • a conventional coater such as a gravure roll coater, a reverse roll coater, a kiss roll coater, a dip roll coater, a bar coater, a knife coater, and a spray coater.
  • a direct method of directly applying an adhesive composition to the substrate layer to form an adhesive layer may be used.
  • a transfer method for transferring the agent layer to the substrate layer may be used.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can be, for example, about 3 ⁇ m to 1000 ⁇ m. From the viewpoint of enhancing water resistance reliability by adhering the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to the substrate layer or the adherend, in some embodiments, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 5 ⁇ m or more (for example, more than 5 ⁇ m), more preferably It is 10 ⁇ m or more (for example, more than 10 ⁇ m), more preferably 15 ⁇ m or more, particularly preferably 20 ⁇ m or more.
  • the surface protection sheet disclosed herein has water peeling properties, and can be smoothly peeled off and removed from the adherend using the water peeling properties. Power can be increased to retain or improve protection.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 500 ⁇ m or less, 300 ⁇ m or less, or 200 ⁇ m or less. , 150 ⁇ m or less. In some preferred embodiments, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 100 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 60 ⁇ m or less, even more preferably 50 ⁇ m or less, for example 40 ⁇ m or less, or 30 ⁇ m or less. By limiting the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, penetration of water from the end of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is restricted, and a decrease in adhesive strength when immersed in an aqueous liquid or hot water can be suppressed. In addition, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may have a single-layer structure, or may have a multilayer structure of two or more layers.
  • the loss elastic modulus G′′ at 60°C (60°C loss elastic modulus G′′) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably in the range of 10 kPa or more and 50 kPa or less.
  • the viscosity term (60° C. loss elastic modulus G′′) of the adhesive improves hot water resistance, Even when used (typically in the form of an aqueous solution) or in warm water, it is easy to maintain a state of close contact with the adherend, and the decrease in adhesive strength due to water peelability does not occur or the decrease in adhesive strength is easily suppressed.
  • the adhesion required for protection can be preferably maintained.
  • a peeling load is applied to the edge of the surface protective sheet due to the expansion and contraction of the base material layer, but in the adhesive having a predetermined viscosity term at 60° C., the peeling load is converted into thermal energy. Since it can be reduced, it is conceivable that a stable adhesion state is likely to be maintained.
  • Such a surface protective sheet can have excellent protective properties such that it does not peel off from the edges during the submerged treatment, for example.
  • the 60° C. loss elastic modulus G′′ of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 12 kPa or more, more preferably 15 kPa or more, or 18 kPa or more, from the viewpoint of adhesion after immersion in a chemical solution or warm water. may be 22 kPa or more, 25 kPa or more, 28 kPa or more, 30 kPa or more, or 32 kPa or more. F1 can be kept high. In some aspects, the upper limit of the 60° C. loss elastic modulus G′′ may be 45 kPa or less, 40 kPa or less, or 35 kPa or less.
  • the 60° C. loss elastic modulus G′′ of the adhesive layer may be 30 kPa or less, 25 kPa or less, or 20 kPa or less.
  • the 60° C. loss elastic modulus G′′ of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 11 kPa or less or less, 12 kPa or more or less, 13 kPa or more or less, 14 kPa or more or less, 15 kPa or more or less, 16 kPa or more or less, 17 kPa or more or less, 18 kPa or less or less, 19 kPa or more or less, 20 kPa or more or less, 21 kPa or more or less, 22 kPa or more or less, 23 kPa or more or less, 24 kPa or more or less, 25 kPa or more or less, 26 kPa or more or less, 27 kPa or more or less, 28 kPa or less or less, 29 kPa or more or less, 30 kPa or more or less, 31 kPa or more or less, 32 kPa or more or less, 33 kPa or more or less, 34 kPa
  • the 60° C. loss elastic modulus G′′ can be obtained mainly by adjusting the molecular weight and molecular weight distribution of the polymer contained in the adhesive, and can also be adjusted by adjusting the crosslink density in the adhesive.
  • the 60° C. loss elastic modulus G′′ of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is measured by the method described in Examples below.
  • the adhesive (layer) has a peel distance of 3.0 mm after 1 hour from pressure bonding to the adherend in a repulsion resistance test conducted by the method described in Examples below.
  • An adhesive having a thickness of 0 mm or less is preferably used.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive (layer) having such repulsion resistance is less likely to be peeled off from the adherend at the edges against a physical load (peeling load) in the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet having the pressure-sensitive adhesive (layer). , can exhibit excellent edge peeling prevention properties.
  • the peel distance (one hour after crimping) in the repulsion resistance test is preferably 1.0 mm or less, more preferably 0.5 mm or less, still more preferably 0.3 mm or less, and particularly preferably 0.2 mm or less. , most preferably 0.0 mm.
  • the anti-repulsion property can be realized based on the adhesive composition (use of tackifier, selection of tackifier type, type and amount of hydrophilic agent, etc.).
  • the surface protection sheet disclosed herein may contain a base layer.
  • materials for the substrate layer include various resin films such as polyolefin films, polyester films, and polyvinyl chloride films; foam sheets made of foams such as polyurethane foam, polyethylene foam, and polychloroprene foam; of fibrous substances (natural fibers such as hemp and cotton, synthetic fibers such as polyester and vinylon, semi-synthetic fibers such as acetate, etc.) Woven fabrics and non-woven fabrics made by single or blended spinning; Japanese paper, fine paper, paper such as kraft paper and crepe paper; metal foil such as aluminum foil, copper foil, and stainless steel (SUS); A suitable material can be selected from the above and used as the base material layer material.
  • the substrate layer of the composite structure include a laminated substrate (multilayer structure substrate) having a structure in which a metal foil and the resin film are laminated, a resin sheet reinforced with inorganic fibers such as glass cloth, and the like. be done.
  • the base film may be a porous film such as a foam film or a non-woven fabric sheet, or a film having a structure in which a porous layer and a non-porous layer are laminated.
  • a base film containing a resin film capable of independently maintaining its shape can be preferably used as the base film.
  • resin film is meant a non-porous structure, typically a substantially voidless resin film. Therefore, the resin film is a concept distinguished from foam films and non-woven fabrics.
  • the resin film may have a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure of two or more layers (for example, a three-layer structure).
  • polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), and polyethylene naphthalate (PEN); polyethylene (PE), polypropylene (PP), and ethylene-propylene copolymers.
  • Polyolefins such as coalescence; polycycloolefins derived from monomers having an alicyclic structure such as norbornene structure; polyamides (PA) such as nylon 6, nylon 66, and partially aromatic polyamides; polyimides (PI) such as transparent polyimides (CPI) Polyether sulfone (PES); Polyphenylene sulfide (PPS); Polycarbonate (PC); Polyurethane (PU); Ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA); polyvinyl alcohol (PVA); polystyrene; ABS resin; polyvinyl chloride; polyvinylidene chloride; fluorine resin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE); Resins such as cellulose-based polymer; vinyl butyral-based polymer; arylate-based polymer; polyoxymethylene-based polymer; and epoxy-based polymer can be used.
  • PA polyamides
  • PI polyimides
  • CPI transparent polyimides
  • the substrate layer disclosed herein may have a surface composed of the above resin material.
  • the resin film that can be used as the substrate layer is suitably selected from those formed using a resin material containing one of the above resins alone and those formed using a resin material in which two or more of the above resins are blended. material can be selected and used.
  • the resin film is a composite resin film in which a resin layer containing one or more resin materials and a resin layer containing one or more resin materials of the same or different type as the resin layer are laminated. There may be.
  • the resin film may be unstretched or may be stretched (for example, uniaxially stretched or biaxially stretched).
  • a polyolefin resin film is used as the base material layer.
  • a polyolefin resin film it is possible to preferably obtain a surface protective sheet that exhibits suitable properties with an appropriate thickness.
  • the polyolefin resin means a resin containing more than 50% by weight of polyolefin.
  • the polyolefin resin one kind of polyolefin can be used alone, or two or more kinds of polyolefins can be used in combination.
  • the polyolefin may be, for example, an ⁇ -olefin homopolymer, a copolymer of two or more ⁇ -olefins, a copolymer of one or more ⁇ -olefins and other vinyl monomers, and the like.
  • Specific examples include PE, PP, poly-1-butene, poly-4-methyl-1-pentene, ethylene-propylene copolymers such as ethylene-propylene rubber (EPR), ethylene-propylene-butene copolymers, ethylene -butene copolymer, ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, ethylene-ethyl acrylate copolymer and the like.
  • polyolefin resin films include unstretched polypropylene (CPP) film, biaxially stretched polypropylene (OPP) film, low density polyethylene (LDPE) film, linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) film, medium density polyethylene (MDPE) films, high-density polyethylene (HDPE) films, polyethylene (PE) films obtained by blending two or more types of polyethylene (PE), PP/PE blend films obtained by blending polypropylene (PP) and polyethylene (PE), and the like.
  • CPP unstretched polypropylene
  • OPP biaxially stretched polypropylene
  • LDPE low density polyethylene
  • LLDPE linear low density polyethylene
  • MDPE medium density polyethylene
  • HDPE high-density polyethylene
  • PE polyethylene
  • PE polyethylene
  • PE polyethylene
  • PE polyethylene
  • resin material constituting the resin film examples include polyvinylidene chloride resin, PPS resin, polyurethane resin, EVA resin, and fluorine resin such as PTFE.
  • polyvinylidene chloride resin refers to a resin containing polyvinylidene chloride in a proportion exceeding 50% by weight.
  • PPS resin means a resin containing PPS in a proportion exceeding 50% by weight. The same applies to polyurethane resin, EVA resin, and fluororesin.
  • the polyolefin resins (PE, PP), polyvinylidene chloride resins, PPS resins, polyurethane resins, EVA resins, and fluorine resins exemplified above may be used in combination with other materials, and each may be used alone. You may use it as a base material layer.
  • additives such as light stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, colorants (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, slip agents, antiblocking agents, etc.
  • known additives such as light stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, colorants (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, slip agents, antiblocking agents, etc.
  • the amount of the additive to be added is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set according to the application and the like.
  • the method of manufacturing the resin film is not particularly limited.
  • conventionally known general resin film molding methods such as extrusion molding, inflation molding, T-die casting, and calendar roll molding can be appropriately employed.
  • the base material layer may be substantially composed of such a resin film.
  • the substrate layer may contain an auxiliary layer in addition to the resin film.
  • the auxiliary layers include optical property adjusting layers (e.g., colored layers, antireflection layers), printed layers and laminate layers for imparting desired appearance, antistatic layers, undercoat layers, release layers, etc.
  • a processing layer may be mentioned.
  • the substrate layer has a layer containing an inorganic material (inorganic material-containing layer).
  • inorganic material-containing layer By adopting a substrate layer including an inorganic material-containing layer, the effects of the technology disclosed herein can also be achieved. Arranging the inorganic material-containing layer tends to improve barrier properties (moisture permeation prevention properties).
  • the substrate layer having an inorganic material-containing layer includes the above-described resin film or the like as a substrate main layer, and an inorganic material-containing layer provided on at least one surface of the substrate main layer.
  • the substrate layer may consist essentially of the inorganic material-containing layer.
  • Inorganic materials used for the inorganic material-containing layer include various metal materials including simple substances and alloys of transition metal elements and metalloid elements, and materials capable of forming a hydrophilic surface from among inorganic compounds such as inorganic oxides. is used.
  • the above inorganic materials can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • Suitable examples of inorganic materials include oxides such as titanium oxide, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, cerium oxide, chromium oxide, zirconium oxide, manganese oxide, zinc oxide, iron oxide, tin oxide, and niobium oxide. (inorganic oxides, typically metal oxides). Among them, an inorganic oxide such as silicon oxide is used as a preferable inorganic material.
  • inorganic materials include metal foils (metal materials) such as aluminum foil, copper foil, and stainless steel (SUS).
  • metal foils such as aluminum foil, copper foil, and stainless steel (SUS).
  • SUS stainless steel
  • the inorganic material-containing layer may or may not contain various organic materials including organic polymer compounds that can be used as coating agents and binders, in addition to the above inorganic materials.
  • the amount of the inorganic material (for example, inorganic oxide such as silicon oxide) in the inorganic material-containing layer can be an appropriate amount to obtain the desired hydrophilic surface, and is not limited to a specific range.
  • the content of the inorganic material in the inorganic material-containing layer can be approximately 30% by weight or more, suitably approximately 50% by weight or more (for example, more than 50% by weight), and approximately 70% by weight or more.
  • the inorganic material content in the inorganic material-containing layer is approximately 90-100% by weight (eg approximately 95% by weight or more).
  • the method of forming the inorganic material-containing layer is not particularly limited, and can be formed by an appropriate method depending on the desired thickness and the like.
  • a known film forming method such as a vacuum vapor deposition method, a sputtering method, or a plating method.
  • various vapor deposition methods can be used, for example, physical vapor deposition (PVD) such as vacuum vapor deposition, sputtering, ion plating, atomic layer deposition, etc. chemical vapor deposition (CVD) or the like can be employed.
  • PVD physical vapor deposition
  • CVD chemical vapor deposition
  • a coating layer containing an inorganic polymer such as polysiloxane can be formed by appropriately selecting from known coating agents that provide a surface exhibiting a desired water contact angle and using a conventional method.
  • the thickness of the inorganic material-containing layer is not particularly limited.
  • the thickness of the inorganic material-containing layer is set to: Specifically, about 5 ⁇ m or less (for example, less than 5000 nm) is suitable, and about 2 ⁇ m or less (for example, less than 2000 nm) may be used.
  • the inorganic material-containing layer has a thickness of less than 1000 nm, more preferably less than 500 nm, even more preferably less than 100 nm, particularly preferably less than 50 nm, and may be about 30 nm or less, about 20 nm.
  • the thickness of the inorganic material-containing layer is suitably 1 nm or more (for example, 3 nm or more).
  • the thickness of the substrate main layer (when it has a plurality of layers other than the inorganic material-containing layer, the layers other than the inorganic material-containing layer
  • the total thickness of the substrate layer is suitably 50% or more, preferably 70% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and 97% or more (for example, 99% or more) of the total thickness of the base layer.
  • the base material layer may have a single-layer structure, or may have a multi-layer structure of two or more layers.
  • the substrate layer having a single layer structure include a substrate layer made of a resin film.
  • a substrate layer composed of a resin film is suitable for a surface protection sheet for chemical treatment such as an etchant. It also tends to be superior in flexibility and flexibility.
  • the substrate layer having a multilayer structure include a structure composed of a resin film having a multilayer structure, and a structure having a substrate main layer and an inorganic material-containing layer.
  • the base layer (base film used as the base layer) preferably has a moisture permeability of 24 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or less as measured by the cup method.
  • the moisture permeability of the base material layer is about 18 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or less, more preferably about 14 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or less, still more preferably about 10 g/( m 2 ⁇ day) or less, particularly preferably approximately 8 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or less, and may be approximately 5 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or less (for example, approximately 3 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or less).
  • heat such as warm water
  • the moisture permeability is excessively low, the water removability may not be effectively exhibited due to aging due to heat.
  • the moisture permeability of the base material layer is suitably 1 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or more, preferably about 3 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or more. Yes, for example greater than 5 g/(m 2 ⁇ day).
  • the moisture permeability of the substrate layer is, for example, 23 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or more or less, 22 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or more or less, or 21 g/(m 2 ⁇ day) or more.
  • the moisture permeability of the substrate layer can be obtained by selecting and using an appropriate non-moisture-permeable or low-moisture-permeable substrate material. More specifically, the moisture permeability of the base material layer is measured by the method described in Examples below.
  • the 25° C. bending rigidity value of the base material layer is the same as the range of the 25° C. bending rigidity value that the above-described surface protection sheet can take, so repeated description is omitted. .
  • the ranges of the 25°C tensile modulus, the stress at 25°C 100% elongation, the 25°C breaking stress, and the 25°C breaking strain that the base material layer can take are also the 25°C tensile elastic modulus of the surface protective sheet, the 25°C 100
  • the ranges of stress at % elongation, stress at break at 25°C, and strain at break at 25°C are the same, so repeated explanations are omitted.
  • flexural rigidity value, 25° C. tensile modulus, 25° C. 100% elongation stress, 25° C. breaking stress and 25° C. breaking strain of the base material layer were measured using the base material layer as a test piece (the base material used as the base layer Film) is used, but the 25° C. flexural rigidity, 25° C. tensile modulus, 25° C. 100% elongation stress, 25° C. breaking stress and 25° C. breaking strain of the surface protective sheet are measured in the same manner.
  • the 25° C. bending rigidity value of the base material layer may be the MD 25° C. bending rigidity value or the TD 25° C. bending rigidity value, like the 25° C. bending rigidity value of the surface protection sheet. , Therefore, it may be at least one of the 25 ° C. bending stiffness value of MD and the 25 ° C. bending stiffness value of TD, or any one direction regardless of whether it is MD or TD may be the 25° C. bending stiffness value of Similarly, the 25° C. tensile modulus of the substrate layer may be the 25° C. tensile modulus in MD or the 25° C. tensile modulus in TD, thus 25° C.
  • tensile modulus in MD may be at least one 25° C. tensile modulus of TD, or it may be a 25° C. tensile modulus in any one direction, whether MD or TD. .
  • the stress at 100% elongation, stress at break and strain at break of the substrate layer may each be a measured value of MD (stress at 100% elongation, stress at break or strain at break), and a measured value of TD and thus may be a measurement in MD and/or a measurement in TD, or any one-way measurement, whether MD or TD. may
  • the thickness of the base material layer is not particularly limited, and can be selected according to the purpose of protection, mode of use, and the like.
  • the thickness of the base material layer may be, for example, about 1000 ⁇ m or less, or about 300 ⁇ m or less, and from the viewpoint of weight reduction and thinning, about 200 ⁇ m or less is suitable, preferably about 150 ⁇ m or less, more preferably about 150 ⁇ m or less. It is 100 ⁇ m or less, may be about 75 ⁇ m or less (typically less than 75 ⁇ m), may be about 50 ⁇ m or less, may be 40 ⁇ m or less, or may be 30 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the base material layer When the thickness of the base material layer is reduced, the flexibility of the surface protection sheet and the followability to the surface shape of the adherend tend to be improved. In addition, since the deformation (expansion and shrinkage) of the base material layer due to heating is suppressed by limiting the thickness of the base material layer, for example, when used in a heated manner such as immersion in warm water. Even if there is, there is a tendency that the state of adhesion to the adherend is likely to be maintained. Moreover, from the viewpoint of handleability, processability, etc., the thickness of the base material layer may be, for example, 2 ⁇ m or more, or may be more than 5 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the substrate layer is suitably about 10 ⁇ m or more, preferably about 15 ⁇ m or more, more preferably about 20 ⁇ m or more, and may be about 30 ⁇ m or more, or even 40 ⁇ m or more. It may be 50 ⁇ m or more.
  • the greater the thickness of the base material layer the easier it is to obtain a higher bending rigidity value, and the easier it is to improve the edge separation prevention property.
  • the thickness of the substrate layer may be greater than 50 ⁇ m, greater than 75 ⁇ m, or greater than or equal to 90 ⁇ m.
  • a surface treatment such as corona treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, acid treatment, alkali treatment, application of an undercoat (primer), etc. may be applied to the adhesive layer side surface of the substrate layer, if necessary. may be applied.
  • Such a surface treatment can be a treatment for improving the adhesion between the substrate layer and the adhesive layer, in other words, the anchoring property of the adhesive layer to the substrate layer.
  • the composition of the primer is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known ones.
  • the thickness of the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, it is suitably about 0.01 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m, preferably about 0.1 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m.
  • the surface of the base material main layer typically, the inorganic material-containing layer side surface
  • surface treatments such as antistatic treatment.
  • the surface of the substrate layer opposite to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer side (hereinafter also referred to as the back surface) is optionally subjected to conventionally known surface treatments such as peeling treatment and antistatic treatment. good too.
  • surface treatments such as peeling treatment and antistatic treatment.
  • release agents include silicone-based release agents, long-chain alkyl-based release agents, olefin-based release agents, fluorine-based release agents, fatty acid amide-based release agents, molybdenum sulfide, and silica powder.
  • the thickness of the surface protection sheet disclosed herein is not particularly limited, and may be 3 ⁇ m or more, and may be 5 ⁇ m or more. , 10 ⁇ m or more is appropriate, and from the viewpoint of adhesion to the adherend such as step conformability, it is preferably 20 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 30 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 40 ⁇ m or more, and may be 45 ⁇ m or more.
  • the surface protection sheet has a thickness of a predetermined value or more, there is a tendency that the edge peeling prevention property is improved.
  • the thickness of the surface protection sheet is greater than 50 ⁇ m, may be 60 ⁇ m or greater, may be 70 ⁇ m or greater, or may be 80 ⁇ m or greater. In some other embodiments, the thickness of the surface protective sheet may be greater than 50 ⁇ m, greater than 75 ⁇ m, or greater than 100 ⁇ m.
  • the upper limit of the thickness of the surface protective sheet is, for example, 5 mm or less, may be 3 mm or less, or may be 1 mm or less.
  • the thickness of the surface protective sheet is suitably 300 ⁇ m or less, preferably 200 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 150 ⁇ m or less, and may be 100 ⁇ m or less, 75 ⁇ m or less, or 65 ⁇ m or less. It may be, for example, 55 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the surface protective sheet is prevented from being deformed (expansion and contraction) due to heating, and tends to easily maintain the state of adhesion to the adherend. . Reducing the thickness of the adhesive sheet is advantageous in terms of thinning, miniaturization, weight reduction, resource saving, and the like.
  • the release liner used in the surface protective sheet disclosed herein is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a release liner in which the surface of a liner substrate such as a resin film or paper is subjected to a release treatment, or a fluoropolymer (polytetrafluoroethylene etc.) or a release liner made of a low-adhesive material such as polyolefin resin (polyethylene, polypropylene, etc.).
  • a release treatment agent such as a silicone-based agent or a long-chain alkyl-based agent may be used.
  • a release-treated resin film can be preferably employed as a release liner.
  • a method for peeling a surface protection sheet attached to an adherend (object to be protected) is provided.
  • the peeling front in a state where an aqueous liquid is present at the interface between the adherend and the surface protective sheet at the peeling front of the surface protective sheet from the adherend, the peeling front follows the movement of the peeling front. It includes a water-peeling step of peeling the surface protection sheet from the adherend while allowing the aqueous liquid to enter the interface. According to the water peeling step, the surface protective sheet can be peeled from the adherend by effectively using the aqueous liquid.
  • aqueous liquid it is possible to use water or a mixed solvent containing water as a main component containing a small amount of additive as necessary.
  • a solvent other than water that constitutes the mixed solvent a lower alcohol (eg, ethyl alcohol) or a lower ketone (eg, acetone) that can be uniformly mixed with water can be used.
  • a known surfactant or the like can be used as the additive.
  • an aqueous liquid containing substantially no additives can be preferably used.
  • water is particularly preferable to use water as the aqueous liquid.
  • the water is not particularly limited, and in consideration of the purity required according to the application, availability, etc., for example, distilled water, ion-exchanged water, tap water, etc. can be used.
  • the peeling method includes supplying an aqueous liquid onto the adherend near the outer edge of the surface protection sheet attached to the adherend, for example, in the same manner as when measuring the normal water peeling force FW0, After the aqueous liquid is allowed to enter the interface between the surface protection sheet and the adherend from the outer edge of the surface protection sheet, without supplying new water (that is, before starting peeling, it is applied to the adherend. It can be preferably carried out in a mode in which peeling of the surface protection sheet is promoted using only the supplied aqueous liquid.
  • the amount of the aqueous liquid to be supplied before starting peeling is not particularly limited as long as it is an amount capable of introducing the aqueous liquid from outside the attachment range of the surface protection sheet to the interface between the surface protection sheet and the adherend.
  • the amount of the aqueous liquid may be, for example, 5 ⁇ L or more, usually 10 ⁇ L or more, and may be 20 ⁇ L or more.
  • the upper limit of the amount of the aqueous liquid there is no particular limitation on the upper limit of the amount of the aqueous liquid.
  • the amount of the aqueous liquid may be, for example, 10 mL or less, 5 mL or less, 1 mL or less, 0.5 mL or less, or 0.1 mL or less from the viewpoint of improving workability. or less than 0.05 mL.
  • the operation of allowing the aqueous liquid to enter the interface between the surface protective sheet and the adherend from the outer edge of the surface protective sheet at the start of peeling can be performed, for example, by inserting a jig such as a cutter knife or a needle into the interface at the outer edge of the surface protective sheet. insert the tip of the surface protection sheet, scratch the outer edge of the surface protection sheet with a hook or nail, etc., attach a strong adhesive tape or suction cup, etc. to the back surface near the outer edge of the surface protection sheet It can be carried out in a manner such as lifting.
  • both good water releasability after an operation for forcing an aqueous liquid to enter the interface to create a trigger for delamination and high water resistance reliability when no such operation is performed are preferably compatible. can be done.
  • the surface protective sheet disclosed here can be used as a surface protective sheet for various uses. For example, in various treatments such as chemical treatment of glass, semiconductor wafers, metal plates, etc. using chemical solutions and physical treatments such as cutting and polishing, the surface protection sheet disclosed herein For example, it can be used by being attached to the non-treated surface of the object to be protected.
  • the type of protected object is not particularly limited.
  • the surface protective sheet disclosed herein can be used to protect various members and materials. Since the surface protective sheet disclosed herein can be peeled off without damaging or deforming the adherend by peeling using water peeling, it is suitable for protecting glass materials such as alkali glass, semiconductor wafers, and the like. be. These materials usually have a limited thickness and are brittle materials (also called hard brittle materials) that are likely to crack, chip, or crack due to external force during handling or peeling. By applying peeling using water peeling to such an adherend, it is possible to suitably prevent damage to the adherend during peeling.
  • the glass material to be the object to be protected is, for example, a transparent conductive film (e.g., ITO (indium tin oxide) film) or FPC, which is used in tablet computers, mobile phones, organic LEDs (light emitting diodes), etc. It may be a glass plate having a surface provided on the A suitable example of the object to be protected is a glass plate such as a window glass or a cover glass used for a foldable display or a rollable display. These glass plates are thin (e.g., 100 ⁇ m or less in thickness) and have a greater risk of breakage. Also in , it is possible to prevent damage to the object to be protected at the time of peeling.
  • a transparent conductive film e.g., ITO (indium tin oxide) film
  • FPC organic LEDs (light emitting diodes), etc.
  • It may be a glass plate having a surface provided on the
  • a suitable example of the object to be protected is a glass plate such as a window glass or
  • the water contact angle of the surface of the object to be protected to which the surface protection sheet is attached is not particularly limited.
  • the surface of the object to be protected can be a surface exhibiting hydrophilicity such that the water contact angle is, for example, 60 degrees or less, preferably 50 degrees or less.
  • the water contact angle of the surface may be, for example, 45 degrees or less, 40 degrees or less, 35 degrees or less, or 30 degrees or less.
  • the surface protective sheet disclosed herein is, for example, a surface made of a material having a water contact angle of about 20 degrees or less (for example, 15 degrees or less, further 10 degrees or less) (for example, glass such as an alkali glass plate or alkali-free glass).
  • the lower limit of the water contact angle on the surface of the object to be protected is 0 degrees.
  • the water contact angle on the surface of the object to be protected may be greater than 0 degrees, 1 degree or more, 3 degrees or more, or 5 degrees or more.
  • the water contact angle on the surface of the protected object may be greater than 30 degrees, may be greater than 50 degrees, or may be greater than 60 degrees (e.g., 70 degrees or more).
  • the surface protective sheet disclosed herein can be used for various materials with different water contact angles.
  • the water contact angle on the surface of the object to be protected is measured by a method similar to the contact angle measuring method described in Examples below.
  • the thickness of the object to be protected is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, approximately 1 mm or less, approximately 500 ⁇ m or less, or approximately 300 ⁇ m or less. Since the effect of the technology disclosed herein (prevention of breakage during peeling) is more effectively exhibited for thin objects to be protected, the thickness may be, for example, about 150 ⁇ m or less, It may be about 100 ⁇ m or less. The lower limit of the thickness is, for example, approximately 10 ⁇ m or more (eg, 30 ⁇ m or more).
  • the surface protective sheet disclosed herein can have the adhesiveness necessary for protection against the object to be protected during the treatment, and when peeled off after the treatment, the object to be protected (adhered) It is possible to realize smooth peeling using water peeling from the body).
  • the chemical treatment includes treatment with a chemical solution containing an acid or an alkali, such as an etching solution such as an aqueous hydrofluoric acid solution.
  • etching processing that dissolves glass with a chemical solution (etching solution) to adjust the thickness of the glass and remove burrs and microcracks formed on the cut edge of the glass, anti-glare processing, chemical solution (etching solution) on the surface of the metal Etching treatment that partially corrodes with, plating treatment that partially plating the connection terminal part of the circuit board (printed circuit board, flexible printed circuit board (FPC), etc.) with a chemical solution (plating solution), etc.
  • a surface protective sheet can be preferably used. Among others, it can be particularly preferably applied to the use of performing an etching treatment using an acidic chemical solution such as a hydrofluoric acid solution.
  • physical processing includes polishing and cutting of the surface of the object to be protected.
  • the surface protective sheet disclosed here is preferably used for glass slimming treatment.
  • a glass plate used as an optical member can be thinned by glass slimming treatment using a chemical such as a hydrofluoric acid solution.
  • a surface protective sheet can be used to protect the non-processed surface of the glass.
  • the glass plate is thinned to, for example, about 150 ⁇ m or less (eg, about 100 ⁇ m or less).
  • the thickness of the glass plate before the glass slimming process is, for example, about 0.15 mm to 5 mm, and can be about 300 ⁇ m or more (for example, about 500 ⁇ m to 1000 ⁇ m).
  • Such thin glass tends to break due to external force when peeled off, but by using the surface protective sheet disclosed herein, the problem of glass breakage during peeling of the surface protective sheet can be solved, or the problem can be solved. Risk can be greatly reduced.
  • the surface protection sheet can also be preferably used for the production of semiconductors.
  • the semiconductor wafer may be, for example, a silicon wafer, a silicon carbide (SiC) wafer, a nitride semiconductor wafer (silicon nitride (SiN), gallium nitride (GaN), etc.), a compound semiconductor wafer such as a gallium arsenide wafer, or the like.
  • semiconductor wafer processing such as a step of thinning a semiconductor wafer (more specifically, a back grinding step of polishing the back surface of a semiconductor wafer) and a step of cutting a semiconductor wafer (e.g., a dicing step)
  • the surface protective sheet disclosed herein can be preferably used in a process (typically silicon wafer processing).
  • the semiconductor wafer is thinned to, for example, about 150 ⁇ m or less (eg, about 100 ⁇ m or less).
  • the thickness of the semiconductor wafer before back grinding can be about 300 ⁇ m or more (for example, about 500 ⁇ m to 1000 ⁇ m).
  • the surface protection sheet used for the above-mentioned various surface protection applications is a state in which one surface protection sheet is attached to one side of one or more objects to be treated, and a plurality of treatments are performed using a conveying means such as a roller.
  • Objects also objects to be protected
  • Objects can be continuously or individually transported into water such as a chemical tank or a cleaning tank, and can be used in a mode of carrying out intended treatment.
  • external forces such as impact, vibration, deformation, etc. may be applied unavoidably or unintentionally to the object to be processed. be.
  • a plurality of rollers arranged at predetermined intervals can be used as a conveying means used in chemical liquid processing and cleaning processing. of peeling load is likely to be applied continuously. Since the surface protection sheet disclosed herein is excellent in preventing peeling of the edges against external forces such as vibration, the object to be treated can be treated, for example, in a liquid while being attached to the object to be treated as described above. Even when it is used in a process including a step of washing, it has the advantage that it is less likely to come off from the edge due to external forces such as vibration during the process. In addition, in a mode in which physical processing such as cutting and polishing is applied to an object to be processed such as a semiconductor wafer, the external force in the physical processing becomes a peeling load.
  • the vibration in the transporting process and the physical load (also referred to as peeling load) in the physical treatment process typically include the load applied in the thickness direction of the surface protective sheet.
  • the above-mentioned protection target is, for example, a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL (electroluminescence) display device, a PDP (plasma display panel), a display device (image display device) such as electronic paper, an input device such as a touch panel, etc. It can be a member constituting a device (optical device), particularly a portable electronic device such as a foldable display or a rollable display.
  • Examples of the above portable electronic devices include, for example, mobile phones, smartphones, tablet computers, notebook computers, various wearable devices (for example, wrist wear types worn on the wrist like wristwatches, Modular type to be worn on the body, eyewear type including glasses type (monocular type and binocular type, including head-mounted type), clothing type to be attached to shirts, socks, hats, etc. in the form of accessories, earphones earwear type, etc.), digital cameras, digital video cameras, audio equipment (portable music players, IC recorders, etc.), calculators (calculators, etc.), portable game devices, electronic dictionaries, electronic notebooks, electronic books, vehicle information Equipment, portable radios, portable televisions, portable printers, portable scanners, portable modems, etc.
  • the term “portable” means not only being able to be carried around, but also having a level of portability that allows an individual (a typical adult) to carry it relatively easily. shall mean.
  • This surface protection method includes a step of attaching a surface protection sheet to at least a part of an object to be protected (a surface to be protected or a portion to be protected); treatment, hot water immersion treatment, water immersion treatment, physical treatment such as cutting and polishing, etc.);
  • the step of peeling the surface protective sheet from the object to be protected preferably includes the water peeling step described above.
  • the protection method is also called a treatment method because it includes treatment of the object to be protected (object to be treated).
  • the details of the surface protective sheet, the water-peeling step, the object to be protected, the treatment (glass slimming treatment, semiconductor wafer thinning treatment, etc.), and other matters (applications, etc.) are as described above, and therefore repeated descriptions will be omitted.
  • Typical examples of objects to be protected include glass plates, semiconductor wafers, etc., which are subjected to processing such as glass slimming. Therefore, according to the present specification, a glass slimming method and a semiconductor manufacturing method including the above steps can be provided.
  • the present specification provides a treatment method using the surface protective sheet disclosed herein.
  • This treatment method includes a step of attaching a surface protection sheet to the surface of an adherend; and applying a physical load to the adherend to which the surface protection sheet is attached in the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet. and; removing the surface protection sheet from the adherend.
  • the surface to which the surface protective sheet is attached is typically a surface having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less.
  • the step of removing the surface protective sheet from the adherend is preferably a step of removing the surface protective sheet from the adherend by peeling it off in the presence of water.
  • the treatment method can typically include a step of treating an adherend (object to be treated) to which the surface protective sheet is attached.
  • the object to be treated may come into contact with a liquid (eg, an aqueous solution).
  • the treatment methods disclosed herein may also include at least one of the steps of the protection methods described above.
  • the surface protective sheet the surface protective sheet disclosed here is used.
  • the bending stiffness value at 25° C. is in the range of 1.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 to 1.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 2 Pa ⁇ m 3 and the water peeling force FW0 is 1.0 N/20 mm.
  • a surface protection sheet that satisfies the following may be used.
  • a surface protective sheet satisfying a water peel force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less and a trigger peel force of 0.5 N/10 mm or more can be used.
  • processing include glass slimming processing and semiconductor processing, and typical examples of processing objects include glass plates and semiconductor wafers on which processing such as glass slimming is performed.
  • processing objects include glass plates and semiconductor wafers on which processing such as glass slimming is performed.
  • a process in which a physical load is applied in the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet to the adherend to which the surface protection sheet is attached a process of transporting the adherend and a physical load on the adherend processing steps. From the above, according to the present specification, a glass slimming method and a semiconductor manufacturing method including the above steps can be provided.
  • ⁇ Evaluation method> [Normal adhesive strength F0] A surface protection sheet to be measured is cut into a size of 20 mm in width and 100 mm in length to prepare a test piece. In an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, the release liner covering the adhesive surface (adhesive layer surface) was peeled off from the test piece, and the exposed adhesive surface was attached to an alkali glass plate (water contact angle of 20 degrees) as an adherend. A 2-kg rubber roller is made to reciprocate once against the surface of the alkali glass having the following surface) to press it. The sample for evaluation thus obtained is autoclaved (50° C., 0.5 MPa, 15 minutes).
  • Method 1 180 ° peeling off the test plate
  • the adhesive strength using a tensile tester, the peel strength of the test piece from the adherend under the conditions of a tensile speed of 300 mm / min and a peel angle of 180 degrees (however, until the following water peel strength measurement is performed, that is, the peel interface Measure the peel strength for the period until distilled water is supplied to. The measurement is performed three times, and the average value thereof is taken as the normal state adhesive strength F0 [N/20 mm].
  • the normal state adhesive force F0 is measured so that the peeling of the test piece attached to the adherend progresses from the bottom to the top.
  • an alkali glass plate product name “Microslide Glass S200423”, manufactured by Matsunami Glass Industry Co., Ltd.
  • a universal tensile/compression tester (equipment name “Tensile/Compression Tester, TCM-1kNB” manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd.) or its equivalent can be used.
  • the test piece may be reinforced by attaching an appropriate backing material to the opposite surface of the surface protective sheet (the surface opposite to the adhesive surface).
  • a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film having a thickness of about 25 ⁇ m can be used.
  • the test temperature is 23° C.
  • the tensile speed is 300 mm/min
  • the peel angle is 180 degrees using a tensile tester.
  • the measurement of the normal state water peeling force FW0 may be performed by continuously measuring the normal state adhesive force F0 and the normal water peeling force FW0 for each test piece.
  • the measurement of the water peel force FW0 may be performed using a different specimen. For example, in a case where it is difficult to prepare test strips having a sufficient length for continuous measurement, it is possible to employ a mode in which different test strips are used for measurement.
  • the adherend, tensile tester, and other matters are the same as those for the normal state adhesive strength F0 measurement.
  • Adhesive strength F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes was measured by immersing an evaluation sample (an alkali glass plate to which a test piece (surface protective sheet) was attached) in hot water at 60°C ⁇ 2°C for 30 minutes, and then pulling it out of the hot water. Except for measuring the peel strength after wiping off the adhering water, it is measured in the same manner as the normal adhesive strength F0. Specifically, similarly to the measurement of the normal state adhesive strength F0, the surface protection sheet to be measured is cut into a size of 20 mm in width and 100 mm in length to prepare a test piece. In an environment of 23 ° C.
  • the release liner covering the adhesive surface was peeled off from the test piece, and the exposed adhesive surface was applied to an alkali glass plate as an adherend, and a 2 kg rubber roller. to crimp once.
  • the sample for evaluation thus obtained is autoclaved (50° C., 0.5 MPa, 15 minutes).
  • a sample for evaluation taken out from the autoclave is immersed in a water bath containing hot water at a set temperature of 60° C. ⁇ 2° C. for 30 minutes. As hot water, deionized water or distilled water is used. The sample for evaluation is held horizontally in warm water with the adhesive layer facing upward.
  • the distance (immersion depth) from the upper surface of the evaluation sample to the water surface is set to 10 mm or more (for example, about 10 mm to 100 mm).
  • the evaluation sample is pulled up from the hot water, and the water adhering to the evaluation sample is gently wiped off, and then in an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, JIS Z0237: 2009 10.4.1
  • Method 1 According to the 180° peeling adhesive strength to the test plate, using a tensile tester, the peel strength from the adherend of the test piece under the conditions of a tensile speed of 300 mm / min and a peel angle of 180 degrees (however, the following water peel strength measurement , that is, until distilled water is supplied to the peel interface).
  • the measurement is performed three times, and the average value thereof is defined as the adhesive strength F1 [N/20 mm] after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes.
  • the time from when the evaluation sample is pulled out of the hot water to when the peel strength is measured is within 10 minutes.
  • the adherend, tensile tester, and other matters are the same as those for the normal state adhesive strength F0 measurement.
  • Water peeling force FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes Water peel strength FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes is measured by immersing an evaluation sample (an alkali glass plate to which a test piece (surface protective sheet) is attached) in hot water at 60°C ⁇ 2°C for 30 minutes, and then pulling it out of the hot water. Except for measuring the water peeling force after wiping off the adhering water, it is measured in the same manner as the normal water peeling force FW0. Specifically, in the measurement of the adhesive strength F1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes, the test piece separated from the adherend during measurement of the peel strength of the test piece from the adherend after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes.
  • the peel strength after supplying the distilled water is measured.
  • the measurement is performed each time the adhesive strength F1 is measured after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes (that is, three times), and the average value thereof is taken as the water peel strength FW1 [N/20 mm] after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes.
  • the conditions for measuring the peel strength after supplying distilled water shall comply with JIS Z0237:2009, 10.4.1 Method 1: 180° peeling adhesive strength to test plate. Specifically, the test temperature is 23° C., the tensile speed is 300 mm/min, and the peel angle is 180 degrees using a tensile tester.
  • the water peel strength FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes was measured by continuously measuring the adhesive strength F1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes and the peel strength FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes for each test piece.
  • the measurement of the adhesive strength F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes and the measurement of the water peel strength FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes may be performed using different test pieces.
  • the adherend, tensile tester, and other matters are the same as those for the normal state adhesive strength F0 measurement.
  • the adherend should have a contact angle of 20 degrees or less (for example, 5 to 10 degrees) to distilled water on the surface to which the test piece is attached.
  • the adherend is an alkali glass plate produced by the float method, and the contact angle of the surface to which the test piece is attached to distilled water is 20 degrees or less (for example, 5 degrees to 10 degrees).
  • the alkali glass plate manufactured by Matsunami Glass Industry Co., Ltd. can be used, but the present invention is not limited to this. It is also possible to use
  • the contact angle of the alkali glass plate is measured by the following method. That is, in a measurement atmosphere of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, a contact angle meter (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd., trade name “DMo-501 type”, control box “DMC-2”, control / analysis software “FAMAS (version 5.0.30)”) is carried out by the droplet method. The amount of distilled water dropped is 2 ⁇ L, and the contact angle is calculated by the ⁇ /2 method from the image 5 seconds after dropping (performed with N5).
  • a contact angle meter manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd., trade name “DMo-501 type”, control box “DMC-2”, control / analysis software “FAMAS (version 5.0.30)
  • the amount of distilled water dropped is 2 ⁇ L
  • the contact angle is calculated by the ⁇ /2 method from the image 5 seconds after dropping (performed with N5).
  • the present inventors have confirmed that the adhesive strength and water peeling strength after immersion in warm water exhibit a certain high correlation with the adhesive strength and water peeling strength after immersion in a hydrofluoric acid aqueous solution, respectively. Based on this finding, the adhesive strength and water peeling strength after immersion in hot water are used as evaluation indices for the applicability of the surface protective sheet in liquid treatment applications including immersion in chemical solutions.
  • the 60° C. loss elastic modulus G′′ [Pa] of the adhesive layer is determined by dynamic viscoelasticity measurement.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is punched out into a disk shape with a diameter of 7.9 mm, and the sample is sandwiched between parallel plates and fixed. or its equivalent), perform dynamic viscoelasticity measurement under the following conditions to determine the loss elastic modulus G′′ [Pa] at 60°C.
  • ⁇ Measurement mode Shear mode
  • ⁇ Temperature increase rate 5°C/min
  • ⁇ Measurement frequency 1Hz
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to be measured can be formed by applying the corresponding pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in layers and drying or curing.
  • the moisture permeability of the substrate (layer) and surface protection sheet is measured according to JIS Z0208 moisture permeability test (cup method).
  • a method for measuring the moisture permeability of the substrate is as follows. That is, the base material according to each example is cut into a circle of 7 cm ⁇ , and this is used as an evaluation sample. Then, a predetermined amount of calcium chloride is put inside a test cup (made of aluminum, a moisture permeable cup defined by JIS Z0208), and the mouth of the cup is sealed with the above evaluation sample.
  • the sample for evaluation was placed on the test cup so as to cover the mouth of the test cup, and the edge of the opening of the test cup (circular shape with an inner diameter of 6 cm, an outer diameter of 9 cm, and an edge width of 1.5 cm) was measured.
  • a shaped annular packing and lid are overlaid and screwed on to seal the interior of the test cup.
  • store the cup covered with the evaluation sample at 40 ° C. and 92% RH for 24 hours, and measure the change in total weight before and after storage (specifically, the weight change based on the amount of water absorbed by calcium chloride). Then, the moisture permeability [g/(m 2 ⁇ day)] is obtained.
  • the moisture permeability of the surface protection sheet is the same as the moisture permeability measurement method of the base material, except that instead of the base material, the surface protection sheet is placed so that the cup side is the adhesive surface, and the mouth of the cup is closed and the measurement is performed. measured by the method of
  • Test piece A test piece is prepared by cutting the surface protective sheet into a strip having a width of 10 mm. According to JIS K 7161, this test piece is stretched under the following conditions to obtain a stress-strain curve. (Stretching conditions) Measurement temperature: 25°C Tensile speed: 300 mm/min Distance between chucks: 50 mm As the tensile tester, a universal tensile/compression tester (equipment name “Tensile/Compression Tester, TCM-1kNB” manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd.) or its equivalent can be used. The 25° C. tensile modulus [Pa] is obtained from linear regression of the stress-strain curve. The 25° C.
  • tensile modulus is based on the value obtained by subtracting the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the measured thickness of the surface protection sheet, or the value obtained by measuring the thickness of the base layer itself. is converted into a value per cross-sectional area of the base material layer. Also, from the above tensile test, the stress at 100% elongation [N/mm 2 ], breaking stress [N/mm 2 ] and breaking strain [%] at 25° C. are measured. The stress at 100% elongation is a value obtained by dividing the load [N] measured when the test piece is elongated 100% in the tensile test by the base layer cross-sectional area [mm 2 ] of the test piece.
  • the breaking stress is the value obtained by dividing the load [N] when the test piece breaks in the tensile test by the base layer cross-sectional area [mm 2 ] of the test piece, and the breaking strain [%] is the test piece. Elongation at break [%].
  • the measured values (tensile modulus, stress at 100% elongation, breaking stress and breaking strain) in the present examples are obtained by comparing the MD of the surface protective sheet (more specifically, the base material layer) with the tensile direction of the tensile test.
  • the above tensile test can be performed on the MD of the surface protective sheet, and by changing the method of cutting out the test piece, the above tensile test can be performed on the TD of the surface protective sheet. can be performed to obtain a measure of TD.
  • E is the 25° C. tensile elastic modulus [Pa] of the surface protective sheet
  • h is the thickness [m] of the base material layer.
  • the 25° C. bending rigidity value in this example is the 25° C. bending rigidity value of MD, but by changing the method of cutting out the test piece as described above, not only the 25° C. bending rigidity value of MD but also TD 25° bending stiffness values can be obtained, or 25° bending stiffness values in any one direction, whether MD or TD, can be obtained.
  • a surface protection sheet to be measured is cut into a size of 10 mm in width and 100 mm in length to prepare a test piece.
  • the release liner covering the adhesive surface was peeled off from the test piece, and the exposed adhesive surface was attached to an alkali glass plate (water contact angle of 20 degrees) as an adherend.
  • a 2-kg rubber roller is made to reciprocate once against the surface of the alkali glass having the following surface) and pressed against it. At this time, one end of the test piece in the longitudinal direction is attached so as to protrude from the adherend.
  • the sample for evaluation thus obtained is autoclaved (50° C., 0.5 MPa, 15 minutes).
  • a sample for evaluation taken out of the autoclave is kept in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH for 1 hour, and then immersed in water at room temperature (23° C. to 25° C.).
  • water ion-exchanged water or distilled water is used.
  • the sample for evaluation is held horizontally with the surface to which the test piece is attached facing up.
  • the distance (immersion depth) from the upper surface of the evaluation sample to the water surface is set to 10 mm or more (for example, about 10 mm to 100 mm). In this way, with the evaluation sample placed in water, within 1 minute from the start of immersion in water, using a tensile tester, in an environment of 23 ° C.
  • the longitudinal direction of the test piece A peeling test is performed from one end (one end protruding from the adherend) under conditions of a tensile speed of 1000 mm/min and a peeling angle of 20 degrees, and the maximum stress applied at the initial peeling stage is recorded. The measurement is performed three times, and the average value of the above maximum stresses is taken as the triggering peel force in water [N/10 mm]. If the peeling force triggered in water is 0.2 N/10 mm or more, it is determined that the edge peeling prevention against external force such as vibration during the transportation process is excellent.
  • the tensile tester As the tensile tester, a universal tensile/compression tester (equipment name “Tensile/compression tester, TCM-1kNB”, manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd.) or its equivalent is used.
  • the test piece may be reinforced by attaching an appropriate backing material to the opposite surface of the surface protection sheet (the surface opposite to the adhesive surface).
  • the backing material for example, a PET film having a thickness of about 25 ⁇ m can be used.
  • a surface protection sheet to be measured is cut into a size of 10 mm in width and 100 mm in length to prepare a test piece.
  • the release liner covering the adhesive surface was peeled off from the test piece, and the exposed adhesive surface was attached to an alkali glass plate (water contact angle of 20 degrees) as an adherend.
  • a 2-kg rubber roller is made to reciprocate once against the surface of the alkali glass having the following surface) and pressed against it. At this time, one end of the test piece in the longitudinal direction is attached so as to protrude from the adherend. After holding the evaluation sample thus obtained in an environment of 23 ° C.
  • the adhesive surface of the test piece protruding from the adherend and the adherend (the above 20 ⁇ L of distilled water is dropped on the end of the adherend), and one end of the test piece in the longitudinal direction (one end protruding from the adherend) is measured using a tensile tester in an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH.
  • a peel test is performed under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peel angle of 20 degrees, and a tensile speed of 1000 mm/min, and the maximum stress applied at the initial stage of peeling is recorded. The measurement is performed three times, and the average value of the maximum stresses is defined as the 20-degree trigger peel force [N/10 mm].
  • the 20-degree trigger peel force was measured by dripping water at the peeling start point, but the influence of the presence or absence of water at the start of peeling is negligible.
  • the trigger peel force is the maximum stress applied at the initial stage of peeling, and the water peelability (decrease in peel force due to the presence of water) in the technology disclosed herein is measured after the start of peeling (after detection of the trigger peel force). ), and the water peel strength is the peel strength measured after the start of peeling.
  • the surface protection sheet having a 20-degree trigger peel force of a predetermined value or more the physical load applied in the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet at the edge of the surface protection sheet, regardless of whether or not water is present.
  • an alkali glass plate product name “Microslide Glass S200423”, manufactured by Matsunami Glass Industry Co., Ltd.
  • a universal tensile/compression tester (equipment name “Tensile/compression tester, TCM-1kNB” manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd.) or its equivalent is used.
  • the test piece may be reinforced by attaching an appropriate backing material to the opposite surface of the surface protection sheet (the surface opposite to the adhesive surface).
  • the backing material for example, a PET film having a thickness of about 25 ⁇ m can be used.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer protected with a release film is cut into a size of 10 mm wide and 110 mm long.
  • the surface of an aluminum plate with a width of 10 mm, a length of 110 mm, and a thickness of 0.03 mm was washed with toluene, the release liner covering one adhesive surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was peeled off, and the exposed adhesive surface was applied to the surface of the aluminum plate.
  • a measurement sample (a laminate of an aluminum plate and an adhesive layer) having an adhesive layer lined with an aluminum plate is prepared. After this measurement sample was allowed to stand at 23° C.
  • the aluminum plate side of the measurement sample was placed inside, and the longitudinal direction of the measurement sample was placed along the outer periphery of a cylindrical glass tube with a radius of 17 mm for 10 seconds. bend.
  • the other release liner covering the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the measurement sample was peeled off, and the sample was applied to the surface of an alkali glass plate as an adherend using a laminator under the conditions of a lamination pressure of 0.25 MPa and a lamination speed of 0.3 m/min. It is crimped and observed at 23° C. and 50% RH.
  • the present inventors have confirmed that the peel length in the repulsion resistance test correlates with the 20-degree trigger peel force. Specifically, in the repulsion resistance test, it was confirmed that the shorter the edge peeling length, the higher the 20-degree trigger peel force. In peeling at a peeling angle of 20 degrees, the peeling stress of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is considered to be due to the high ratio of components acting in the vertical direction (90 degrees). The reason why water is not added in the repulsion resistance test is to eliminate the influence of swelling of the pressure-sensitive adhesive due to water in the evaluation of repulsion resistance over time.
  • Adhesive S1 72 parts of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA), 14 parts of N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone (NVP) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate were added as monomer components to a reaction vessel equipped with a condenser, a nitrogen inlet, a thermometer and a stirrer. 13 parts of (HEA) and 1 part of methyl methacrylate (MMA), 0.12 parts of ⁇ -thioglycerol as a chain transfer agent, and ethyl acetate as a polymerization solvent were charged, and 0.2 parts of AIBN as a thermal polymerization initiator were introduced into a nitrogen atmosphere. A solution containing an acrylic polymer s1 having an Mw of 300,000 was obtained by performing solution polymerization under the following conditions.
  • an isocyanate cross-linking agent (trimethylolpropane/xylylene diisocyanate adduct, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., trade name: Takenate D-110N, solid 0.75 parts based on solid content, 0.01 part of dioctyltin dilaurate (manufactured by Tokyo Fine Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: Envirizer OL-1) as a cross-linking accelerator, 3 parts of acetylacetone as a cross-linking retarder, Then, 0.3 part of a nonionic surfactant (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, HLB 16.7, trade name: Rhodol TW-L120, manufactured by Kao Corporation) is added as a hydrophilic agent and mixed uniformly.
  • a solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition S1 was prepared.
  • a 38 ⁇ m-thick release film (manufactured by Mitsubishi Plastics Co., Ltd., MRF #38) in which one side of the polyester film is a release surface and a 38 ⁇ m-thick release film in which one side of the polyester film is a release surface (Mitsubishi Plastics Co., Ltd. manufactured by MRE #38).
  • the solvent-based adhesive composition S1 prepared above was applied to the release surface of one release film (MRF #38) and dried at 60°C for 3 minutes and then at 120°C for 3 minutes to form an adhesive with a thickness of 25 ⁇ m. A layer was formed.
  • the release surface of the other release film (MRE #38) was adhered to this adhesive layer for protection.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer S1 whose surface was protected by two release films was obtained.
  • Adhesive E1 2EHA 85 parts, methyl acrylate (MA) 13 parts, acrylic acid (AA) 1.2 parts, methacrylic acid (MAA) 0.75 parts, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-403 ) 0.01 part, 0.05 part of t-dodecyl mercaptan as a chain transfer agent and 1.9 parts of an emulsifier (Latemul E-118B manufactured by Kao Corporation) are mixed in 100 parts of ion-exchanged water to emulsify. An aqueous emulsion of the monomer mixture (monomer emulsion) was prepared by.
  • the above monomer emulsion was placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a cooling tube, a nitrogen inlet tube, a thermometer and a stirrer, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour or more while introducing nitrogen gas. Then, the system is heated to 60 ° C., 2,2'-azobis [N- (2-carboxyethyl) -2-methylpropionamidine] hydrate as a polymerization initiator (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., VA-057 ) was added and reacted at 60° C. for 6 hours to obtain an aqueous dispersion of acrylic polymer e1.
  • a tackifying resin emulsion (manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industries, Ltd., Super Ester E-865NT, a polymerized rosin ester with a softening point of 160 ° C.) is added per 100 parts of the solid content of the aqueous dispersion of the acrylic polymer e1.
  • Aqueous dispersion was added at 10 parts as solids.
  • the pH is adjusted to about 7.5 and the viscosity to about 9 Pa s using 10% aqueous ammonia as a pH adjuster and polyacrylic acid (an aqueous solution with a non-volatile content of 36%) as a thickener. to prepare an emulsion-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition E1.
  • a 38 ⁇ m-thick release film (manufactured by Mitsubishi Plastics Co., Ltd., MRF #38) in which one side of the polyester film is a release surface and a 38 ⁇ m-thick release film in which one side of the polyester film is a release surface (Mitsubishi Plastics Co., Ltd. manufactured by MRE #38).
  • the adhesive composition E1 was applied to the release surface of one release film (MRF#38) and dried at 120° C. for 3 minutes to form an adhesive layer E1 having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m.
  • the release surface of the other release film (MRE #38) was adhered to this adhesive layer for protection.
  • the 60° C. loss elastic modulus G′′ of the adhesive layer E1 was 12.3 kPa.
  • a 60 ⁇ m thick oriented polypropylene (OPP) film product name “Torayfan #60-2500”, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., biaxially oriented PP film, moisture permeability 2.1 g / (m 2 day) ) was prepared.
  • the release liner covering one surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer S1 with a release liner obtained above was peeled off, and the exposed surface (adhesive surface) was press-bonded to the surface of the OPP film by reciprocating a 2 kg rubber roller twice.
  • a surface protection sheet single-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a substrate layer whose adhesive surface was protected with a release liner was obtained.
  • the surface protective sheet of this example has a 25° C. flexural rigidity value of 1.2 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 Pa ⁇ m 3 , a 25° C. tensile modulus of 5.8 ⁇ 10 9 Pa, and a 25° C. 100% elongation stress of 83 N. /mm 2 , the 25° C. breaking stress was 131 N/mm 2 , and the 25° C. breaking strain was 232%.
  • Example 2 A 25 ⁇ m-thick OPP film (product name “Torayfan #25A-KW37” manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., biaxially oriented PP film, moisture permeability 6.4 g/(m 2 day)) was used as the material for the base layer. . Otherwise, in the same manner as in Example 1, a surface protection sheet according to this example was obtained.
  • the surface protection sheet of this example has a 25° C. flexural rigidity value of 9.3 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 Pa ⁇ m 3 , a 25° C. tensile modulus of 6.3 ⁇ 10 9 Pa, and a 25° C. 100% elongation stress of 85 N. /mm 2 , the 25° C. breaking stress was 146 N/mm 2 , and the 25° C. breaking strain was 239%.
  • Example 3 A PET film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m (product name “Lumirror S10”, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) was used as a base layer material. Otherwise, in the same manner as in Example 1, a surface protection sheet according to this example was obtained.
  • the surface protective sheet of this example has a 25° C. flexural rigidity value of 3.6 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 Pa ⁇ m 3 , a 25° C. tensile modulus of 3.8 ⁇ 10 9 Pa, and a 25° C. 100% elongation stress of 157 N. /mm 2 , the 25° C. breaking stress was 189 N/mm 2 , and the 25° C. breaking strain was 175%.
  • Examples 4 to 6 A surface protective sheet according to each example was obtained in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3, except that the adhesive layer E1 was used instead of the adhesive layer S1.
  • Example 1 A 12 ⁇ m-thick OPP film (product name “Torayfan #12D-KW37”, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., biaxially oriented PP film) was used as a base layer material. Otherwise, in the same manner as in Example 1, a surface protection sheet according to this example was obtained.
  • the 25° C. bending rigidity value of the surface protective sheet of this example is 5.9 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 Pa ⁇ m 3
  • the 25° C. tensile modulus is 3.6 ⁇ 10 9 Pa
  • the stress at 25° C. 100% elongation is 105 N. /mm 2
  • the 25° C. breaking stress was 156 N/mm 2
  • the 25° C. breaking strain was 183%.
  • the surface protective sheets according to Examples 1 to 6 having a 25° C. bending stiffness value within the range of 1.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 to 1.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 2 Pa ⁇ m 3 were: Compared to Comparative Example 1, which has an underwater triggered peel force of 0.2 N/10 mm or more and a 25° C. bending rigidity value of less than 1.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 Pa ⁇ m 3 , the edge peeling prevention property is improved. It was excellent. In addition, since the surface protective sheets according to Examples 1 to 6 had a water peel strength of 1.0 N/20 mm or less, it was possible to peel the adherend without damaging or deforming the adherend during peeling. I understand.
  • the flexural rigidity value at 25°C is within the range of 1.0 ⁇ 10 -6 to 1.0 ⁇ 10 -2 Pa ⁇ m 3
  • the water peeling force FW0 is 1.0 N / 20 mm or less
  • the protective sheet even if it is used in a process that includes a process of treating the protected object in a liquid while attached to the protected object, it is resistant to external forces such as vibration during the process. It can be seen that peeling from the part is unlikely to occur, and peeling can be performed without damaging or deforming the protected object at the time of peeling.
  • the adhesive strength F1 of the surface protection sheet according to Example 5 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes was 1.4 N/20 mm
  • the peel strength FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes was 0.0 N/20 mm. rice field.
  • Adhesive E2 Tackifier resin emulsion (manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industries, Ltd., Super Ester E-865NT, aqueous dispersion of polymerized rosin ester having a softening point of 160 ° C., hereinafter referred to as "tackifier resin A ) was changed to 20 parts (solid content). Otherwise, a 25 ⁇ m-thick pressure-sensitive adhesive layer E2 was obtained in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer E1.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer E2 was prepared in the same manner as described above, except that the addition amount of the tackifier resin A per 100 parts solid content of the aqueous dispersion of the acrylic polymer e1 was changed to 30 parts (solid content). An adhesive layer E3 was obtained.
  • Adhesive E4 The monomer composition of the acrylic polymer was changed to 49 parts of 2EHA, 49 parts of n-butyl methacrylate (BMA), and 2 parts of AA. Two parts were used per part. Otherwise, an aqueous emulsion of the monomer mixture (monomer emulsion) was prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic polymer e1 in the adhesive E1, and a polymerization reaction was performed to obtain an aqueous dispersion of the acrylic polymer e2.
  • tackifier resin A in terms of solid content per 100 parts of solid content in the aqueous dispersion of acrylic polymer e2, and an oxazoline-based cross-linking agent (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd., Epocross WS-500). The two parts were mixed. Furthermore, the pH is adjusted to about 7.5 and the viscosity to about 9 Pa s using 10% aqueous ammonia as a pH adjuster and polyacrylic acid (an aqueous solution with a non-volatile content of 36%) as a thickener. to prepare an emulsion-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition E4. A pressure-sensitive adhesive layer E4 having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m was obtained in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer E2 except that the emulsion-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition E4 was used.
  • Adhesive E5 instead of 20 parts of tackifying resin A, 20 parts of tackifying resin B (manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industries, Ltd., Superester NS-121, aqueous dispersion of rosin resin (acid value imparting) with softening point of 120 ° C.) in terms of solid content. used. Other than that, the adhesive layer E5 having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m was obtained in the same manner as the adhesive layer E4.
  • Adhesive E6 A pressure-sensitive adhesive layer E6 having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m was obtained in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer E2 except that no tackifying resin was used.
  • Adhesive E7 A pressure-sensitive adhesive layer E7 having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m was obtained in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer E4 except that no tackifying resin was used.
  • Adhesive S2 A solution containing acrylic polymer s1 was obtained by the method described for adhesive S1.
  • maleated rosin ester as a tackifier (manufactured by Harima Kasei Co., Ltd., Haritak 4740, softening point 115 to 125 ° C., hereinafter “tackifier 20 parts based on solid content, isocyanate cross-linking agent (trimethylolpropane / xylylene diisocyanate adduct, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, trade name: Takenate D-110N, solid content concentration 75%), 0.75 parts based on the solid content, 0.01 part of dioctyltin dilaurate (manufactured by Tokyo Fine Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: Envirizer OL-1) as a cross-linking accelerator, 3 parts of acetylacetone as a cross-linking retard
  • Adhesive S3 to S4 Preparation of adhesive layer S1 except that the amount of water affinity agent used was changed from 0.3 parts to 0.1 parts (adhesive S3) or 0.5 parts (adhesive S4) with respect to 100 parts of the monomer component Adhesive layers S3 and S4 having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m were obtained in the same manner as above.
  • Examples 7 to 15> A 60 ⁇ m-thick OPP film (product name “Torayfan #60-2500”, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., biaxially oriented PP film) was prepared as a base layer material. Peel off the release liner covering one surface of the adhesive layers E2 to E7 with release liner and S2 to 4 obtained above, and place the exposed surface (adhesive surface) on the surface of the OPP film with a 2 kg rubber roller reciprocating twice. and crimped. In this way, a surface protection sheet (single-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a base layer) according to each example, the adhesive surface of which was protected with a release liner, was obtained. The 25° C.
  • bending rigidity value of the surface protection sheet of each example is 1.2 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 Pa ⁇ m 3
  • the stress at 100% elongation at 25° C. is 83 N/mm 2
  • the breaking stress at 25° C. is 131 N/mm 2
  • the 25°C breaking strain was 232%.
  • the surface protective sheets according to Examples 7 to 15 all had a 20-degree trigger peel force of 0.2 N/10 mm or more, and as a result of the repulsion resistance test, after 1 hour The edge peeling length was 1.0 mm or less in all cases, indicating that the edge peeling prevention property was good.
  • Examples 7 to 12 using a water-dispersed pressure-sensitive adhesive Examples 7 to 10 in which a tackifier was added had a 20-degree trigger peel force as high as 0.5 N / 10 mm or more, and no tackifier was used. Compared to Examples 11 and 12 used, the repulsion resistance was excellent.
  • Example 13 in which a tackifier was added and Example 14 in which the amount of water-affinitive agent used was reduced, the 20-degree trigger peel force was 0.5N. /10 mm or more, and was excellent in repulsion resistance as compared with Example 15 in which no tackifier was used and 0.5 part of a hydrophilic agent was used.
  • Example 7 to 10 and Examples 13 to 14 based on the adhesive, a 20° triggered peel force of 0.5 N/10 mm or more was achieved, and superior repulsion resistance was exhibited.
  • Example 14 In addition, from the comparison between Example 14 and Example 15, when the amount of water affinity agent used is increased, although the water peelability is improved, the adhesive force F0 and the 20 degree trigger peel force tend to decrease. Although the anti-peeling property is also reduced, from the results of Example 13, the use of a tackifier can increase the adhesive force F0 and the 20-degree trigger peel force even when a sufficient amount of a hydrophilic agent is used. It can be seen that a higher level of adhesiveness during protection, prevention of edge peeling, and water peeling removability can be achieved at a higher level.
  • Reference Signs List 1 2 Surface protective sheet 1A, 2A Adhesion surface 1B, 2B Back surface 10 Base material layer 10A One surface 10B Other surface 11 First layer 12 Second layer (inorganic material-containing layer) 20 adhesive layer 20A adhesive surface 30 release liner 50 surface protective sheet with release liner

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a surface protective sheet in which, even when used in a state of being attached to an object to be protected in a process including a step for treating the object to be protected in a liquid, peeling from an end part as a result of an external force, such as vibration, during said process is unlikely to occur, and in which, at the time of peeling, peeling can be performed without causing damage or deformation in the object to be protected. The provided surface protective sheet has a flexural rigidity value at 25°C within the range of 1.0×10-6 to 1.0×10-2 Pa·m3. In addition, the abovementioned surface protective sheet has a water peeling force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less.

Description

表面保護シートおよび処理方法Surface protection sheet and treatment method
 本発明は、表面保護シートおよび処理方法に関する。
 本出願は、2021年3月25日に出願された日本国特許出願2021-52064号および2021年9月16日に出願された日本国特許出願2021-151206号に基づく優先権を主張しており、それらの出願の全内容は本明細書中に参照として組み入れられている。
TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to a surface protective sheet and a processing method.
This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-52064 filed on March 25, 2021 and Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-151206 filed on September 16, 2021. , the entire contents of those applications are incorporated herein by reference.
 各種物品を加工したり運搬したりする際に、その表面の損傷(傷や汚れ、腐食等)を防止する目的で、該表面に保護シート(粘着シート)を接着して保護する技術が知られている。例えば、ガラスや半導体ウエハ、金属板等を、薬液(エッチング液)を用いて化学的に処理したり、切断や研磨等の物理的な処理を施すなどの各種処理において、表面保護シートを保護対象物の非処理面に貼り付けることにより、該非処理面は保護される。薬液処理用の保護シートに関する先行技術文献としては、特許文献1が挙げられる。なお、特許文献2は、水剥離性粘着シートに関する先行技術文献である。 BACKGROUND ART There is known a technique of adhering a protective sheet (adhesive sheet) to a surface of an article to protect the surface from damage (scratches, stains, corrosion, etc.) when processing or transporting the article. ing. For example, when glass, semiconductor wafers, metal plates, etc. are chemically treated with chemicals (etching solutions), or subjected to physical treatments such as cutting and polishing, the surface protection sheet is the object to be protected. By sticking to the non-treated surface of the article, the non-treated surface is protected. Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-100000 is cited as a prior art document relating to a protective sheet for chemical treatment. Patent Document 2 is a prior art document relating to a water-releasable pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
日本国特許出願公開2015-193688号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-193688 日本国特許出願公開2020-23656号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-23656
 表面保護シートは、保護目的を達成した後、適当なタイミングで被着体(保護対象物)から除去される。そのため、表面保護シートには、薬液処理時等の保護期間中、保護対象物の保護に必要な接着性と、保護対象物から剥離除去する際の易剥離性とを有することが求められる。保護対象物に対する剥離力が大きいと、例えば保護対象物が薄厚である場合に、表面保護シートを保護対象物から剥離除去する際に、その剥離力のために当該保護対象物が破損したり、変形してしまうおそれがある。 The surface protection sheet is removed from the adherend (object to be protected) at an appropriate timing after achieving the purpose of protection. Therefore, the surface protective sheet is required to have adhesiveness necessary for protecting the object to be protected and easy peelability when peeling and removing from the object to be protected during the protection period such as treatment with a chemical solution. If the peeling force with respect to the object to be protected is large, for example, when the object to be protected is thin, the object to be protected may be damaged due to the peeling force when the surface protective sheet is removed from the object to be protected. There is a risk of deformation.
 近年、スマートフォン、タブレット型パソコン、各種ウェアラブル機器等の電子機器類(例えば携帯電子機器類)は、小型化や薄型化が進んでおり、それにともない、それらの電子機器に用いられる半導体部材や、ガラス等の光学部材も薄型化の傾向にある。そのため、上記部材の保護に用いられる表面保護シートについても、薄厚の保護対象物から表面保護シートを剥離除去する際に当該保護対象物の破損や変形が生じない易剥離性を有する必要がある。 In recent years, electronic devices such as smartphones, tablet computers, and various wearable devices (e.g., portable electronic devices) are becoming smaller and thinner, and along with this, the semiconductor materials and glass used in these electronic devices Optical members such as optical members also tend to be thinned. Therefore, the surface protection sheet used to protect the above-mentioned members also needs to have easy peelability so that the protection target is not damaged or deformed when the surface protection sheet is peeled off from the thin protection target.
 例えば、上記光学部材として用いられるガラスパネルは、フッ酸等の薬液を用いたガラススリミング処理によって薄化され得る。上記ガラススリミング処理において、ガラス非処理面の保護に表面保護シートが使用され得る。かかる用途に用いられる表面保護シートは、当該処理後にガラスパネルから剥離除去する際に、処理中の剥離力上昇や剥離態様等を原因として当該薄化したガラスが割れてしまうことがあり、そのため、歩留まりが低下するなどの問題がある。特に、フォルダブルディスプレイやローラブルディスプレイに用いられるウィンドウガラスやカバーガラスは、屈曲性を付与するために100μm程度あるいはそれ以下の薄さまで薄化される。そのため、表面保護シート剥離時における破損のリスクはより大きい。表面保護シートの剥離強度を低く設定すれば、剥離時に被着体にかかる負荷は低減し、破損や変形のリスクを減らすことができるが、保護対象物に対する密着性(接着性)が低下し、薬液が保護領域に滲入したり、ひどい場合には保護期間中に被着体から浮きや剥がれが生じるなど、保護目的を達成できないおそれがある。薄ガラス等の薄厚脆性材に対して、保護に必要な接着性と、被着体が破損しない易剥離性とを両立することは、より困難である。 For example, the glass panel used as the optical member can be thinned by a glass slimming process using a chemical solution such as hydrofluoric acid. In the glass slimming process, a surface protective sheet may be used to protect the non-processed surface of the glass. When the surface protective sheet used for such applications is peeled off from the glass panel after the treatment, the thinned glass may break due to the increase in peeling force during the treatment, the peeling mode, etc. Therefore, There are problems such as a decrease in yield. In particular, window glass and cover glass used for foldable displays and rollable displays are thinned to a thickness of about 100 μm or less in order to impart flexibility. Therefore, the risk of breakage when peeling off the surface protective sheet is greater. If the peel strength of the surface protection sheet is set low, the load applied to the adherend during peeling can be reduced, and the risk of damage or deformation can be reduced. There is a risk that the chemical solution will permeate into the protected area, or in extreme cases, the adhesive will lift or peel off from the adherend during the protection period, failing to achieve the purpose of protection. It is more difficult to achieve both adhesiveness necessary for protection and easy peelability that does not damage the adherend for thin brittle materials such as thin glass.
 また、上記表面保護シートを用いた表面保護の一態様として、一または複数の処理対象物(例えばガラス板)の片面に一枚の表面保護シートを貼り合わせた状態で、例えばローラ等の搬送手段を用いて、複数の処理対象物(保護対象物)を連続的に、あるいは個別に薬液槽内や洗浄槽内など水中に搬送し、目的とする処理を実施する態様が挙げられる。この搬送時や搬送後のプロセス(載置や装置へのセット等を含む。)において、処理対象物には、不可避的にあるいは非意図的に衝撃や振動、変形等の外力が加えられることがあり、この外力が剥離負荷となって、処理対象物から表面保護シートが剥がれてしまうことが懸念される。また、半導体ウエハ等の処理対象物に対して切断や研磨等の物理的処理を施す態様においても、当該物理的処理における外力が剥離負荷となり、表面保護シートの端部剥がれの発生が懸念される。そのような端部剥がれが生じた場合、薬液等が保護領域に滲入してしまうなど、保護目的を達成できないおそれがある。 In addition, as one aspect of surface protection using the surface protection sheet, one surface protection sheet is attached to one surface of one or more objects to be treated (for example, a glass plate), and a conveying means such as a roller is used. can be used to continuously or individually transport a plurality of objects to be treated (objects to be protected) into a chemical tank, a cleaning tank, or the like, to carry out the desired treatment. External forces such as impact, vibration, deformation, etc., may be unavoidably or unintentionally applied to the object to be processed during and after the transport (including placement and setting in equipment, etc.). There is a concern that this external force acts as a peeling load, causing the surface protective sheet to peel off from the object to be processed. Also, in a mode in which an object to be processed such as a semiconductor wafer is subjected to physical processing such as cutting and polishing, the external force in the physical processing acts as a peeling load, and there is concern that the edge of the surface protective sheet may peel off. . When such edge peeling occurs, there is a possibility that the protection purpose cannot be achieved, for example, the chemical solution or the like may permeate into the protection area.
 本発明は、上記の事情に鑑みて創出されたものであり、保護対象物に貼り付けられた状態で当該保護対象物を、例えば液中などで処理する工程を含むプロセスで用いられる場合であっても、当該プロセス中の振動や物理的処理等の外力に対して端部からの剥がれが生じにくく、かつ剥離時には保護対象物が破損または変形しない剥離が可能な表面保護シートを提供することを目的とする。関連する他の目的は、上記表面保護シートを用いた処理方法を提供することである。 The present invention was created in view of the above circumstances, and is used in a process including a step of treating an object to be protected while attached to the object to be protected, for example, in a liquid. To provide a peelable surface protection sheet that does not easily peel off from the edges due to external forces such as vibrations and physical treatments during the process, and does not damage or deform the protected object when peeled. aim. Another related object is to provide a treatment method using the surface protective sheet.
 この明細書により提供される一態様に係る表面保護シートは、25℃における曲げ剛性値が1.0×10-6~1.0×10-2Pa・mの範囲内にある。また、上記表面保護シートは、水接触角が20度以下である表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面に表面保護シートの接着面を貼り合わせ、23℃、50%RHの環境下に1時間保持した後、該アルカリガラスと該接着面とのあいだに20μLの蒸留水を供給し、該蒸留水を該アルカリガラスと該接着面との界面の一端に進入させた後、温度23℃、剥離角度180度および速度300mm/分の条件で測定される水剥離力FW0が1.0N/20mm以下である。 The surface protective sheet according to one aspect provided by this specification has a bending stiffness value at 25° C. within the range of 1.0×10 −6 to 1.0×10 −2 Pa·m 3 . In addition, the above-mentioned surface protection sheet was prepared by bonding the adhesive surface of the surface protection sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and holding the surface protection sheet in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH for 1 hour. After that, 20 μL of distilled water was supplied between the alkali glass and the adhesion surface, and the distilled water was allowed to enter one end of the interface between the alkali glass and the adhesion surface. The water peeling force FW0 measured under the conditions of a degree and a speed of 300 mm/min is 1.0 N/20 mm or less.
 本発明者らは、水等の水性液体を利用して容易に剥離することができ、かつ接合時における耐水信頼性が改善された粘着シート(水剥離性粘着シート)の研究開発を進めている。かかる水剥離性粘着シートによると、水等の水性液体を利用した水剥離により、剥離対象物である被着体にダメージを与えることなく、あるいは物理的な負荷少なく、粘着シートを被着体から除去できる。ここに開示される技術では、上記の水剥離を利用する。具体的には、上記表面保護シートは、水剥離力FW0が1.0N/20mm以下であるので、剥離時に、被着体(保護対象物)が破損または変形しない剥離(水剥離)を実現することができる。また、上記表面保護シートは、25℃における曲げ剛性値が1.0×10-6~1.0×10-2Pa・mの範囲内にあるので、上記表面保護シートを保護対象物に貼り付けた状態で当該保護対象物を薬液や水等の液中で処理するプロセスにおいて、振動等の外力が加えられた場合であっても、上記表面保護シートは、当該外力に対して端部からの剥がれが生じにくい。 The present inventors have been researching and developing a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (water-releasable pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) that can be easily peeled off using an aqueous liquid such as water and has improved water resistance reliability during bonding. . According to such a water-releasable pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be removed from the adherend without damaging the adherend, which is the object to be peeled, or with less physical load, by water-peeling using an aqueous liquid such as water. can be removed. The technology disclosed herein utilizes the water stripping described above. Specifically, since the surface protection sheet has a water peeling force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less, it achieves peeling (water peeling) without damaging or deforming the adherend (object to be protected) during peeling. be able to. In addition, since the surface protection sheet has a flexural rigidity value at 25° C. within the range of 1.0×10 −6 to 1.0×10 −2 Pa·m 3 , the surface protection sheet can be used as an object to be protected. Even if an external force such as vibration is applied in the process of treating the object to be protected in a liquid such as a chemical solution or water while it is attached, the surface protection sheet will not withstand the external force. It is difficult to peel off from.
 また、この明細書により提供される他の一態様に係る表面保護シートは、水接触角が20度以下である表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面に表面保護シートの接着面を貼り合わせ、23℃、50%RHの環境下に1時間保持した後、該アルカリガラスと該接着面とのあいだに20μLの蒸留水を供給し、該蒸留水を該アルカリガラスと該接着面との界面の一端に進入させた後、温度23℃、剥離角度180度および速度300mm/分の条件で測定される水剥離力FW0が1.0N/20mm以下である。また、上記表面保護シートは、水接触角が20度以下である表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面に表面保護シートの接着面を貼り合わせ、23℃、50%RHの環境下に24時間保持した後、該アルカリガラスと該接着面とのあいだに20μLの蒸留水を滴下し、温度23℃、剥離角度20度および速度1000mm/分の条件で測定されるきっかけ剥離力が0.5N/10mm以上である。
 上記の表面保護シートは、水剥離力FW0が1.0N/20mm以下であるので、水の存在下で剥離することにより、被着体(保護対象物)が破損または変形しない剥離除去を実現することができる。また、上記表面保護シートは、上記きっかけ剥離力が0.5N/10mm以上であるので、搬送工程での振動や、物理的処理工程における物理的負荷など、表面保護シートの厚さ方向に作用して表面保護シートの端部剥がれの原因となり得る外力(物理的負荷、剥離負荷ともいう。)がかけられた場合であっても、端部からの剥がれが生じにくい。
In addition, a surface protection sheet according to another aspect provided by this specification is an alkali glass surface having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and an adhesive surface of the surface protection sheet is attached to the surface, and the contact angle is 23°C. , after holding for 1 hour in an environment of 50% RH, 20 μL of distilled water was supplied between the alkali glass and the adhesion surface, and the distilled water was applied to one end of the interface between the alkali glass and the adhesion surface. After entering, the water peeling force FW0 measured under conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peeling angle of 180 degrees, and a speed of 300 mm/min is 1.0 N/20 mm or less. In addition, the above-mentioned surface protection sheet was prepared by bonding the adhesive surface of the surface protection sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and holding the surface protection sheet in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH for 24 hours. After that, 20 μL of distilled water is dropped between the alkali glass and the adhesive surface, and the trigger peel force measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peel angle of 20 degrees, and a speed of 1000 mm/min is 0.5 N/10 mm or more. is.
Since the above surface protective sheet has a water peeling force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less, it can be peeled off without damaging or deforming the adherend (object to be protected) by peeling it in the presence of water. be able to. In addition, since the surface protective sheet has a trigger peeling force of 0.5 N/10 mm or more, vibration in the transportation process, physical load in the physical treatment process, etc. act in the thickness direction of the surface protective sheet. Even when an external force (also referred to as a physical load or a peeling load) that can cause peeling of the edge of the surface protective sheet is applied, the peeling from the edge hardly occurs.
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、表面保護シートは、前記水剥離力FW0[N/20mm]が接着力F0[N/20mm]の50%以下である。ここで、前記接着力F0は、水接触角が20度以下である表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面に、表面保護シートの接着面を貼り合わせ、23℃、50%RHの環境下に1時間保持した後、温度23℃、剥離角度180度および速度300mm/分の条件で測定される剥離強度[N/20mm]である。上記特性を満足する表面保護シートは、剥離時には、水の存在下で剥離を実施することで保護対象物から容易に剥離され得る一方、保護時には保護対象物に対して良好な接着状態を保持するものとなり得る。 In some preferred embodiments, the water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm] of the surface protection sheet is 50% or less of the adhesive force F0 [N/20 mm]. Here, the adhesive force F0 is measured by attaching the adhesive surface of the surface protective sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and exposing the adhesive surface to the surface at 23°C and 50% RH for 1 hour. After holding, the peel strength [N/20 mm] is measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peel angle of 180 degrees, and a speed of 300 mm/min. A surface protection sheet satisfying the above properties can be easily peeled off from an object to be protected by performing peeling in the presence of water, while maintaining a good adhesion state to the object to be protected during protection. can be a thing.
 いくつかの態様において、表面保護シートは、粘着剤層と、該粘着剤層を支持する基材層とからなる。このような構成を有することにより、表面保護シートは、背面側に位置する基材層による保護機能と、粘着剤層による保護対象物への接着性とを有することができる。 In some embodiments, the surface protection sheet consists of an adhesive layer and a base layer that supports the adhesive layer. By having such a structure, the surface protection sheet can have a protective function by the base material layer located on the back side and adhesiveness to the object to be protected by the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、前記粘着剤層は水親和剤を含む。水親和剤を含む粘着剤層によると、通常状態(常態)の接着力と水剥離性とを好適に両立する粘着剤が得られやすい。 In some preferred embodiments, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer contains a water affinity agent. A pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing a water-affinitive agent makes it easy to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive that satisfactorily achieves both normal (normal) adhesive strength and water removability.
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、表面保護シートの厚さ(総厚さ)は20~200μmである。所定値以上の総厚さを有することにより、プロセス中における端部剥がれ防止性も向上する傾向がある。また、上記の総厚さを有する表面保護シートは、良好な保護機能を発揮しやすい。例えば薬液滲入防止等の保護性が得られやすい傾向がある。 In some preferred embodiments, the thickness (total thickness) of the surface protective sheet is 20-200 μm. Having a total thickness greater than or equal to a predetermined value also tends to improve the edge peeling resistance during processing. Moreover, the surface protective sheet having the above total thickness tends to exhibit a good protective function. For example, there is a tendency to easily obtain protective properties such as prevention of permeation of chemical solutions.
 ここに開示される表面保護シートは、例えば、ガラスまたは半導体ウエハを液中にて化学的および/または物理的に処理する工程で用いる表面保護シートとして好適である。上記処理工程を含むプロセスにおいて、保護対象物であるガラスまたは半導体ウエハに貼り付けられた表面保護シートは、端部からの剥がれが生じにくい。また、上記プロセス後の剥離時には、保護対象物であるガラスや半導体ウエハから、水剥離を利用したスムーズな剥離を実現できる。上記水剥離力を有する表面保護シートは、保護対象物が薄ガラス等の薄厚脆性材の場合にも、その水剥離性に基づき、保護対象物が破損しない剥離が可能である。例えば、上記処理工程がガラスまたは半導体ウエハを薄化する工程である態様においては、剥離時の保護対象物は、貼付け時よりも厚みが小さくなっており、破損のリスクはより大きい。そのような用途に、ここに開示される表面保護シートを利用することにより、端部剥がれが生じにくく、保護対象物を破損しない易剥離性(易水剥離性)が実現され得る。 The surface protection sheet disclosed here is suitable as a surface protection sheet for use, for example, in a process of chemically and/or physically treating glass or semiconductor wafers in a liquid. In the process including the above treatment steps, the surface protection sheet attached to the glass or semiconductor wafer that is the object to be protected is less likely to come off from the edges. In addition, at the time of peeling after the above process, smooth peeling using water peeling can be realized from glass and semiconductor wafers, which are objects to be protected. The surface protective sheet having the above-described water peeling force can be peeled off without damaging the protected object due to its water peeling property even when the protected object is a thin and brittle material such as thin glass. For example, in an aspect in which the above-described processing step is a step of thinning glass or a semiconductor wafer, the thickness of the protective object during peeling is smaller than that during adhesion, and the risk of breakage is greater. By using the surface protection sheet disclosed herein for such applications, it is possible to realize easy peelability (easy water peelability) that does not easily cause edge peeling and does not damage the protected object.
 また、この明細書によると、被着体を処理する方法が提供される。この処理方法には、水接触角が20度以下である表面を有する被着体の該表面に、表面保護シートを貼り付ける工程と;前記表面保護シートが貼り付けられた前記被着体に対し、該表面保護シートの厚さ方向に物理的負荷がかけられる工程と;前記表面保護シートを、水の存在下で剥離して前記被着体から除去する工程と;が含まれる。そして、前記表面保護シートは、水剥離力FW0が1.0N/20mm以下であり、かつ、きっかけ剥離力が0.5N/10mm以上である。
 [水剥離力FW0]
 前記水剥離力FW0は、水接触角が20度以下である表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面に表面保護シートの接着面を貼り合わせ、23℃、50%RHの環境下に1時間保持した後、該アルカリガラスと該接着面とのあいだに20μLの蒸留水を供給し、該蒸留水を該アルカリガラスと該接着面との界面の一端に進入させた後、温度23℃、剥離角度180度および速度300mm/分の条件で測定される水剥離力[N/20mm]である。
 [きっかけ剥離力]
 前記きっかけ剥離力は、水接触角が20度以下である表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面に表面保護シートの接着面を貼り合わせ、23℃、50%RHの環境下に24時間保持した後、該アルカリガラスと該接着面とのあいだに20μLの蒸留水を滴下し、温度23℃、剥離角度20度および速度1000mm/分の条件で測定される剥離初期の最大応力[N/10mm]である。
 表面保護シートが貼り付けられた被着体に対し、表面保護シートの厚さ方向に物理的負荷がかけられる工程を含む被着体の処理方法において、上記きっかけ剥離力が0.5N/10mm以上である表面保護シートを用いることにより、上記表面保護シートの端部にかかる物理的負荷に対して、上記表面保護シートは端部からの剥がれが生じにくい。また、上記表面保護シートは、水剥離力FW0が1.0N/20mm以下であるので、表面保護シートを水の存在下で被着体から剥離することにより、被着体(保護対象物)が破損または変形することなく表面保護シートを除去することができる。
Also provided herein is a method of treating an adherend. This treatment method includes a step of attaching a surface protective sheet to the surface of an adherend having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less; , applying a physical load in the thickness direction of the surface protective sheet; and removing the surface protective sheet from the adherend by peeling in the presence of water. The surface protective sheet has a water peeling force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less and a trigger peeling force of 0.5 N/10 mm or more.
[Water peeling force FW0]
The water peeling force FW0 is measured after bonding the adhesive surface of the surface protective sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less and holding the surface in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH for 1 hour. 20 μL of distilled water was supplied between the alkali glass and the adhesion surface, and the distilled water was allowed to enter one end of the interface between the alkali glass and the adhesion surface, and then the temperature was 23° C. and the peeling angle was 180°. and water peel strength [N/20 mm] measured at a speed of 300 mm/min.
[Trigger release force]
The trigger peeling force is measured after bonding the adhesive surface of the surface protective sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and holding it in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH for 24 hours. 20 μL of distilled water is dropped between the alkali glass and the adhesive surface, and the maximum stress [N/10 mm] at the initial stage of peeling is measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peeling angle of 20 degrees, and a speed of 1000 mm/min. .
In a method for treating an adherend including a step of applying a physical load in the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet to the adherend to which the surface protection sheet is attached, the trigger peel force is 0.5 N/10 mm or more. By using the surface protective sheet, the surface protective sheet is less likely to peel off from the ends of the surface protective sheet against the physical load applied to the ends of the surface protective sheet. In addition, since the surface protective sheet has a water peeling force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less, the adherend (object to be protected) can be removed by peeling the surface protective sheet from the adherend in the presence of water. The surface protective sheet can be removed without damage or deformation.
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記表面保護シートは、前記水剥離力FW0[N/20mm]が接着力F0[N/20mm]の50%以下である。ここで、前記接着力F0は、水接触角が20度以下である表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面に、表面保護シートの接着面を貼り合わせ、23℃、50%RHの環境下に1時間保持した後、温度23℃、剥離角度180度および速度300mm/分の条件で測定される剥離強度[N/20mm]である。上記特性を満足する表面保護シートを使用することにより、被着体は、表面保護シートが良好に密着した状態で、目的とする処理に供される一方、表面保護シートの除去工程においては、表面保護シートは被着体から容易に除去され得る。 In some preferred embodiments, the surface protective sheet has a water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm] that is 50% or less of the adhesive force F0 [N/20 mm]. Here, the adhesive force F0 is measured by attaching the adhesive surface of the surface protective sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and exposing the adhesive surface to the surface at 23°C and 50% RH for 1 hour. After holding, the peel strength [N/20 mm] is measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peel angle of 180 degrees, and a speed of 300 mm/min. By using a surface protective sheet that satisfies the above properties, the adherend can be subjected to the intended treatment while the surface protective sheet is in good contact with the adherend. The protective sheet can be easily removed from the adherend.
 上記表面保護シートとしては、粘着剤層と、該粘着剤層を支持する基材層とからなる表面保護シートが好ましく用いられる。 As the surface protection sheet, a surface protection sheet comprising an adhesive layer and a substrate layer supporting the adhesive layer is preferably used.
 前記表面保護シートが貼り付けられた前記被着体に対し、該表面保護シートの厚さ方向に物理的負荷がかけられる工程の例として、搬送工程、物理的処理工程が挙げられる。ここに開示される表面保護シートは、振動が生じやすい搬送プロセスや、被着体に対する切断等の物理的処理を含む処理方法において、表面保護シートの厚さ方向にかかる物理的負荷に対して端部剥がれが生じにくく、目的とする保護を達成することができる。 Examples of processes in which a physical load is applied to the adherend to which the surface protection sheet is attached in the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet include a transport process and a physical treatment process. The surface protective sheet disclosed herein is resistant to physical loads applied in the thickness direction of the surface protective sheet in a transportation process that tends to cause vibration and a processing method that includes physical processing such as cutting an adherend. Partial peeling is unlikely to occur, and the intended protection can be achieved.
 上記より、この明細書によると、ここに開示されるいずれかの被着体の処理方法に用いられる表面保護シートが提供される。かかる表面保護シートは、一態様において、水剥離力FW0が1.0N/20mm以下であり、かつ、きっかけ剥離力が0.5N/10mm以上であるので、ここに開示される処理方法に適用されることで、表面保護シートの厚さ方向にかかる物理的負荷に対して端部剥がれが生じにくい接着保持と、スムーズな剥離除去とを両立し得る。かかる表面保護シートは、ここに開示される被着体の処理方法に特に適している。 From the above, according to this specification, there is provided a surface protective sheet for use in any of the adherend treatment methods disclosed herein. In one aspect, such a surface protective sheet has a water peeling force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less and a trigger peeling force of 0.5 N/10 mm or more, so it is applicable to the treatment method disclosed herein. By doing so, it is possible to achieve both adhesion retention in which peeling of the edges of the surface protective sheet is unlikely to occur against a physical load applied in the thickness direction of the surface protective sheet, and smooth peeling and removal. Such a surface protective sheet is particularly suitable for the adherend treatment method disclosed herein.
表面保護シートの一形態例を模式的に示す断面図である。1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of a surface protective sheet; FIG. 表面保護シートの他の形態例を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another form example of the surface protection sheet.
 以下、本発明の好適な実施形態を説明する。なお、本明細書において特に言及している事項以外の事柄であって本発明の実施に必要な事柄は、本明細書に記載された発明の実施についての教示と出願時の技術常識とに基づいて当業者に理解され得る。本発明は、本明細書に開示されている内容と当該分野における技術常識とに基づいて実施することができる。また、以下の図面において、同じ作用を奏する部材・部位には同じ符号を付して説明することがあり、重複する説明は省略または簡略化することがある。また、図面に記載の実施形態は、本発明を明瞭に説明するために模式化されており、実際に提供される製品のサイズや縮尺を必ずしも正確に表したものではない。 A preferred embodiment of the present invention will be described below. Matters other than the matters specifically mentioned in the present specification and matters necessary for the implementation of the present invention are based on the teaching of the implementation of the invention described in the present specification and the common general knowledge at the time of filing. can be understood by those skilled in the art. The present invention can be implemented based on the contents disclosed in this specification and common general technical knowledge in the field. Further, in the drawings below, members and portions having the same function may be denoted by the same reference numerals, and redundant description may be omitted or simplified. Moreover, the embodiments described in the drawings are schematics for the purpose of clearly explaining the present invention, and do not necessarily accurately represent the size or scale of the products actually provided.
 <表面保護シートの構成例>
 一形態例に係る表面保護シートの断面構造を図1に示す。図1に示すように、表面保護シート1は、接着面1Aを有しており、シート状の基材層(支持基材)10の一方の面10Aに粘着剤層20が設けられた片面接着性の粘着シートの形態である。表面保護シート1は、その接着面1Aである粘着剤層20の表面20Aを被着体(保護対象物)に貼り付けて使用される。基材層10の背面10B(一方の面10Aとは反対側の面)は、表面保護シート1の背面1Bでもあり、表面保護シート1の外表面を構成している。使用前(すなわち、被着体への貼付け前)の表面保護シート1は、接着面1Aが、少なくとも該粘着剤層20側が剥離面となっている剥離ライナー30によって保護された、剥離ライナー付き表面保護シート50の形態であり得る。あるいは、基材層10の他方の面(背面)10Bが剥離面となっており、表面保護シート1がロール状に巻回されることにより該背面に粘着剤層20が当接してその表面(接着面1A)が保護された形態の表面保護シートであってもよい。
<Configuration example of surface protective sheet>
FIG. 1 shows a cross-sectional structure of a surface protective sheet according to one embodiment. As shown in FIG. 1, the surface protective sheet 1 has an adhesive surface 1A, and a sheet-like base material layer (support base material) 10 is provided with an adhesive layer 20 on one surface 10A thereof. It is in the form of a flexible adhesive sheet. The surface protection sheet 1 is used by attaching the surface 20A of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 20, which is the adhesive surface 1A, to an adherend (object to be protected). The back surface 10B of the base material layer 10 (the surface opposite to the one surface 10A) is also the back surface 1B of the surface protection sheet 1 and constitutes the outer surface of the surface protection sheet 1 . The surface protection sheet 1 before use (that is, before being attached to an adherend) has a release liner-attached surface in which the adhesive surface 1A is protected by a release liner 30 whose release surface is at least the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 20 side. It can be in the form of a protective sheet 50 . Alternatively, the other surface (back surface) 10B of the base material layer 10 serves as a release surface, and when the surface protection sheet 1 is wound into a roll, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 20 comes into contact with the back surface ( It may be a surface protective sheet in which the adhesive surface 1A) is protected.
 また、図2に示すように、表面保護シート2は、基材層10が多層構造を有していてもよい。この実施形態では、表面保護シート2は、シート状の基材層(支持基材)10の一方の面10Aに粘着剤層20が設けられた構成を有し、基材層10は、第一層11と第二層12との積層構造を有している。具体的には、基材層10は、基材層10の主層である第一層11と、基材層10の一方の表面(背面)10Bを構成する第二層12とを備える。この実施形態では、第二層12は無機材料含有層である。粘着剤層20は、基材層10の第一層11側表面10Aに密着している。使用前(すなわち、被着体への貼付け前)の表面保護シート2は、接着面2Aが、少なくとも該粘着剤層20側が剥離面となっている剥離ライナー30によって保護された、剥離ライナー付き表面保護シート50の形態であり得る。あるいは、基材層10の他方の面(背面)10Bが剥離面となっており、表面保護シート2がロール状に巻回されることにより該背面に粘着剤層20が当接してその表面が保護された形態の表面保護シートであってもよい。 Further, as shown in FIG. 2, the base material layer 10 of the surface protection sheet 2 may have a multilayer structure. In this embodiment, the surface protection sheet 2 has a configuration in which an adhesive layer 20 is provided on one surface 10A of a sheet-like base material layer (support base material) 10, and the base material layer 10 is the first It has a laminated structure of a layer 11 and a second layer 12 . Specifically, the base material layer 10 includes a first layer 11 that is a main layer of the base material layer 10 and a second layer 12 that constitutes one surface (back surface) 10B of the base material layer 10 . In this embodiment, the second layer 12 is an inorganic material containing layer. The adhesive layer 20 adheres to the first layer 11 side surface 10A of the base material layer 10 . The surface protective sheet 2 before use (that is, before being attached to an adherend) has a release liner-attached surface in which the adhesive surface 2A is protected by a release liner 30 whose release surface is at least the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 20 side. It can be in the form of a protective sheet 50 . Alternatively, the other surface (back surface) 10B of the base material layer 10 is a release surface, and when the surface protective sheet 2 is wound into a roll, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 20 contacts the back surface and the surface is It may be a surface protective sheet in a protected form.
 <表面保護シートの特性>
 (25℃曲げ剛性値)
 いくつかの態様において、表面保護シートは、25℃における曲げ剛性値(25℃曲げ剛性値)が1.0×10-6~1.0×10-2Pa・mの範囲内にある。この特性を満足する表面保護シートは、表面保護シートを保護対象物に貼り付けた状態で当該保護対象物を薬液や水等の液中で処理するプロセスにおいて、振動等の外力が加えられた場合であっても、当該外力に対して端部からの剥がれが生じにくい。具体的には、表面保護シートに所定範囲の剛性(25℃曲げ剛性)を持たせて、上記プロセスにおいて表面保護シートの端部剥がれの原因となり得る振動等の外力に対する応力(剥離応力)を高めることで、上記プロセス中に振動等の外力が加えられた場合であっても、端部剥がれの発生を防止したり、端部剥がれ発生のリスクを低減することができる。なお、上記25℃曲げ剛性値が所定値(例えば10-2Pa・m)以下であることにより、表面保護シートは、表面保護用途に適した剛性を有し、良好な剥離作業性、取扱い性が得られやすい。保護対象物の表面追従性も向上する傾向がある。
<Characteristics of Surface Protection Sheet>
(25°C bending stiffness value)
In some aspects, the surface protection sheet has a bending rigidity value at 25°C (25°C bending rigidity value) within the range of 1.0×10 -6 to 1.0×10 -2 Pa·m 3 . A surface protection sheet that satisfies this property will not be able to withstand external force such as vibration in the process of treating the protection target in a liquid such as a chemical solution or water while the surface protection sheet is attached to the protection target. However, peeling from the end portion is less likely to occur against the external force. Specifically, the surface protective sheet is provided with a specified range of rigidity (flexural rigidity at 25°C) to increase the stress (peeling stress) against external forces such as vibrations that can cause edge peeling of the surface protective sheet in the above process. Thus, even when an external force such as vibration is applied during the above process, it is possible to prevent edge peeling and reduce the risk of edge peeling. By setting the 25° C. flexural rigidity value to a predetermined value (for example, 10 −2 Pa·m 3 ) or less, the surface protective sheet has rigidity suitable for surface protection applications, and exhibits good peeling workability and handling. It is easy to obtain sexuality. There is also a tendency for the surface followability of the object to be protected to improve.
 上記25℃曲げ剛性値Dは、端部剥がれ防止性の観点から、5.0×10-6Pa・m以上であってもよく、好ましくは1.0×10-5Pa・m以上、より好ましくは5.0×10-5Pa・m以上、さらに好ましくは1.0×10-4Pa・m以上であり、3.0×10-4Pa・m以上でもよい。上記25℃曲げ剛性値Dは、端部剥がれ防止性、剥離作業性、取扱い性等の観点から、好ましくは5.0×10-3Pa・m以下、より好ましくは1.0×10-3Pa・m以下、さらに好ましくは5.0×10-4Pa・m以下であり、1.0×10-5Pa・m以下でもよい。上記25℃曲げ剛性値Dが所定範囲内で低いことは、保護対象物の表面追従性向上の点から有利である。他のいくつかの態様において、上記25℃曲げ剛性値は、特に限定されず、1.0×10-6Pa・m未満であってもよく、1.0×10-2Pa・m超であってもよい。 The 25° C. bending stiffness value D may be 5.0×10 −6 Pa·m 3 or more, preferably 1.0×10 −5 Pa·m 3 or more, from the viewpoint of edge peeling prevention. , more preferably 5.0×10 −5 Pa·m 3 or more, still more preferably 1.0×10 −4 Pa·m 3 or more, and may be 3.0×10 −4 Pa·m 3 or more. The 25° C. flexural rigidity value D is preferably 5.0×10 −3 Pa·m 3 or less, more preferably 1.0×10 It is 3 Pa·m 3 or less, more preferably 5.0×10 −4 Pa·m 3 or less, and may be 1.0×10 −5 Pa·m 3 or less. The fact that the 25° C. bending stiffness value D is low within a predetermined range is advantageous from the point of view of improving the surface followability of the object to be protected. In some other embodiments, the 25° C. bending stiffness value is not particularly limited, and may be less than 1.0×10 −6 Pa·m 3 or 1.0×10 −2 Pa·m 3 It can be super.
 上記25℃曲げ剛性値D[Pa・m]は、基材層の厚さをh[m]および該基材のポアソン比をνとし、表面保護シートの温度25℃における引張弾性率(25℃引張弾性率)をE[Pa]とした場合に、式:
   D=Eh/12(1-ν);
により求められる値である。なお、粘着剤層の曲げ剛性値は基材層の曲げ剛性値に比べ非常に小さいため、表面保護シートの曲げ剛性は基材層の曲げ剛性に依存し得る。したがって、本明細書において、表面保護シートの曲げ剛性値Dは、表面保護シートを構成する基材層の断面積当たりに換算した値をいうものとする。基材層の断面積は基材層の厚さに基づき算出される。基材層の厚さhは、表面保護シートの厚さの実測値から粘着剤層の厚さを差し引いた値とする。ポアソン比νは、基材層の材質によって定まる値(無次元数)であって、該材質が樹脂である場合には、通常、νの値として0.35を採用することができる。
 上記25℃曲げ剛性値D[Pa・m]は、後述の実施例に記載の引張試験より得られる25℃引張弾性率E[Pa]および基材厚さh[m]を上式に代入することにより求められる。上記25℃曲げ剛性値は、長手方向(MD:Machine Direction)の25℃曲げ剛性値であってもよく、幅方向(TD:Transverse Direction MDに直交する方向)の25℃曲げ剛性値であってもよく、したがって、MDの25℃曲げ剛性値およびTDの25℃曲げ剛性値の少なくとも一方の25℃曲げ剛性値であってもよく、あるいは、MDであるかTDであるかを問わない任意の一方向の25℃曲げ剛性値であってもよい。
 表面保護シートの25℃曲げ剛性値は、主として表面保護シートを構成する基材層の材料の選択、厚さの設定により得ることができる。
The 25° C. flexural rigidity value D [Pa·m 3 ] is obtained by setting the thickness of the base material layer to h [m] and the Poisson's ratio of the base material to ν, and the tensile modulus of elasticity of the surface protection sheet at a temperature of 25° C. (25 ℃ tensile modulus) is E [Pa], the formula:
D=Eh 3 /12(1−ν 2 );
It is a value obtained by Since the bending rigidity value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is much smaller than the bending rigidity value of the base material layer, the bending rigidity of the surface protection sheet may depend on the bending rigidity of the base material layer. Therefore, in the present specification, the flexural rigidity value D of the surface protective sheet refers to a value converted per cross-sectional area of the base layer constituting the surface protective sheet. The cross-sectional area of the substrate layer is calculated based on the thickness of the substrate layer. The thickness h of the base material layer is a value obtained by subtracting the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the measured thickness of the surface protection sheet. The Poisson's ratio ν is a value (dimensionless number) determined by the material of the substrate layer, and when the material is a resin, 0.35 can usually be adopted as the value of ν.
The 25° C. flexural rigidity value D [Pa·m 3 ] is obtained by substituting the 25° C. tensile modulus E [Pa] and the substrate thickness h [m] obtained from the tensile test described in Examples below into the above formula. It is obtained by The 25° C. bending rigidity value may be a 25° C. bending rigidity value in the longitudinal direction (MD: Machine Direction), or a 25° C. bending rigidity value in the width direction (TD: a direction orthogonal to the Transverse Direction MD), Therefore, it may be at least one of the 25 ° C. bending stiffness value of MD and the 25 ° C. bending stiffness value of TD, or any arbitrary regardless of whether it is MD or TD It may be a 25° bending stiffness value in one direction.
The 25° C. flexural rigidity value of the surface protective sheet can be obtained mainly by selecting the material of the base material layer constituting the surface protective sheet and setting the thickness.
 (25℃引張弾性率)
 特に限定するものではないが、いくつかの態様において、表面保護シートの25℃引張弾性率は、100MPa以上であってもよく、500MPa以上でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記25℃引張弾性率は、1000MPa以上であり、より好ましくは3000MPa以上、さらに好ましくは5000MPa以上であり、6000MPa以上であってもよい。25℃引張弾性率が高くなるほど、より高い25℃曲げ剛性値を得ることができる。上記25℃引張弾性率の上限は特に限定されず、例えば30GPa以下であってもよく、15GPa以下でもよく、10GPa以下でもよく、8000MPa以下でもよく、6000MPa以下でもよく、4500MPa以下でもよい。25℃引張弾性率が小さくなるほど、より低い25℃曲げ剛性値を得ることができる。また、上記範囲の25℃引張弾性率を有する表面保護シートは、剥離作業性、取扱い性、表面追従性も良好な傾向にある。
(25°C tensile modulus)
Although not particularly limited, in some aspects, the 25° C. tensile modulus of the surface protection sheet may be 100 MPa or more, or 500 MPa or more. In some preferred embodiments, the 25° C. tensile modulus is 1000 MPa or higher, more preferably 3000 MPa or higher, even more preferably 5000 MPa or higher, and may be 6000 MPa or higher. The higher the 25°C tensile modulus, the higher the 25°C bending stiffness value. The upper limit of the 25° C. tensile modulus is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 30 GPa or less, 15 GPa or less, 10 GPa or less, 8000 MPa or less, 6000 MPa or less, or 4500 MPa or less. The lower the 25° C. tensile modulus, the lower the 25° C. bending stiffness value. In addition, the surface protective sheet having a tensile modulus of elasticity at 25°C within the above range tends to have good peeling workability, handleability and surface followability.
 (25℃100%伸長時応力)
 特に限定するものではないが、いくつかの態様において、表面保護シートの25℃における100%伸長時応力は、10N/mm以上であってもよく、30N/mm以上が適当であり、好ましくは50N/mm以上、より好ましくは80N/mm以上であり、120N/mm以上であってもよい。上記100%伸長時応力が大きいほど、表面保護シートは所定以上の剛性を有しやすく、端部剥がれ防止性が得られやすい傾向がある。上記100%伸長時応力の上限は、例えば300N/mm以下であり、200N/mm以下であってもよく、100N/mm以下でもよい。上記範囲の100%伸長時応力を有する表面保護シートは、良好な剥離作業性、取扱い性、表面追従性を発揮しやすい傾向がある。
(Stress at 100% elongation at 25°C)
Although not particularly limited, in some embodiments, the stress at 100% elongation at 25° C. of the surface protective sheet may be 10 N/mm 2 or more, preferably 30 N/mm 2 or more. is 50 N/mm 2 or more, more preferably 80 N/mm 2 or more, and may be 120 N/mm 2 or more. As the stress at 100% elongation increases, the surface protective sheet tends to have a predetermined rigidity or higher, and tends to be more likely to prevent peeling at the edges. The upper limit of the stress at 100% elongation is, for example, 300 N/mm 2 or less, may be 200 N/mm 2 or less, or may be 100 N/mm 2 or less. A surface protection sheet having a stress at 100% elongation within the above range tends to exhibit good peeling workability, handleability and surface followability.
 (25℃破断応力)
 特に限定するものではないが、いくつかの態様において、表面保護シートの25℃における破断応力は、10N/mm以上であってもよく、30N/mm以上(例えば50N/mm以上)が適当であり、好ましくは100N/mm以上、より好ましくは120N/mm以上であり、150N/mm以上であってもよい。上記破断応力が大きいほど、表面保護シートは所定以上の剛性を有しやすく、端部剥がれ防止性が得られやすい傾向がある。上記破断応力の上限は、例えば500N/mm以下であり、300N/mm以下であってもよく、200N/mm以下でもよく、150N/mm以下でもよい。上記範囲の破断応力を有する表面保護シートは、良好な剥離作業性、取扱い性、表面追従性を発揮しやすい傾向がある。
(25°C breaking stress)
Although not particularly limited, in some aspects, the breaking stress of the surface protective sheet at 25°C may be 10 N/mm 2 or more, or 30 N/mm 2 or more (for example, 50 N/mm 2 or more). suitable, preferably 100 N/mm 2 or more, more preferably 120 N/mm 2 or more, and may be 150 N/mm 2 or more. As the breaking stress increases, the surface protective sheet tends to have a predetermined rigidity or higher, and tends to be more likely to prevent peeling at the edges. The upper limit of the breaking stress is, for example, 500 N/mm 2 or less, may be 300 N/mm 2 or less, may be 200 N/mm 2 or less, or may be 150 N/mm 2 or less. A surface protective sheet having a breaking stress within the above range tends to exhibit good peeling workability, handleability, and surface followability.
 (25℃破断歪み)
 特に限定するものではないが、いくつかの態様において、表面保護シートの25℃における破断歪みは、500%以下であってもよく、300%未満が適当であり、好ましくは250%以下であり、200%以下であってもよい。上記破断歪みが小さいほど、表面保護シートは所定以上の剛性を有しやすく、端部剥がれ防止性が得られやすい傾向がある。上記破断歪みの下限は、例えば120%以上であり、150%以上であってもよく、200%以上でもよい。上記範囲の破断歪みを有する表面保護シートは、良好な剥離作業性、取扱い性、表面追従性を発揮しやすい傾向がある。
(25°C breaking strain)
Although not particularly limited, in some aspects, the breaking strain of the surface protective sheet at 25°C may be 500% or less, suitably less than 300%, preferably 250% or less, It may be 200% or less. The smaller the breaking strain, the easier it is for the surface protective sheet to have a predetermined rigidity or more, and the easier it is for the peeling-off property at the edges to be obtained. The lower limit of the breaking strain is, for example, 120% or more, may be 150% or more, or may be 200% or more. A surface protective sheet having a strain at break within the above range tends to exhibit good peeling workability, handleability, and surface followability.
 上記25℃引張弾性率は、後述する実施例に記載の引張試験から得られる応力-ひずみ曲線の線形回帰から求められる。また、上記100%伸長時応力[N/mm]、破断応力[N/mm]および破断歪み[%]も、後述する実施例に記載の引張試験により測定することができる。なお、粘着剤層の機械特性値(引張弾性率、100%伸長時応力、破断応力および破断歪み)は基材層の上記機械特性値に比べ非常に小さく、表面保護シートの上記機械特性は基材層の機械特性に依存し得る。したがって、本明細書において、表面保護シートの引張弾性率、100%伸長時応力および破断応力は、表面保護シートを構成する基材層の断面積当たりに換算した値をいうものとする。基材層の断面積は基材層の厚さに基づき算出される。基材層の厚さは、表面保護シートの厚さの実測値から粘着剤層の厚さを差し引いた値とする。上記25℃引張弾性率は、MDの25℃引張弾性率であってもよく、TDの25℃引張弾性率であってもよく、したがって、MDの25℃引張弾性率およびTDの25℃引張弾性率の少なくとも一方の25℃引張弾性率であってもよく、あるいは、MDであるかTDであるかを問わない任意の一方向の25℃引張弾性率であってもよい。同様に、上記100%伸長時応力、破断応力および破断歪みも、それぞれ、MDの測定値(100%伸長時応力、破断応力または破断歪み)であってもよく、TDの測定値であってもよく、したがって、MDの測定値およびTDの測定値の少なくとも一方の測定値であってもよく、あるいは、MDであるかTDであるかを問わない任意の一方向の測定値であってもよい。 The 25° C. tensile modulus is obtained from linear regression of a stress-strain curve obtained from a tensile test described in the Examples below. In addition, the stress at 100% elongation [N/mm 2 ], breaking stress [N/mm 2 ] and breaking strain [%] can also be measured by a tensile test described in Examples below. The mechanical property values (tensile modulus, stress at 100% elongation, breaking stress and breaking strain) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are much smaller than those of the base material layer, and the above mechanical properties of the surface protection sheet are the same as those of the base layer. It can depend on the mechanical properties of the material layer. Therefore, in this specification, the tensile modulus, stress at 100% elongation and breaking stress of the surface protective sheet refer to values converted per cross-sectional area of the substrate layer constituting the surface protective sheet. The cross-sectional area of the substrate layer is calculated based on the thickness of the substrate layer. Let the thickness of a base material layer be the value which deducted the thickness of an adhesive layer from the measured value of the thickness of a surface protection sheet. The 25° C. tensile modulus may be the 25° C. tensile modulus of MD or the 25° C. tensile modulus of TD, therefore, the 25° C. tensile modulus of MD and the 25° C. tensile modulus of TD It may be the 25° C. tensile modulus of at least one of the moduli, or the 25° C. tensile modulus in any one direction, whether MD or TD. Similarly, the stress at 100% elongation, stress at break and strain at break may each be a measured value of MD (stress at 100% elongation, stress at break or strain at break), or may be a measured value of TD. and thus may be a measurement in MD and/or a measurement in TD, or any one-way measurement, whether MD or TD. .
 表面保護シートの上記機械特性(25℃引張弾性率、25℃100%伸長時応力、25℃破断応力、25℃破断歪み)は、主として表面保護シートを構成する基材層の材料の選択により設定、調節することができる。 The above mechanical properties of the surface protective sheet (tensile modulus at 25°C, stress at 100% elongation at 25°C, breaking stress at 25°C, breaking strain at 25°C) are mainly set by selecting the material of the base layer constituting the surface protective sheet. , can be adjusted.
 (常態水剥離力FW0)
 ここに開示される表面保護シートは、常態水剥離力FW0が1.0N/20mm以下であることを特徴の一つとする。このように水剥離力FW0が1.0N/20mm以下となる表面保護シートは、被着体に対して良好に接着しつつ、剥離時には、水等の水性液体を用いた水剥離を実施することで、保護対象物から容易に剥離することができる。より具体的には、例えば、保護対象物と粘着剤層とのあいだに少量の水性液体を供給し、該水性液体を保護対象物と粘着剤層との界面に進入させることで剥離のきっかけをつくることにより、上記保護対象物からの粘着剤層の剥離強度を大幅に低下させることができる。この性質を利用して、水等の水性液体を利用した水剥離によって、保護対象物を破損または変形することなく、表面保護シートを保護対象物から容易に剥離することができる。この特性(水剥離特性)を有する表面保護シートによると、保護対象物が薄ガラス等の薄厚脆性材の場合であっても、剥離時には被着体が破損しない剥離を実現することができる。
(Normal water peeling force FW0)
One of the characteristics of the surface protection sheet disclosed herein is that the normal water peeling force FW0 is 1.0 N/20 mm or less. Such a surface protective sheet having a water peeling force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less adheres well to the adherend, and should be peeled off with water using an aqueous liquid such as water. and can be easily peeled off from the object to be protected. More specifically, for example, a small amount of aqueous liquid is supplied between the object to be protected and the adhesive layer, and the aqueous liquid is allowed to enter the interface between the object to be protected and the adhesive layer to trigger peeling. By forming the adhesive layer, the peel strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the object to be protected can be greatly reduced. Using this property, the surface protective sheet can be easily peeled off from the object to be protected by water peeling using an aqueous liquid such as water without damaging or deforming the object to be protected. With a surface protection sheet having this property (water peeling property), even when the object to be protected is a thin and brittle material such as thin glass, it is possible to achieve peeling without damaging the adherend during peeling.
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、常態水剥離力FW0は、例えば1.0N/20mm未満であり、0.9N/20mm以下であってもよく、0.8N/20mm以下でもよく、0.7N/20mm以下でもよく、0.6N/20mm以下でもよく、0.5N/20mm以下でもよく、0.3N/20mm以下(例えば0.1N/20mm以下)でもよい。上記常態水剥離力FW0の下限値は、所望の水剥離性を発揮するよう適切に設定され、特定の範囲に限定されない。常態水剥離力FW0の下限値は、0.0N/20mmであってもよく、0.01N/20mm以上(例えば0.1N/20mm以上)でもよい。 In some preferred embodiments, the normal water peel force FW0 is, for example, less than 1.0 N/20 mm, may be 0.9 N/20 mm or less, may be 0.8 N/20 mm or less, or may be 0.7 N/20 mm or less, 0.6 N/20 mm or less, 0.5 N/20 mm or less, or 0.3 N/20 mm or less (for example, 0.1 N/20 mm or less). The lower limit of the normal water peeling force FW0 is set appropriately so as to exhibit the desired water peeling property, and is not limited to a specific range. The lower limit of the normal water peeling force FW0 may be 0.0 N/20 mm, or 0.01 N/20 mm or more (for example, 0.1 N/20 mm or more).
 常態水剥離力FW0は、水接触角が20度以下である表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面に、表面保護シートの接着面を貼り合わせ、23℃、50%RHの環境下に1時間保持した後、該アルカリガラスと該接着面とのあいだに20μLの蒸留水を供給し、該蒸留水を該アルカリガラスと該接着面との界面の一端に進入させた後、温度23℃、剥離角度180度および速度300mm/分の条件で測定される水剥離力[N/20mm]である。常態水剥離力FW0は、より具体的には、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定される。 Normal water peeling force FW0 was determined by bonding the adhesive surface of the surface protective sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and holding it in an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH for 1 hour. After that, 20 μL of distilled water was supplied between the alkali glass and the adhesion surface, and the distilled water was allowed to enter one end of the interface between the alkali glass and the adhesion surface. water peeling force [N/20 mm] measured under the conditions of a degree and a speed of 300 mm/min. The normal water peeling force FW0 is more specifically measured by the method described in Examples below.
 (常態水剥離力低下度FW0/F0)
 また、いくつかの態様において、表面保護シートは、上記常態水剥離力FW0[N/20mm]が、常態接着力F0[N/20mm]の50%以下であることが好ましい。換言すると、上記表面保護シートは、式:FW0/F0×100;で表される常態水剥離力低下度[%]が50%以下であることが好ましい。この特性を満足する表面保護シートは、被着体に対して良好に接着しつつ、剥離時には、水等の水性液体を用いた水剥離を実施することで、保護対象物から表面保護シートを容易に剥離することができる。このような表面保護シートによると、保護に必要な接着性を発揮でき、かつ、剥離時には被着体が破損しない剥離を実現することができる。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記常態水剥離力低下度は、30%以下であり、より好ましくは20%以下、さらに好ましくは10%以下であり、5%以下(例えば3%以下)であってもよい。このような常態水剥離力低下度を示す表面保護シートによると、保護時における接着信頼性と、剥離時の易剥離性とをよりよく両立するものとなり得る。上記常態水剥離力低下度の下限値は理論的には0%であり、実用上、凡そ1%以上(例えば2%以上)であってもよい。
(Decrease in normal water peel strength FW0/F0)
In some embodiments, the normal water peel strength FW0 [N/20 mm] of the surface protection sheet is preferably 50% or less of the normal adhesive strength F0 [N/20 mm]. In other words, it is preferable that the surface protective sheet has a normal-state water peel strength reduction [%] represented by the formula: FW0/F0×100; of 50% or less. A surface protective sheet that satisfies this property adheres well to the adherend, and when peeled off, it can be easily removed from the object to be protected by performing water peeling using an aqueous liquid such as water. can be peeled off. According to such a surface protection sheet, it is possible to exhibit adhesion necessary for protection, and to achieve peeling without damaging the adherend when peeled. In some preferred embodiments, the normal water peel strength reduction is 30% or less, more preferably 20% or less, still more preferably 10% or less, and 5% or less (for example, 3% or less). good too. A surface protective sheet exhibiting such a degree of reduction in normal water peeling force can achieve a better balance between adhesion reliability during protection and easy peelability during peeling. Theoretically, the lower limit of the normal water peel strength reduction is 0%, and practically, it may be about 1% or more (for example, 2% or more).
 (常態接着力F0)
 ここに開示される技術において、表面保護シートの常態接着力F0は、上記常態水剥離力FW0よりも高くなるよう設計されることが好ましい。上記常態接着力F0は、例えば0.5N/20mm以上であってもよく、典型的には1.0N/20mmよりも大きい。常態接着力F0が所定値以上である表面保護シートは、保護対象物に対して良好な接着性を発揮しやすい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、常態接着力F0は、2.0N/20mm以上であり、より好ましくは3.0N/20mm以上(例えば3.0N/20mm超)、さらに好ましくは5.0N/20mm以上(例えば5.0N/20mm超)であり、7.0N/20mm以上であってもよく、8.0N/20mm以上でもよく、9.0N/20mm以上でもよく、10.0/20mm以上でもよい。常態接着力F0が大きいほど、高い保護機能が得られやすい。ここに開示される技術によると、表面保護シートを高い接着力で保護対象物に貼り付けても、剥離時には、水剥離を利用して、保護対象物を破損または変形することなく、スムーズな表面保護シートの剥離除去が可能である。したがって、接着力を制限して剥離性を得ていた従来の表面保護シートよりも接着力(常態接着力F0)を高く設定することが可能である。このことは、より過酷な環境で用いられても、高い接着信頼性に基づき十分な保護性を確保できることを意味し、実用上有益である。常態接着力F0の上限は、要求される接着性に応じて適切に設定されるので、特定の範囲に限定されず、例えば凡そ20N/20mm以下であってもよく、凡そ15N/20mm以下でもよく、凡そ10N/20mm以下でもよく、凡そ6N/20mm以下でもよい。
(Normal state adhesive strength F0)
In the technology disclosed herein, it is preferable that the normal state adhesive strength F0 of the surface protection sheet is designed to be higher than the normal state water peeling strength FW0. The normal adhesive force F0 may be, for example, 0.5 N/20 mm or more, and is typically greater than 1.0 N/20 mm. A surface protective sheet having a normal state adhesive strength F0 of a predetermined value or more tends to exhibit good adhesiveness to an object to be protected. In some preferred embodiments, the normal adhesive force F0 is 2.0 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 3.0 N/20 mm or more (eg, greater than 3.0 N/20 mm), and even more preferably 5.0 N/20 mm or more. (for example, more than 5.0 N/20 mm), may be 7.0 N/20 mm or more, may be 8.0 N/20 mm or more, may be 9.0 N/20 mm or more, or may be 10.0/20 mm or more. . A high protective function is likely to be obtained as the normal state adhesive strength F0 increases. According to the technology disclosed herein, even if the surface protective sheet is attached to the object to be protected with a high adhesive force, when peeled off, a smooth surface can be obtained without damaging or deforming the object by using water peeling. The protective sheet can be peeled off. Therefore, it is possible to set the adhesive strength (normal state adhesive strength F0) higher than that of the conventional surface protective sheet that obtains releasability by limiting the adhesive strength. This means that sufficient protection can be ensured based on high adhesion reliability even when used in a harsher environment, which is practically useful. Since the upper limit of the normal state adhesive strength F0 is appropriately set according to the required adhesiveness, it is not limited to a specific range, and may be, for example, about 20 N/20 mm or less, or about 15 N/20 mm or less. , about 10 N/20 mm or less, or about 6 N/20 mm or less.
 常態接着力F0は、水接触角が20度以下である表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面に、表面保護シートの接着面を貼り合わせ、23℃、50%RHの環境下に1時間保持した後、温度23℃、剥離角度180度および速度300mm/分の条件で測定される剥離強度[N/20mm]である。常態接着力F0は、より具体的には、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定される。 Normal state adhesive strength F0 is measured after bonding the adhesive surface of the surface protective sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and holding it in an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH for 1 hour. , the peel strength [N/20 mm] measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peel angle of 180 degrees, and a speed of 300 mm/min. More specifically, the normal adhesive strength F0 is measured by the method described in Examples below.
 (30分温水浸漬後接着力F1)
 ここに開示される表面保護シートは、30分温水浸漬後接着力F1が0.5N/20mm以上であることが好ましい。上記特性を満足する表面保護シートは、保護対象物に貼り付けられた状態で当該保護対象物を液中で処理する態様で用いられる場合であっても、保護に必要とされる接着性を保持することができる。例えば、薬液(典型的には水溶液の形態)や温水中で用いられても、水剥離性に基づく接着力低下が発現しないか、接着力低下が抑制されており、被着体への密着状態を維持することができる。このような表面保護シートは、例えば上記液中処理において、端部からの剥がれが生じない保護性に優れたものとなり得る。いくつかの態様において、30分温水浸漬後接着力F1は、好ましくは1.0N/20mm以上、より好ましくは1.5N/20mm以上、さらに好ましくは2.0N/20mm以上であり、2.5N/20mm以上であってもよく、3.0N/20mm以上(例えば3.5N/20mm以上)でもよい。30分温水浸漬後接着力F1が大きいほど、薬液や温水等の液中処理が実施される態様で使用されても、高い保護機能を保持しやすい傾向がある。30分温水浸漬後接着力F1の上限は、要求される接着性に応じて適切に設定されるので、特定の範囲に限定されず、例えば凡そ15N/20mm以下であってもよく、凡そ10N/20mm以下でもよく、凡そ5N/20mm以下でもよい。
(Adhesive strength F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes)
The surface protection sheet disclosed herein preferably has an adhesive strength F1 of 0.5 N/20 mm or more after being immersed in hot water for 30 minutes. A surface protection sheet that satisfies the above properties maintains the adhesiveness required for protection even when used in a mode in which an object to be protected is treated in a liquid while attached to the object to be protected. can do. For example, even if it is used in a chemical solution (typically in the form of an aqueous solution) or in hot water, it does not exhibit a decrease in adhesive strength based on water removability, or the decrease in adhesive strength is suppressed, and the state of adhesion to the adherend can be maintained. Such a surface protective sheet can have excellent protective properties such that it does not peel off from the edges during the submerged treatment, for example. In some aspects, the adhesive strength F1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes is preferably 1.0 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 1.5 N/20 mm or more, and still more preferably 2.0 N/20 mm or more, and 2.5 N /20 mm or more, or 3.0 N/20 mm or more (for example, 3.5 N/20 mm or more). The greater the adhesive strength F1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes, the easier it is to maintain a high protective function even when used in a mode in which treatment in a liquid such as a chemical solution or hot water is performed. The upper limit of the adhesive strength F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is appropriately set according to the required adhesiveness, so it is not limited to a specific range. It may be 20 mm or less, or approximately 5 N/20 mm or less.
 30分温水浸漬後接着力F1は、水接触角が20度以下である表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面に、表面保護シートの接着面を貼り合わせ、60℃±2℃の温水に30分浸漬し、次いで該温水から引き上げて付着水を拭き取った後、温度23℃、剥離角度180度および速度300mm/分の条件で測定される剥離強度[N/20mm]である。30分温水浸漬後接着力F1は、より具体的には、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定される。 Adhesive strength F1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes is measured by bonding the adhesive surface of the surface protection sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and immersing in hot water at 60°C ± 2°C for 30 minutes. Next, the peel strength [N/20 mm] is measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peel angle of 180 degrees, and a speed of 300 mm/min after pulling up from the warm water and wiping off adhering water. More specifically, the adhesive strength F1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes is measured by the method described in Examples below.
 (30分温水浸漬後の水剥離力低下度FW1/F1)
 いくつかの態様において、表面保護シートは、30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1[N/20mm]が、上記30分温水浸漬後接着力F1[N/20mm]の50%以下であることが好ましい。換言すると、上記表面保護シートは、式:FW1/F1×100;で表される30分温水浸漬後の水剥離力低下度[%]が50%以下であることが好ましい。このように30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1が30分温水浸漬後接着力F1の50%以下まで低下する表面保護シートは、保護対象物に貼り付けられた状態では、例えば薬液(典型的には水溶液の形態)や温水中で用いられた後においても、上記のように所定値以上の30分温水浸漬後接着力を有しつつ、剥離時には、保護対象物が破損または変形しない剥離(水剥離)を実現することができる。上記特性を満足する表面保護シートによると、保護に必要な接着性を有することができ、かつ、保護対象物が薄ガラス等の薄厚脆性材の場合であっても、剥離時には被着体が破損しない剥離を好ましく実現することができる。いくつかの態様において、上記30分温水浸漬後の水剥離力低下度は、好ましくは30%以下、より好ましくは20%以下、さらに好ましくは10%以下、特に好ましくは5%以下(例えば3%以下)である。このような30分温水浸漬後の水剥離力低下度を示す表面保護シートによると、保護時における接着信頼性と、剥離時の易剥離性とをよりよく両立するものとなり得る。上記30分温水浸漬後の水剥離力低下度の下限値は理論的には0%であり、実用上、凡そ1%以上(例えば2%以上)であってもよい。
(Decrease in water peel strength after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes FW1/F1)
In some embodiments, the surface protective sheet preferably has a water peel strength FW1 [N/20 mm] after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes, which is 50% or less of the adhesive strength F1 [N/20 mm] after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes. . In other words, it is preferable that the surface protective sheet has a water peeling force decrease [%] after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes, represented by the formula: FW1/F1×100, of 50% or less. In this way, the surface protective sheet whose water peeling force FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is reduced to 50% or less of the adhesive force F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is applied to an object to be protected, for example, a chemical solution (typically is in the form of an aqueous solution) or after being used in hot water, it has an adhesive strength after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes or more above the predetermined value as described above, and the protected object is not damaged or deformed during peeling (water exfoliation) can be achieved. According to the surface protection sheet that satisfies the above characteristics, it is possible to have the adhesiveness necessary for protection, and even if the object to be protected is a thin and brittle material such as thin glass, the adherend will be damaged when peeled off. Peeling that does not occur can be preferably realized. In some embodiments, the degree of water peel strength reduction after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes is preferably 30% or less, more preferably 20% or less, even more preferably 10% or less, and particularly preferably 5% or less (e.g., 3% below). According to such a surface protective sheet that exhibits a decrease in water peeling force after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes, it is possible to achieve a better balance between adhesion reliability during protection and easy peelability during peeling. The lower limit of the degree of decrease in water peeling force after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is theoretically 0%, and practically may be about 1% or more (for example, 2% or more).
 (30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1)
 ここに開示される技術において、表面保護シートの30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1は、上記30分温水浸漬後剥離力F1よりも低くなるよう設計されることが好ましい。上記30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1は、例えば1.0N/20mm以下であり、1.0N/20mm未満であってもよく、0.9N/20mm以下または0.8N/20mm以下が適当であり、0.6N/20mm以下であってもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1は、0.5N/20mm未満であり、より好ましくは0.4N/20mm未満、さらに好ましくは凡そ0.3N/20mm以下であり、0.2N/20mm以下であってもよく、0.15N/20mm以下でもよく、0.10N/20mm以下でもよい。上記30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1を示す表面保護シートは、薬液や温水等の液中処理に用いられた後でも、良好な水剥離性を発揮し得る。上記30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1の下限値は、所望の水剥離性を発揮するよう適切に設定され、特定の範囲に限定されない。30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1の下限値は、0.0N/20mmであってもよく、0.01N/20mm以上(例えば0.05N/20mm以上)でもよい。
(Water peeling force FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes)
In the technology disclosed herein, it is preferable that the surface protective sheet is designed so that the peel strength FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is lower than the peel strength F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes. The water peeling force FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes is, for example, 1.0 N/20 mm or less, may be less than 1.0 N/20 mm, and is suitably 0.9 N/20 mm or less or 0.8 N/20 mm or less. Yes, and may be 0.6 N/20 mm or less. In some preferred embodiments, the water peel strength FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes is less than 0.5 N/20 mm, more preferably less than 0.4 N/20 mm, still more preferably about 0.3 N/20 mm or less. , 0.2 N/20 mm or less, 0.15 N/20 mm or less, or 0.10 N/20 mm or less. The surface protective sheet exhibiting the water peeling force FW1 after being immersed in hot water for 30 minutes can exhibit good water peeling properties even after being used for treatment in a liquid such as a chemical solution or hot water. The lower limit of the water peeling force FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is appropriately set so as to exhibit the desired water peeling property, and is not limited to a specific range. The lower limit of the water peeling force FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes may be 0.0 N/20 mm, or 0.01 N/20 mm or more (for example, 0.05 N/20 mm or more).
 30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1は、水接触角が20度以下である表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面に、表面保護シートの接着面を貼り合わせ、60℃±2℃の温水に30分浸漬し、次いで該温水から引き上げて付着水を拭き取った後、該アルカリガラスと該接着面とのあいだに20μLの蒸留水を供給し、該蒸留水を該アルカリガラスと該接着面との界面の一端に進入させた後、温度23℃、剥離角度180度および速度300mm/分の条件で測定される水剥離力[N/20mm]である。30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1は、より具体的には、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定される。 After immersion in hot water for 30 minutes, the water peeling force FW1 was measured by attaching the adhesive surface of the surface protection sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and soaking in hot water at 60 ° C. ± 2 ° C. for 30 minutes. After immersing and wiping off adhering water from the hot water, 20 μL of distilled water is supplied between the alkali glass and the adhesion surface, and the distilled water is applied to the interface between the alkali glass and the adhesion surface. It is the water peel force [N/20 mm] measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peel angle of 180 degrees, and a speed of 300 mm/min after entering one end. More specifically, the water peeling force FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes is measured by the method described in Examples below.
 また、いくつかの態様において、表面保護シートは、上記30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1が、常態水剥離力FW0と同じか、あるいは該常態水剥離力FW0よりも小さいことが好ましい。このように構成された表面保護シートは、30分温水浸漬後でもエージングによる水剥離力上昇が生じない。そのため、保護期間中、例えば薬液処理等の液中処理等において、常温よりも高い温度(例えば約40℃以上)に曝されることがあっても、表面保護シートは、被着体に対する接着力が上昇しないか、あるいは接着力上昇が抑制されており、表面保護シートの剥離時に、所期の水剥離性に基づき、被着体が破損しない剥離を実現しやすい。30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1は、常態水剥離力FW0の70%以下であってもよく、50%以下でもよく、30%以下でもよく、10%以下でもよい。30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1は、特に限定されるものではないが、常態水剥離力FW0の0%以上であり、1%以上(例えば3%以上)であってもよい。 In some aspects, the surface protective sheet preferably has a water peeling force FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes, which is equal to or smaller than the normal water peeling force FW0. The surface protective sheet thus constructed does not show an increase in water peeling force due to aging even after being immersed in warm water for 30 minutes. Therefore, even if the surface protection sheet is exposed to temperatures higher than room temperature (e.g., about 40° C. or higher) during the protection period, for example, during submerged treatment such as chemical treatment, the surface protection sheet maintains its adhesive strength to the adherend. does not increase, or the increase in adhesive strength is suppressed, and when the surface protective sheet is peeled off, it is easy to achieve peeling without damaging the adherend due to the expected water peelability. The water peel strength FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes may be 70% or less, 50% or less, 30% or less, or 10% or less of the normal water peel strength FW0. The water peeling force FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes is not particularly limited, but may be 0% or more of the normal water peeling force FW0, or 1% or more (for example, 3% or more).
 (水中きっかけ剥離力)
 また、ここに開示される表面保護シートは、室温(23~25℃)環境下、水中にて剥離角度20度、引張速度1000mm/分の条件で測定される水中きっかけ剥離力が0.2N/10mm以上であることが好ましい。この特性を満足する表面保護シートは、端部剥がれ防止性に優れる傾向がある。搬送等のプロセスにおいて、表面保護シートの端部剥がれの原因となり得る振動等の外力は、保護対象物に対して比較的浅い角度でかかる高速の剥離負荷と考えられる。剥離角度20度、剥離速度1000mm/分の条件で実施される上記水中きっかけ剥離力が0.2N/10mm以上を示す表面保護シートは、上記剥離負荷に対する応力が所定値以上であるので、上記表面保護シートを保護対象物に貼り付けた状態で当該保護対象物を薬液や水等の液中で処理するプロセスにおいて、振動等の外力が加えられた場合であっても、当該外力に対して優れた端部剥がれ防止性を発揮することができる。上記水中きっかけ剥離力は、端部剥がれ防止性向上の観点から、より好ましくは0.3N/10mm以上、さらに好ましくは0.5N/10mm以上、特に好ましくは0.6N/10mm以上(例えば0.7N/10mm以上)である。上記水中きっかけ剥離力の上限値は特に限定されず、例えば3N/10mm以下であり、2N/10mm以下(例えば1N/10mm以下)であってもよい。上記水中きっかけ剥離力は、主として表面保護シートの25℃曲げ剛性値を所定の範囲に設定することにより、好ましく実現することができる。上記水中きっかけ剥離力は、より具体的には、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定される。
(Underwater triggered peel force)
In addition, the surface protective sheet disclosed herein has a trigger peel force in water of 0.2 N/m measured under conditions of a peel angle of 20 degrees and a tensile speed of 1000 mm/min in water at room temperature (23 to 25°C). It is preferably 10 mm or more. A surface protection sheet satisfying this property tends to be excellent in the edge peeling prevention property. In processes such as transportation, external forces such as vibrations that can cause edge peeling of the surface protective sheet are considered to be high-speed peeling loads applied at a relatively shallow angle to the object to be protected. The surface protective sheet exhibiting a peel force of 0.2 N/10 mm or more under the conditions of a peel angle of 20 degrees and a peel speed of 1000 mm/min. Even if an external force such as vibration is applied in the process of treating the protected object in a liquid such as a chemical solution or water while the protective sheet is attached to the protected object, it can withstand the external force. It is possible to exhibit the end peeling prevention property. From the viewpoint of improving the edge peeling prevention property, the above-mentioned peel force triggered in water is more preferably 0.3 N/10 mm or more, still more preferably 0.5 N/10 mm or more, and particularly preferably 0.6 N/10 mm or more (for example, 0.6 N/10 mm or more). 7 N/10 mm or more). The upper limit of the trigger peel force in water is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 3 N/10 mm or less, and may be 2 N/10 mm or less (eg, 1 N/10 mm or less). The underwater triggered peel force can be preferably realized mainly by setting the 25° C. bending rigidity value of the surface protective sheet within a predetermined range. More specifically, the trigger peel force in water is measured by the method described in Examples below.
 (きっかけ剥離力)
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、表面保護シートは、水接触角が20度以下である表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面に表面保護シートの接着面を貼り合わせ、23℃、50%RHの環境下に24時間保持した後、該アルカリガラスと該接着面とのあいだに20μLの蒸留水を滴下し、温度23℃、剥離角度20度および速度1000mm/分の条件で測定されるきっかけ剥離力が0.5N/10mm以上である。上記特性を満足する表面保護シートは、搬送工程での振動や、物理的処理工程における物理的負荷など、表面保護シートの厚さ方向に作用して表面保護シートの端部剥がれの原因となり得る外力(物理的負荷、剥離負荷ともいう。)がかけられた場合であっても、端部からの剥がれが生じにくい。かかる端部剥がれ防止性は、水が存在するか否かにかかわらず、上記物理的負荷に対して発揮され得る。上記きっかけ剥離力は、端部剥がれ防止性向上の観点から、より好ましくは0.6N/10mm以上、さらに好ましくは0.7N/10mm以上、特に好ましくは0.8N/10mm以上(例えば0.9N/10mm以上)である。上記きっかけ剥離力の上限値は特に限定されず、例えば3N/10mm以下であり、2N/10mm以下(例えば1N/10mm以下)であってもよい。上記きっかけ剥離力は、粘着剤組成(粘着付与剤の使用や粘着付与剤種の選択、水親和剤の種類や使用量等)に基づき、実現することができる。また、表面保護シートの機械的特性(例えば25℃曲げ剛性値)を所定の範囲に設定することによっても調整され得る。上記きっかけ剥離力は、より具体的には、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定される。
(Trigger release force)
In some preferred embodiments, the surface protective sheet is formed by attaching an adhesive surface of the surface protective sheet to an alkali glass surface having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and exposing the surface protective sheet to an environment of 23°C and 50% RH. After holding for 24 hours, 20 μL of distilled water was dropped between the alkali glass and the adhesive surface, and the trigger peel force measured under the conditions of 23° C., 20 degree peel angle and 1000 mm/min speed was 0.00. It is 5 N/10 mm or more. A surface protective sheet that satisfies the above characteristics is subject to external forces acting in the thickness direction of the surface protective sheet, such as vibration during transportation and physical loads during physical processing, which can cause peeling of the edge of the surface protective sheet. Even when a physical load (also referred to as a peeling load) is applied, peeling from the edges is unlikely to occur. Such edge delamination resistance can be exerted against the physical loads described above regardless of the presence or absence of water. From the viewpoint of improving the edge peeling prevention property, the trigger peel force is more preferably 0.6 N/10 mm or more, still more preferably 0.7 N/10 mm or more, and particularly preferably 0.8 N/10 mm or more (for example, 0.9 N /10 mm or more). The upper limit of the trigger peel force is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 3 N/10 mm or less, and may be 2 N/10 mm or less (eg, 1 N/10 mm or less). The trigger release force can be achieved based on the adhesive composition (use of tackifier, selection of tackifier species, type and amount of hydrophilic agent, etc.). It can also be adjusted by setting the mechanical properties (for example, 25° C. bending rigidity value) of the surface protective sheet within a predetermined range. More specifically, the trigger peel strength is measured by the method described in Examples below.
 (透湿度)
 いくつかの態様において、表面保護シートは、カップ法で測定される透湿度が24g/(m・day)以下であることが好ましい。このように制限された透湿度を有する構成とすることで、表面保護シートは、被着体に貼り付けられた状態で液中に投入されるなど水性液体と接触することがあったとしても、被着体との接着界面に水性液体が滲入しにくく、水剥離性に基づく接着力低下が発現しないか、あるいは接着力低下が抑制される。その結果、被着体に対する接着力が維持され、表面保護シートは、被着体との密着状態を維持することができる。このような表面保護シートは、例えば薬液処理等の液中処理において、端部からの剥がれが生じないものとなり得る。いくつかの好ましい態様において、表面保護シートの上記透湿度は、凡そ20g/(m・day)以下であり、より好ましくは凡そ16g/(m・day)以下、さらに好ましくは凡そ12g/(m・day)以下、特に好ましくは凡そ8g/(m・day)以下であり、凡そ5g/(m・day)以下であってもよく、例えば凡そ3g/(m・day)以下でもよい。また、表面保護シートが温水等の熱に曝された場合、上記透湿度が過度に低いと、当該加熱によるエージングのため水剥離性が効果的に発現しなくなるおそれがある。そのような観点から、いくつかの態様において、表面保護シートの透湿度は、1g/(m・day)以上であることが適当であり、好ましくは凡そ3g/(m・day)以上であり、より好ましくは5g/(m・day)超であり、例えば6g/(m・day)超であってもよい。
(moisture permeability)
In some embodiments, the surface protective sheet preferably has a moisture permeability of 24 g/(m 2 ·day) or less as measured by the cup method. With such a structure having a limited moisture permeability, even if the surface protection sheet comes into contact with an aqueous liquid, such as being put into a liquid while attached to an adherend, Aqueous liquid hardly permeates into the adhesion interface with the adherend, and the decrease in adhesive strength due to water releasability does not occur, or the decrease in adhesive strength is suppressed. As a result, the adhesive force to the adherend is maintained, and the surface protective sheet can maintain the state of close contact with the adherend. Such a surface protective sheet can be one that does not peel off from the edges during, for example, submerged treatment such as chemical treatment. In some preferred embodiments, the moisture permeability of the surface protective sheet is about 20 g/(m 2 ·day) or less, more preferably about 16 g/(m 2 ·day) or less, still more preferably about 12 g/( m 2 ·day) or less, particularly preferably approximately 8 g/(m 2 ·day) or less, may be approximately 5 g/(m 2 ·day) or less, for example approximately 3 g/(m 2 ·day) or less It's okay. Further, when the surface protective sheet is exposed to heat such as warm water, if the moisture permeability is excessively low, the water releasability may not be effectively exhibited due to aging due to the heating. From such a viewpoint, in some embodiments, the moisture permeability of the surface protection sheet is suitably 1 g/(m 2 ·day) or more, preferably about 3 g/(m 2 ·day) or more. Yes, more preferably greater than 5 g/(m 2 ·day), for example greater than 6 g/(m 2 ·day).
 より具体的には、表面保護シートの上記透湿度は、例えば、23g/(m・day)以上または以下、22g/(m・day)以上または以下、21g/(m・day)以上または以下、20g/(m・day)以上または以下、19g/(m・day)以上または以下、18g/(m・day)以上または以下、17g/(m・day)以上または以下、16g/(m・day)以上または以下、15g/(m・day)以上または以下、14g/(m・day)以上または以下、13g/(m・day)以上または以下、12g/(m・day)以上または以下、11g/(m・day)以上または以下、10g/(m・day)以上または以下、9g/(m・day)以上または以下、8g/(m・day)以上または以下、7g/(m・day)以上または以下、6g/(m・day)以上または以下、5g/(m・day)以上または以下、4g/(m・day)以上または以下、3g/(m・day)以上または以下、2g/(m・day)以上または以下、あるいは1g/(m・day)以上または以下であってもよい。 More specifically, the moisture permeability of the surface protective sheet is, for example, 23 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, 22 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, or 21 g/(m 2 ·day) or more. or less, 20 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, 19 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, 18 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, 17 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less , 16 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, 15 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, 14 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, 13 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, 12 g / (m 2 · day) or more or less, 11 g / (m 2 · day) or more or less, 10 g / (m 2 · day) or more or less, 9 g / (m 2 · day) or more or less, 8 g / ( m 2 · day) or more or less, 7 g/(m 2 · day) or more or less, 6 g/(m 2 · day) or more or less, 5 g/(m 2 · day) or more or less, 4 g/(m 2 day) or more or less, 3 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, 2 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, or 1 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less.
 表面保護シートの上記透湿度は、適当な非透湿性や低透湿性の材料(典型的には基材)を選択し用いることによって得ることができる。表面保護シートの透湿度は、より具体的には、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定される。 The above moisture permeability of the surface protective sheet can be obtained by selecting and using an appropriate non-moisture permeable or low moisture permeable material (typically the base material). More specifically, the moisture permeability of the surface protection sheet is measured by the method described in Examples below.
 <粘着剤層>
 ここに開示される表面保護シートは、典型的には粘着剤層を備える。上記粘着剤層は、例えば、アクリル系粘着剤、ゴム系粘着剤(天然ゴム系、合成ゴム系、これらの混合系等)、シリコーン系粘着剤、ポリエステル系粘着剤、ウレタン系粘着剤、ポリエーテル系粘着剤、ポリアミド系粘着剤、フッ素系粘着剤等の各種粘着剤から選択される1種または2種以上の粘着剤を含んで構成された粘着剤層であり得る。ここで、アクリル系粘着剤とは、アクリル系重合物を主成分とする粘着剤をいう。ゴム系粘着剤その他の粘着剤についても同様の意味である。
<Adhesive layer>
The surface protection sheet disclosed here typically has an adhesive layer. The adhesive layer includes, for example, acrylic adhesives, rubber adhesives (natural rubber, synthetic rubber, mixtures thereof, etc.), silicone adhesives, polyester adhesives, urethane adhesives, polyether It may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing one or more pressure-sensitive adhesives selected from various pressure-sensitive adhesives such as poly-based pressure-sensitive adhesives, polyamide-based pressure-sensitive adhesives, fluorine-based pressure-sensitive adhesives, and the like. Here, the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive refers to a pressure-sensitive adhesive containing an acrylic polymer as a main component. The same applies to rubber adhesives and other adhesives.
 なお、本明細書において「アクリル系重合物」とは、アクリル系モノマーを50重量%より多く含むモノマー成分に由来する重合物をいう。上記アクリル系モノマーとは、1分子中に少なくとも1つの(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するモノマーのことをいう。また、この明細書において「(メタ)アクリロイル」とは、アクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルを包括的に指す意味である。同様に、「(メタ)アクリレート」とはアクリレートおよびメタクリレートを、「(メタ)アクリル」とはアクリルおよびメタクリルを、それぞれ包括的に指す意味である。上記アクリル系重合物は、アクリル系ポリマーであり得る。上記アクリル系重合物は、例えば、水分散型や溶剤型の粘着剤において、ベースポリマー(主構成ポリマー)として含有されるアクリル系ポリマーであり得る。この場合、本明細書における「アクリル系重合物を構成するモノマー成分」は、「アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分」に言い換えることができる。また、本明細書において、「重合物を構成するモノマー成分」や「アクリル系重合物を構成するモノマー成分」との相対量で表わされる添加成分の含有量は、「アクリル系ポリマー」との相対量と言い換えることができるものとする。 As used herein, the term "acrylic polymer" refers to a polymer derived from a monomer component containing more than 50% by weight of an acrylic monomer. The acrylic monomer refers to a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule. Moreover, in this specification, "(meth)acryloyl" is meant to comprehensively refer to acryloyl and methacryloyl. Similarly, "(meth)acrylate" is a generic term for acrylate and methacrylate, and "(meth)acrylic" is generic for acrylic and methacrylic. The acrylic polymer may be an acrylic polymer. The acrylic polymer may be, for example, an acrylic polymer contained as a base polymer (main constituent polymer) in water-dispersed or solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesives. In this case, the "monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer" in this specification can be rephrased as "the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer". In addition, in the present specification, the content of the additive component represented by the relative amount with the "monomer component constituting the polymer" or the "monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer" is relative to the "acrylic polymer". It can be rephrased as quantity.
 (アクリル系粘着剤)
 耐候性等の観点から、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の構成材料としてアクリル系粘着剤を好ましく採用し得る。
(Acrylic adhesive)
From the viewpoint of weather resistance and the like, in some embodiments, an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive can be preferably used as a constituent material of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
 アクリル系粘着剤としては、例えば、エステル末端に炭素原子数1以上20以下の直鎖または分岐鎖状のアルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルを35重量%より多く含むモノマー成分から構成されたアクリル系重合物を含むものが好ましい。以下、炭素原子数がX以上Y以下のアルキル基をエステル末端に有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルを「(メタ)アクリル酸CX-Yアルキルエステル」と表記することがある。上記鎖状(直鎖状、分岐鎖状を包含する意味で用いられる。)アルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 As the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive, for example, it is composed of a monomer component containing more than 35% by weight of a (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms at the ester end. Those containing an acrylic polymer are preferable. Hereinafter, a (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group having X or more and Y or less carbon atoms at the ester end may be referred to as "(meth)acrylic acid CXY alkyl ester". The (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having a chain (linear or branched) alkyl group may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 いくつかの態様において、特性のバランスをとりやすいことから、モノマー成分全体のうち(メタ)アクリル酸C1-20アルキルエステルの割合は、例えば40重量%以上であってよく、45重量%以上でもよく、50重量%以上(例えば55重量%以上)でもよい。同様の理由から、モノマー成分のうち(メタ)アクリル酸C1-20アルキルエステルの割合は、例えば90重量%以下であってよく、70重量%以下でもよく、65重量%以下(例えば55重量%以下)でもよい。他のいくつかの態様において、特性のバランスをとりやすいことから、モノマー成分全体のうち(メタ)アクリル酸C1-20アルキルエステルの割合は、例えば70重量%以上であってよく、80重量%以上でもよく、90重量%以上でもよい。同様の理由から、モノマー成分のうち(メタ)アクリル酸C1-20アルキルエステルの割合は、例えば99.9重量%以下であってよく、99.5重量%以下でもよく、99重量%以下でもよい。 In some embodiments, the proportion of the (meth)acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester in the total monomer components may be, for example, 40% by weight or more, or even 45% by weight or more, because it facilitates balancing properties. It may be 50% by weight or more (for example, 55% by weight or more). For the same reason, the proportion of the (meth)acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester in the monomer component may be, for example, 90% by weight or less, may be 70% by weight or less, or may be 65% by weight or less (for example, 55% by weight). below). In some other embodiments, the proportion of the (meth)acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester in the total monomer components may be, for example, 70% by weight or more, and 80% by weight, because it facilitates balancing properties. or more, or 90% by weight or more. For the same reason, the proportion of the (meth)acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester in the monomer component may be, for example, 99.9% by weight or less, 99.5% by weight or less, or 99% by weight or less. good.
 (メタ)アクリル酸C1-20アルキルエステルの非限定的な具体例としては、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸s-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸t-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸トリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキサデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ステアリル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソステアリル、(メタ)アクリル酸ノナデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸エイコシル等が挙げられる。 Specific non-limiting examples of (meth)acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl esters include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, ( meth) n-butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, s-butyl (meth) acrylate, t-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, isopentyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) hexyl acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, nonyl (meth)acrylate, isononyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate ) Decyl acrylate, isodecyl (meth) acrylate, undecyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate, tridecyl (meth) acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate, pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) hexadecyl acrylate, heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, isostearyl (meth)acrylate, nonadecyl (meth)acrylate, eicosyl (meth)acrylate and the like.
 これらのうち、少なくとも(メタ)アクリル酸C4-20アルキルエステルを用いることが好ましく、少なくとも(メタ)アクリル酸C4-18アルキルエステルを用いることがより好ましい。例えば、上記モノマー成分としてアクリル酸n-ブチル(BA)およびアクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル(2EHA)の一方または両方を含むアクリル系粘着剤が好ましく、少なくともBAを含むアクリル系粘着剤が特に好ましい。好ましく用いられ得る(メタ)アクリル酸C4-20アルキルエステルの他の例としては、アクリル酸イソノニル、メタクリル酸n-ブチル(BMA)、メタクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル(2EHMA)、アクリル酸イソステアリル(iSTA)等が挙げられる。 Among these, it is preferable to use at least (meth)acrylic acid C 4-20 alkyl ester, and it is more preferable to use at least (meth)acrylic acid C 4-18 alkyl ester. For example, an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive containing one or both of n-butyl acrylate (BA) and 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) as the monomer component is preferred, and an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive containing at least BA is particularly preferred. Other examples of (meth)acrylic acid C 4-20 alkyl esters that can be preferably used include isononyl acrylate, n-butyl methacrylate (BMA), 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (2EHMA), isostearyl acrylate (iSTA ) and the like.
 いくつかの態様において、アクリル系重合物を構成するモノマー成分は、(メタ)アクリル酸C4-18アルキルエステルを40重量%以上の割合で含み得る。このようにエステル末端に炭素原子数4以上のアルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルを比較的多く含むモノマー成分によると、親油性の高いアクリル系重合物が形成される傾向にある。親油性の高いアクリル系重合物によると、温水等の水に浸漬されても接着力が低下しにくい粘着剤層が形成されやすい。モノマー成分に占める(メタ)アクリル酸C4-18アルキルエステルの割合は、例えば60重量%以上であってよく、70重量%以上でもよく、75重量%以上でもよく、80重量%以上でもよい。上述したいずれかの下限値以上の割合で(メタ)アクリル酸C6-18アルキルエステルを含むモノマー成分であってもよい。
 また、粘着剤層の凝集性を高めて凝集破壊を防止する観点から、モノマー成分に占める(メタ)アクリル酸C4-18アルキルエステルの割合は、99.5重量%以下とすることが適当であり、99重量%以下でもよく、98重量%以下でもよく、97重量%以下でもよい。粘着剤層の凝集性向上の観点から、いくつかの態様では、上記モノマー成分に占める(メタ)アクリル酸C4-18アルキルエステルの割合は95重量%以下であり、例えば90重量%以下が適当である。他のいくつかの態様では、モノマー成分に占める(メタ)アクリル酸C4-18アルキルエステルの割合は、85重量%以下でもよく、75重量%以下でもよい。上述したいずれかの上限値以下の割合で(メタ)アクリル酸C6-18アルキルエステルを含むモノマー成分であってもよい。
In some aspects, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may contain the (meth)acrylic acid C 4-18 alkyl ester in a proportion of 40% by weight or more. Thus, a monomer component containing a relatively large amount of (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having an alkyl group of 4 or more carbon atoms at the ester end tends to form a highly lipophilic acrylic polymer. A highly lipophilic acrylic polymer tends to form a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer whose adhesive strength does not easily decrease even when immersed in water such as warm water. The proportion of the (meth)acrylic acid C 4-18 alkyl ester in the monomer component may be, for example, 60% by weight or more, 70% by weight or more, 75% by weight or more, or 80% by weight or more. A monomer component containing a (meth)acrylic acid C 6-18 alkyl ester in a ratio equal to or higher than any of the above lower limits may be used.
In addition, from the viewpoint of increasing the cohesiveness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and preventing cohesive failure, the proportion of the (meth)acrylic acid C4-18 alkyl ester in the monomer component is preferably 99.5% by weight or less. Yes, it may be 99% by weight or less, 98% by weight or less, or 97% by weight or less. From the viewpoint of improving the cohesiveness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, in some embodiments, the proportion of the (meth)acrylic acid C4-18 alkyl ester in the monomer component is 95% by weight or less, for example, 90% by weight or less is suitable. is. In some other embodiments, the proportion of the (meth)acrylic acid C 4-18 alkyl ester in the monomer component may be 85% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less. It may be a monomer component containing a (meth)acrylic acid C 6-18 alkyl ester in a proportion not higher than any of the above upper limits.
 いくつかの態様において、上記鎖状アルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに占める(メタ)アクリル酸C1-4アルキルエステル(好適にはBA)の割合が50重量%を超えるモノマー成分から形成されたアクリル系重合物が好ましく用いられる。かかるアクリル系重合物によると、表面保護用途に好適な接着力および凝集力を有する粘着剤が得られやすい。(メタ)アクリル酸C1-4アルキルエステルは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いられ得る。上記鎖状アルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルにおける(メタ)アクリル酸C1-4アルキルエステルの割合は、好ましくは70重量%以上であり、より好ましくは85重量%以上であり、例えば90重量%以上であってもよい。上記鎖状アルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに占める(メタ)アクリル酸C1-4アルキルエステルの割合の上限は100重量%であり、99重量%以下であってもよく、例えば97重量%未満でもよい。 In some embodiments, monomer components in which the proportion of (meth)acrylic acid C 1-4 alkyl ester (preferably BA) in the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having a chain alkyl group exceeds 50% by weight A formed acrylic polymer is preferably used. According to such an acrylic polymer, it is easy to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive having adhesive strength and cohesive strength suitable for surface protection applications. (Meth)acrylic acid C 1-4 alkyl esters may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The ratio of the (meth)acrylic acid C 1-4 alkyl ester in the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having a chain alkyl group is preferably 70% by weight or more, more preferably 85% by weight or more, for example It may be 90% by weight or more. The upper limit of the ratio of the (meth)acrylic acid C 1-4 alkyl ester to the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having a chain alkyl group is 100% by weight, and may be 99% by weight or less. It may be less than weight percent.
 いくつかの態様では、上記鎖状アルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに占める(メタ)アクリル酸C2-4アルキルエステルの割合は、50重量%超(例えば70重量%以上、または85重量%以上、または90重量%以上)である。(メタ)アクリル酸C2-4アルキルエステルの具体例として、エチルアクリレート、プロピルアクリレート、イソプロピルアクリレート、BA、イソブチルアクリレート、s-ブチルアクリレートおよびt-ブチルアクリレートが挙げられる。(メタ)アクリル酸C2-4アルキルエステルは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いられ得る。このようなモノマー組成のアクリル系重合物を用いると、被着体に対する密着性のよい表面保護シートが実現されやすい。なかでも好ましい態様として、上記鎖状アルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに占めるBAの割合が50重量%よりも多く(例えば70重量%以上、または85重量%以上、または90重量%以上)である態様が挙げられる。上記鎖状アルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに占める(メタ)アクリル酸C2-4アルキルエステルの割合は100重量%であり、99重量%以下であってもよく、例えば97重量%未満でもよい。 In some embodiments, the proportion of the (meth)acrylic acid C 2-4 alkyl ester in the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having a chain alkyl group is more than 50% by weight (for example, 70% by weight or more, or 85% by weight or more). % or more, or 90% or more by weight). Specific examples of (meth)acrylic acid C 2-4 alkyl esters include ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, BA, isobutyl acrylate, s-butyl acrylate and t-butyl acrylate. (Meth)acrylic acid C 2-4 alkyl esters may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When an acrylic polymer having such a monomer composition is used, a surface protection sheet having good adhesion to an adherend can be easily realized. Among them, as a preferred embodiment, the proportion of BA in the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having a chain alkyl group is more than 50% by weight (for example, 70% by weight or more, or 85% by weight or more, or 90% by weight or more ). The ratio of the (meth)acrylic acid C 2-4 alkyl ester to the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having a chain alkyl group is 100% by weight, and may be 99% by weight or less, for example 97% by weight. may be less than
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記鎖状アルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに占める(メタ)アクリル酸C7-12アルキルエステルの割合が50重量%を超えるモノマー成分から形成されたアクリル系重合物が好ましく用いられる。かかるアクリル系重合物によると、被着体に対する密着性のよい表面保護シートが実現されやすい。上記(メタ)アクリル酸C7-12アルキルエステルとしては、(メタ)アクリル酸C8-9アルキルエステルが好ましく、アクリル酸C8-9アルキルエステルがより好ましく、2EHAが特に好ましい。(メタ)アクリル酸C7-12アルキルエステルは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いられ得る。上記鎖状アルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルにおける(メタ)アクリル酸C7-12アルキルエステル(好適には2EHA)の割合は、好ましくは70重量%以上であり、より好ましくは85重量%以上であり、例えば90重量%以上であってもよく、95重量%以上でもよい。上記鎖状アルキル基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに占める(メタ)アクリル酸C7-12アルキルエステルの割合の上限は100重量%であり、99重量%以下であってもよく、例えば97重量%未満でもよい。 In some preferred embodiments, acrylic acid formed from a monomer component in which the ratio of (meth)acrylic acid C 7-12 alkyl ester to the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having a chain alkyl group exceeds 50% by weight A polymer is preferably used. According to such an acrylic polymer, it is easy to realize a surface protective sheet having good adhesion to an adherend. The (meth)acrylic acid C 7-12 alkyl ester is preferably a (meth)acrylic acid C 8-9 alkyl ester, more preferably an acrylic acid C 8-9 alkyl ester, and particularly preferably 2EHA. The (meth)acrylic acid C 7-12 alkyl esters may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The proportion of the (meth)acrylic acid C 7-12 alkyl ester (preferably 2EHA) in the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having a chain alkyl group is preferably 70% by weight or more, more preferably 85% by weight. % or more, for example, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. The upper limit of the ratio of the (meth)acrylic acid C 7-12 alkyl ester in the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester having the chain alkyl group is 100% by weight, and may be 99% by weight or less. It may be less than weight percent.
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記モノマー成分は、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとして1種または2種以上のメタクリル酸アルキルエステルを含む。メタクリル酸アルキルエステルを用いることにより、表面保護用途に適したアクリル系重合物を好ましく設計することができる。上記メタクリル酸アルキルエステルとしては、メタクリル酸C1-10アルキルエステルが好ましく、メタクリル酸C1-4(さらに好ましくはC2-4)アルキルエステルがより好ましい。上記メタクリル酸アルキルエステルは、好ましくはアクリル酸アルキルエステルと併用され得る。メタクリル酸アルキルエステルとアクリル酸アルキルエステルとを併用する場合、1種または2種以上のメタクリル酸アルキルエステル(例えばメタクリル酸C2-4アルキルエステル)の重量CAMと、1種または2種以上のアクリル酸アルキルエステルの重量CAAとの比(CAM:CAA)は特に限定されず、いくつかの態様において、通常は凡そ1:9~9:1であり、凡そ2:8~8:2とすることが適当であり、好ましくは凡そ3:7~7:3、より好ましくは凡そ4:6~6:4である。他のいくつかの態様において、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルの総量(CAM+CAA)に占めるメタクリル酸アルキルエステル(例えばメタクリル酸Cアルキルエステル、すなわちメタクリル酸メチル(MMA))の重量CAMは、通常は凡そ30重量%以下、凡そ10重量%以下が適当であり、凡そ5重量%以下であってもよく、より好ましくは凡そ3重量%以下でもよい。一方、その下限は、通常は凡そ0.1重量%以上、凡そ0.5重量%以上であってもよい。 In some preferred embodiments, the monomer component contains one or more methacrylic acid alkyl esters as (meth)acrylic acid alkyl esters. By using a methacrylic acid alkyl ester, an acrylic polymer suitable for surface protection can be preferably designed. As the methacrylic acid alkyl ester, methacrylic acid C 1-10 alkyl ester is preferable, and methacrylic acid C 1-4 (more preferably C 2-4 ) alkyl ester is more preferable. The methacrylic acid alkyl ester may preferably be used in combination with an acrylic acid alkyl ester. When a methacrylic acid alkyl ester and an acrylic acid alkyl ester are used in combination, the weight CAM of one or more methacrylic acid alkyl esters (for example, methacrylic acid C 2-4 alkyl esters) and one or more of The ratio of acrylic acid alkyl ester to weight C AA (C AM :C AA ) is not particularly limited, and in some embodiments is usually about 1:9 to 9:1, and about 2:8 to 8: 2, preferably about 3:7 to 7:3, more preferably about 4:6 to 6:4. In some other embodiments, the weight of methacrylic acid alkyl ester (e.g., methacrylic acid C1 alkyl ester, i.e., methyl methacrylate (MMA)) in the total amount of (meth)acrylic acid alkyl esters ( C AM +C AA ) by weight CAM is usually about 30% by weight or less, about 10% by weight or less, may be about 5% by weight or less, and more preferably about 3% by weight or less. On the other hand, the lower limit may be generally about 0.1% by weight or more, and may be about 0.5% by weight or more.
 アクリル系重合物を構成するモノマー成分は、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとともに、必要に応じて、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルと共重合可能な他のモノマー(共重合性モノマー)を含んでいてもよい。共重合性モノマーとしては、極性基(例えば、カルボキシ基、水酸基、窒素原子含有環等)を有するモノマーを好適に使用することができる。極性基を有するモノマーは、アクリル系重合物に架橋点を導入したり、粘着剤の凝集力を高めたりするために役立ち得る。共重合性モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 The monomer component that constitutes the acrylic polymer contains the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester and, if necessary, other monomers (copolymerizable monomers) that can be copolymerized with the (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester. good too. As a copolymerizable monomer, a monomer having a polar group (for example, a carboxy group, a hydroxyl group, a nitrogen atom-containing ring, etc.) can be preferably used. A monomer having a polar group can be useful for introducing a cross-linking point into the acrylic polymer or increasing the cohesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive. Copolymerizable monomers can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 共重合性モノマーの非限定的な具体例としては、以下のものが挙げられる。
 カルボキシ基含有モノマー:例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、カルボキシエチルアクリレート、カルボキシペンチルアクリレート、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸等。
 酸無水物基含有モノマー:例えば、無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸。
 水酸基含有モノマー:例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸6-ヒドロキシヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸8-ヒドロキシオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸10-ヒドロキシデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸12-ヒドロキシラウリル、(4-ヒドロキシメチルシクロへキシル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキル等。
 スルホン酸基またはリン酸基を含有するモノマー:例えば、スチレンスルホン酸、アリルスルホン酸、ビニルスルホン酸ナトリウム、2-(メタ)アクリルアミド-2-メチルプロパンスルホン酸、(メタ)アクリルアミドプロパンスルホン酸、スルホプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシナフタレンスルホン酸、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリロイルホスフェート等。
 エポキシ基含有モノマー:例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸グリシジルや(メタ)アクリル酸-2-エチルグリシジルエーテル等のエポキシ基含有アクリレート、アリルグリシジルエーテル、(メタ)アクリル酸グリシジルエーテル等。
 シアノ基含有モノマー:例えば、アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル等。
 イソシアネート基含有モノマー:例えば、2-イソシアナートエチル(メタ)アクリレート等。
 アミド基含有モノマー:例えば、(メタ)アクリルアミド;N,N-ジメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジイソプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジ(n-ブチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジ(t-ブチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド等の、N,N-ジアルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド;N-エチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-イソプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ブチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-n-ブチル(メタ)アクリルアミド等の、N-アルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド;N-ビニルアセトアミド等のN-ビニルカルボン酸アミド類;水酸基とアミド基とを有するモノマー、例えば、N-(2-ヒドロキシエチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(2-ヒドロキシプロピル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(1-ヒドロキシプロピル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(3-ヒドロキシプロピル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(2-ヒドロキシブチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(3-ヒドロキシブチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(4-ヒドロキシブチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド等の、N-ヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド;アルコキシ基とアミド基とを有するモノマー、例えば、N-メトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メトキシエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ブトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド等の、N-アルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド;その他、N,N-ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(メタ)アクリロイルモルホリン等。
 アミノ基含有モノマー:例えばアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、t-ブチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート。
 エポキシ基を有するモノマー:例えばグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、メチルグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、アリルグリシジルエーテル。
 窒素原子含有環を有するモノマー:例えば、N-ビニル-2-ピロリドン、N-メチルビニルピロリドン、N-ビニルピリジン、N-ビニルピペリドン、N-ビニルピリミジン、N-ビニルピペラジン、N-ビニルピラジン、N-ビニルピロール、N-ビニルイミダゾール、N-ビニルオキサゾール、N-(メタ)アクリロイル-2-ピロリドン、N-(メタ)アクリロイルピペリジン、N-(メタ)アクリロイルピロリジン、N-ビニルモルホリン、N-ビニル-3-モルホリノン、N-ビニル-2-カプロラクタム、N-ビニル-1,3-オキサジン-2-オン、N-ビニル-3,5-モルホリンジオン、N-ビニルピラゾール、N-ビニルイソオキサゾール、N-ビニルチアゾール、N-ビニルイソチアゾール、N-ビニルピリダジン等(例えば、N-ビニル-2-カプロラクタム等のラクタム類)。
 スクシンイミド骨格を有するモノマー:例えば、N-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシメチレンスクシンイミド、N-(メタ)アクリロイル-6-オキシヘキサメチレンスクシンイミド、N-(メタ)アクリロイル-8-オキシヘキサメチレンスクシンイミド等。
 マレイミド類:例えば、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド、N-イソプロピルマレイミド、N-ラウリルマレイミド、N-フェニルマレイミド等。
 イタコンイミド類:例えば、N-メチルイタコンイミド、N-エチルイタコンイミド、N-ブチルイタコンイミド、N-オクチルイタコンイミド、N-2-エチルへキシルイタコンイミド、N-シクロへキシルイタコンイミド、N-ラウリルイタコンイミド等。
 (メタ)アクリル酸アミノアルキル類:例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸アミノエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジエチルアミノエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸t-ブチルアミノエチル。
 アルコキシ基含有モノマー:例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸2-メトキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-メトキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エトキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸プロポキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ブトキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エトキシプロピル等の、(メタ)アクリル酸アルコキシアルキル類;(メタ)アクリル酸メトキシエチレングリコール、(メタ)アクリル酸メトキシポリプロピレングリコール等の、(メタ)アクリル酸アルコキシアルキレングリコール類。
 アルコキシシリル基含有モノマー:例えば3-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン。
 ビニルエステル類:例えば、酢酸ビニル、プロピオン酸ビニル等。
 ビニルエーテル類:例えば、メチルビニルエーテルやエチルビニルエーテル等のビニルアルキルエーテル。
 芳香族ビニル化合物:例えば、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン等。
 オレフィン類:例えば、エチレン、ブタジエン、イソプレン、イソブチレン等。
 脂環式炭化水素基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル:例えば、シクロペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート等。
 芳香族炭化水素基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル:例えば、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート等。
 その他、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラヒドロフルフリル等の複素環含有(メタ)アクリレート、塩化ビニルやフッ素原子含有(メタ)アクリレート等のハロゲン原子含有(メタ)アクリレート、シリコーン(メタ)アクリレート等のケイ素原子含有(メタ)アクリレート、テルペン化合物誘導体アルコールから得られる(メタ)アクリル酸エステル等。
Specific non-limiting examples of copolymerizable monomers include the following.
Carboxy group-containing monomers: for example acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, carboxyethyl acrylate, carboxypentyl acrylate, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid and the like.
Acid anhydride group-containing monomers: for example maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride.
Hydroxyl group-containing monomers: for example, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic 4-hydroxybutyl acid, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth)acrylate, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth)acrylate, 10-hydroxydecyl (meth)acrylate, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, (4-hydroxy hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates such as methylcyclohexyl)methyl (meth)acrylate;
Monomers containing sulfonic or phosphoric acid groups: for example, styrenesulfonic acid, allylsulfonic acid, sodium vinylsulfonate, 2-(meth)acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid, (meth)acrylamidopropanesulfonic acid, sulfo propyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acryloyloxynaphthalenesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethyl acryloyl phosphate and the like.
Epoxy group-containing monomers: For example, epoxy group-containing acrylates such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate and 2-ethylglycidyl (meth)acrylate, allyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl ether (meth)acrylate, and the like.
Cyano group-containing monomers: for example acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile and the like.
Isocyanate group-containing monomers: for example, 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth)acrylate and the like.
Amido group-containing monomers: for example, (meth)acrylamide; N,N-dimethyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-diethyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-dipropyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-diisopropyl(meth) N,N-dialkyl(meth)acrylamides such as acrylamide, N,N-di(n-butyl)(meth)acrylamide, N,N-di(t-butyl)(meth)acrylamide; N-ethyl(meth) N-alkyl (meth)acrylamides such as acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth)acrylamide, N-butyl (meth)acrylamide, Nn-butyl (meth)acrylamide; N-vinylcarboxylic acid amides such as N-vinylacetamide genus; monomers having a hydroxyl group and an amide group, such as N-(2-hydroxyethyl)(meth)acrylamide, N-(2-hydroxypropyl)(meth)acrylamide, N-(1-hydroxypropyl)(meth) acrylamide, N-(3-hydroxypropyl)(meth)acrylamide, N-(2-hydroxybutyl)(meth)acrylamide, N-(3-hydroxybutyl)(meth)acrylamide, N-(4-hydroxybutyl) ( N-hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylamides such as meth)acrylamide; monomers having an alkoxy group and an amide group, such as N-methoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-methoxyethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-butoxymethyl ( N-alkoxyalkyl(meth)acrylamides such as meth)acrylamide; N,N-dimethylaminopropyl(meth)acrylamide, N-(meth)acryloylmorpholine and the like.
Amino group-containing monomers: for example aminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, t-butylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate.
Monomers with epoxy groups: eg glycidyl (meth)acrylate, methylglycidyl (meth)acrylate, allyl glycidyl ether.
Monomers having a nitrogen atom-containing ring: for example, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-methylvinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylpyridine, N-vinylpiperidone, N-vinylpyrimidine, N-vinylpiperazine, N-vinylpyrazine, N- Vinylpyrrole, N-vinylimidazole, N-vinyloxazole, N-(meth)acryloyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-(meth)acryloylpiperidine, N-(meth)acryloylpyrrolidine, N-vinylmorpholine, N-vinyl-3 -morpholinone, N-vinyl-2-caprolactam, N-vinyl-1,3-oxazin-2-one, N-vinyl-3,5-morpholinedione, N-vinylpyrazole, N-vinylisoxazole, N-vinyl thiazole, N-vinylisothiazole, N-vinylpyridazine and the like (for example, lactams such as N-vinyl-2-caprolactam);
Monomers having a succinimide skeleton: for example, N-(meth)acryloyloxymethylenesuccinimide, N-(meth)acryloyl-6-oxyhexamethylenesuccinimide, N-(meth)acryloyl-8-oxyhexamethylenesuccinimide and the like.
Maleimides: For example, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-isopropylmaleimide, N-laurylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide and the like.
Itaconimides: for example, N-methylitaconimide, N-ethylitaconimide, N-butylitaconimide, N-octylitaconimide, N-2-ethylhexylitaconimide, N-cyclohexylitaconimide, N-lauryl itaconimide and the like.
Aminoalkyl (meth)acrylates: for example, aminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-diethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, t (meth)acrylate - butylaminoethyl.
Alkoxy group-containing monomers: for example, 2-methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-methoxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, propoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylates such as butoxyethyl and ethoxypropyl (meth)acrylate; Alkoxyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylates such as methoxyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate and methoxypolypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate. kind.
Alkoxysilyl group-containing monomers: such as 3-(meth)acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-(meth)acryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-(meth)acryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-(meth)acryloxy Propylmethyldiethoxysilane.
Vinyl esters: For example, vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate and the like.
Vinyl ethers: For example, vinyl alkyl ethers such as methyl vinyl ether and ethyl vinyl ether.
Aromatic vinyl compounds: for example, styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene and the like.
Olefins: For example, ethylene, butadiene, isoprene, isobutylene and the like.
(Meth)acrylic acid esters having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group: for example, cyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, adamantyl (meth)acrylate, etc. .
(Meth)acrylic acid esters having an aromatic hydrocarbon group: for example, phenyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate and the like.
In addition, heterocycle-containing (meth)acrylates such as tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, halogen atom-containing (meth)acrylates such as vinyl chloride and fluorine atom-containing (meth)acrylates, silicon atom-containing such as silicone (meth)acrylates (meth)acrylates, (meth)acrylic acid esters obtained from terpene compound derivative alcohols, and the like.
 このような共重合性モノマーを使用する場合、その使用量は特に限定されないが、モノマー成分全体の0.01重量%以上とすることが適当である。共重合性モノマーの使用効果をよりよく発揮する観点から、共重合性モノマーの使用量をモノマー成分全体の0.1重量%以上としてもよく、0.5重量%以上としてもよい。また、粘着特性のバランスをとりやすくする観点から、共重合性モノマーの使用量は、モノマー成分全体の50重量%以下とすることが適当であり、40重量%以下とすることが好ましい。 When using such a copolymerizable monomer, the amount used is not particularly limited, but it is suitable to use 0.01% by weight or more of the total monomer components. From the viewpoint of better exhibiting the effect of using the copolymerizable monomer, the amount of the copolymerizable monomer used may be 0.1% by weight or more, or 0.5% by weight or more, based on the total monomer components. Moreover, from the viewpoint of easily balancing adhesive properties, the amount of the copolymerizable monomer used is suitably 50% by weight or less, preferably 40% by weight or less, of the total monomer components.
 いくつかの態様において、アクリル系重合物を構成するモノマー成分は、窒素原子を有するモノマーを含み得る。窒素原子を有するモノマーの使用により、粘着剤の凝集力を高め、接着力を好ましく向上させ得る。窒素原子を有するモノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。窒素原子を有するモノマーの一好適例として、窒素原子含有環を有するモノマーが挙げられる。窒素原子含有環を有するモノマーとしては上記で例示したもの等を用いることができ、例えば、一般式(1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
で表わされるN-ビニル環状アミドを用いることができる。ここで、一般式(1)中、R1は2価の有機基であり、具体的には-(CH2-である。nは2~7(好ましくは2,3または4)の整数である。なかでも、N-ビニル-2-ピロリドンを好ましく採用し得る。窒素原子を有するモノマーの他の好適例としては、(メタ)アクリルアミドが挙げられる。
In some aspects, the monomer component that constitutes the acrylic polymer may include a nitrogen atom-containing monomer. By using a monomer having a nitrogen atom, the cohesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be increased, and the adhesive strength can be preferably improved. A monomer having a nitrogen atom can be used alone or in combination of two or more. A suitable example of the nitrogen atom-containing monomer is a nitrogen atom-containing ring monomer. As the monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring, those exemplified above can be used. For example, general formula (1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
N-vinyl cyclic amides represented by can be used. Here, in general formula (1), R 1 is a divalent organic group, specifically -(CH 2 ) n -. n is an integer from 2 to 7 (preferably 2, 3 or 4). Among them, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone can be preferably employed. Another suitable example of a monomer having a nitrogen atom is (meth)acrylamide.
 窒素原子を有するモノマー(好ましくは窒素原子含有環を有するモノマー)の使用量は特に制限されず、例えばモノマー成分全体の1重量%以上であってもよく、3重量%以上であってもよく、さらには5重量%以上または7重量%以上とすることができる。いくつかの態様では、窒素原子を有するモノマーの使用量は、接着力向上の観点から、モノマー成分全体の10重量%以上であってもよく、12重量%以上であってもよく、15重量%以上であってもよく、20重量%以上であってもよい。また、窒素原子を有するモノマーの使用量は、モノマー成分全体の例えば40重量%以下とすることが適当であり、35重量%以下としてもよく、30重量%以下としてもよく、25重量%以下としてもよい。他のいくつかの態様では、窒素原子を有するモノマーの使用量は、モノマー成分全体の例えば20重量%以下としてもよく、16重量%以下としてもよい。他のいくつかの態様では、窒素原子を有するモノマーの使用量は、モノマー成分全体の例えば12重量%以下としてもよく、8重量%以下でもよく、4重量%以下でもよい。 The amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom (preferably a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, or 3% by weight or more of the total monomer components. Furthermore, it can be 5% by weight or more, or 7% by weight or more. In some aspects, the amount of the nitrogen atom-containing monomer used may be 10% by weight or more, 12% by weight or more, or 15% by weight of the total monomer components, from the viewpoint of improving adhesive strength. or more, or 20% by weight or more. In addition, the amount of the monomer having a nitrogen atom used is, for example, 40% by weight or less of the entire monomer component, and may be 35% by weight or less, 30% by weight or less, or 25% by weight or less. good too. In some other embodiments, the amount of the nitrogen atom-containing monomer used may be, for example, 20% by weight or less, or 16% by weight or less, of the total monomer components. In some other embodiments, the amount of the nitrogen atom-containing monomer used may be, for example, 12% by weight or less, 8% by weight or less, or 4% by weight or less of the total monomer component.
 いくつかの態様において、モノマー成分は、カルボキシ基含有モノマーを含む。カルボキシ基含有モノマーの好適例として、アクリル酸(AA)およびメタクリル酸(MAA)が挙げられる。AAとMAAとを併用してもよい。AAとMAAとを併用する場合、それらの重量比(AA/MAA)は特に限定されず、例えば凡そ0.1~10の範囲とすることができる。いくつかの態様において、上記重量比(AA/MAA)は、例えば凡そ0.3以上であってよく、凡そ0.5以上でもよい。また、上記重量比(AA/MAA)は、例えば凡そ4以下であってよく、凡そ3以下でもよい。 In some embodiments, the monomer component includes a carboxy group-containing monomer. Suitable examples of carboxy group-containing monomers include acrylic acid (AA) and methacrylic acid (MAA). AA and MAA may be used in combination. When AA and MAA are used together, their weight ratio (AA/MAA) is not particularly limited, and can be in the range of about 0.1-10, for example. In some embodiments, the weight ratio (AA/MAA) may be, for example, approximately 0.3 or greater, or approximately 0.5 or greater. Also, the weight ratio (AA/MAA) may be, for example, about 4 or less, or about 3 or less.
 カルボキシ基含有モノマーの使用により、粘着剤層の表面に水等の水性液体を素早く馴染ませることができる。このことは水剥離力の低下に役立ち得る。カルボキシ基含有モノマーの使用量は、例えば、モノマー成分全体の0.05重量%以上であってよく、0.1重量%以上でもよく、0.3重量%以上でもよく、0.5重量%以上でもよく、0.8重量%以上でもよく、1.2重量%以上でもよく、1.5重量%以上でもよい。カルボキシ基含有モノマーを所定量以上使用することにより、粘着剤層の凝集力や架橋密度を高めることができる。上記カルボキシ基含有モノマーの割合は、例えば15重量%以下であってよく、10重量%以下でもよく、5重量%以下でもよく、4.5重量%以下でもよく、3.5重量%以下でもよく、3.0重量%以下でもよく、2.5重量%以下でもよい。カルボキシ基含有モノマーの使用量が多過ぎないことは、粘着剤層のバルクへの水の拡散を抑制し、温水浸漬など水性液体に接触した場合における接着力低下を抑制する観点から好ましい。また、カルボキシ基含有モノマーの使用量が多過ぎないことは、水剥離力の測定に使用する水が粘着剤層に吸収されて剥離途中で水が不足する事象を防止する観点からも有利となり得る。また、ここに開示される技術は、上記モノマー成分がカルボキシ基含有モノマーを実質的に含まない態様でも好ましく実施することができる。かかる観点から、上記カルボキシ基含有モノマーの割合は、上記モノマー成分中、例えば1重量%未満であってよく、0.3重量%未満でもよく、0.1重量%未満でもよい。 By using a carboxyl group-containing monomer, the surface of the adhesive layer can be quickly blended with an aqueous liquid such as water. This can help reduce the water release force. The amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer used may be, for example, 0.05% by weight or more, 0.1% by weight or more, 0.3% by weight or more, or 0.5% by weight or more of the total monomer components. 0.8% by weight or more, 1.2% by weight or more, or 1.5% by weight or more. By using a predetermined amount or more of the carboxy group-containing monomer, the cohesive force and crosslink density of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be increased. The proportion of the carboxy group-containing monomer may be, for example, 15% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less, 4.5% by weight or less, or 3.5% by weight or less. , 3.0% by weight or less, or 2.5% by weight or less. It is preferable that the amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer is not too large, from the viewpoint of suppressing the diffusion of water into the bulk of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and suppressing the decrease in adhesive strength when the adhesive layer comes into contact with an aqueous liquid such as immersion in warm water. In addition, the fact that the amount of the carboxyl group-containing monomer used is not too large is also advantageous from the viewpoint of preventing the water used for measuring the water peeling force from being absorbed by the adhesive layer and the water being insufficient during peeling. . The technology disclosed herein can also be preferably practiced in a mode in which the monomer component does not substantially contain a carboxy group-containing monomer. From this point of view, the proportion of the carboxy group-containing monomer in the monomer component may be, for example, less than 1% by weight, less than 0.3% by weight, or less than 0.1% by weight.
 いくつかの態様において、モノマー成分は、水酸基含有モノマーを含み得る。水酸基含有モノマーの使用により、粘着剤の凝集力や架橋密度を調整し、接着力を向上させ得る。水酸基含有モノマーとしては上記で例示したもの等を用いることができ、例えばアクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル(HEA)やアクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル(4HBA)を好ましく採用し得る。水酸基含有モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 In some embodiments, the monomer component may contain hydroxyl group-containing monomers. By using a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, it is possible to adjust the cohesive force and crosslink density of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and improve the adhesive force. As the hydroxyl group-containing monomer, those exemplified above can be used, and for example, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) and 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA) can be preferably employed. A hydroxyl-containing monomer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
 水酸基含有モノマーを使用する場合における使用量は特に制限されず、例えばモノマー成分全体の0.01重量%以上であってよく、0.1重量%以上でもよく、0.5重量%以上でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、水酸基含有モノマーの使用量は、モノマー成分全体の1重量%以上であり、より好ましくは5重量%以上、さらに好ましくは10重量%以上であり、例えば12重量%以上であってもよい。また、粘着剤層の吸水性を抑制する観点から、いくつかの態様において、水酸基含有モノマーの使用量は、モノマー成分全体の例えば40重量%以下とすることが適当であり、30重量%以下としてもよく、20重量%以下としてもよく、15重量%以下、10重量%以下、5重量%以下または3重量%以下としてもよい。ここに開示される技術は、粘着剤層のモノマー成分として水酸基含有モノマーを実質的に使用しない態様でも実施され得る。 The amount used when using a hydroxyl group-containing monomer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 0.01% by weight or more, 0.1% by weight or more, or 0.5% by weight or more of the total monomer components. In some preferred embodiments, the amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used is 1% by weight or more, more preferably 5% by weight or more, still more preferably 10% by weight or more, for example 12% by weight or more of the total monomer components. There may be. Further, from the viewpoint of suppressing the water absorption of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, in some embodiments, the amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used is, for example, 40% by weight or less of the total monomer components, and 30% by weight or less. 20% by weight or less, 15% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, 5% by weight or less, or 3% by weight or less. The technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in a mode in which the hydroxyl group-containing monomer is not substantially used as the monomer component of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、アクリル系重合物のモノマー成分は、極性基を有するモノマー(極性基含有モノマー)として、窒素原子を有するモノマー(例えば、(メタ)アクリルアミド等のアミド基含有モノマー、NVP等の窒素原子含有環を有するモノマー)と、水酸基含有モノマー(例えばHEA、4HBA)とを併用する。これにより、接着力を効果的に向上させ得る。窒素原子を有するモノマーと水酸基含有モノマーとを併用する態様において、窒素原子を有するモノマーの量Aと水酸基含有モノマーの量AOHとの重量比(A/AOH)は特に限定されず、例えば0.1以上であってもよく、0.5以上でもよく、0.8以上でもよく、1.0以上でもよく、1.2以上でもよい。また、上記重量比(A/AOH)は、例えば10以下であってもよく、5以下でもよく、3以下でもよく、1.5以下でもよい。 In some preferred embodiments, the monomer component of the acrylic polymer includes a monomer having a nitrogen atom (e.g., an amide group-containing monomer such as (meth)acrylamide, NVP, etc.) as a monomer having a polar group (polar group-containing monomer). (a monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring) and a hydroxyl group-containing monomer (eg, HEA, 4HBA) are used in combination. This can effectively improve the adhesive strength. In an embodiment in which a nitrogen atom-containing monomer and a hydroxyl group-containing monomer are used in combination, the weight ratio (A N /A OH ) of the amount of the nitrogen atom-containing monomer, A N , and the amount of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer, A OH , is not particularly limited, For example, it may be 0.1 or more, 0.5 or more, 0.8 or more, 1.0 or more, or 1.2 or more. Further, the weight ratio (A N /A OH ) may be, for example, 10 or less, 5 or less, 3 or less, or 1.5 or less.
 いくつかの態様において、モノマー成分は、アルコキシシリル基含有モノマーを含み得る。アルコキシシリル基含有モノマーは、典型的には、一分子内に少なくとも1つ(好ましくは2つ以上、例えば2つまたは3つ)のアルコキシシリル基を有するエチレン性不飽和単量体であり、その具体例は上述のとおりである。上記アルコキシシリル基含有モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。アルコキシシリル基含有モノマーの使用により、粘着剤層にシラノール基の縮合反応(シラノール縮合)による架橋構造を導入することができる。なお、アルコキシシリル基含有モノマーは、後述するシランカップリング剤としても把握され得る。 In some embodiments, the monomer component can include an alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer. The alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer is typically an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having at least one (preferably two or more, for example two or three) alkoxysilyl groups in one molecule. Specific examples are described above. The alkoxysilyl group-containing monomers may be used singly or in combination of two or more. By using an alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer, a crosslinked structure can be introduced into the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer by condensation reaction of silanol groups (silanol condensation). In addition, the alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer can also be grasped as a silane coupling agent, which will be described later.
 モノマー成分がアルコキシシリル基含有モノマーを含む態様において、該モノマー成分全体に占めるアルコキシシリル基含有モノマーの割合は、例えば0.005重量%以上とすることができ、0.01重量%以上とすることが適当である。また、上記アルコキシシリル基含有モノマーの割合は、被着体に対する密着性向上の観点から、例えば0.5重量%以下であってよく、0.1重量%以下でもよく、0.05重量%以下でもよい。 In an aspect in which the monomer component contains an alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer, the ratio of the alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer to the total monomer component may be, for example, 0.005% by weight or more, and may be 0.01% by weight or more. is appropriate. Further, the proportion of the alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer may be, for example, 0.5% by weight or less, 0.1% by weight or less, or 0.05% by weight or less from the viewpoint of improving adhesion to the adherend. It's okay.
 また、いくつかの好ましい態様に係るアクリル系重合物のモノマー成分は、ゲル化抑制の観点から、アルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレートおよびアルコキシポリアルキレングリコール(メタ)アクリレートの合計割合が20重量%未満に制限されている。上記アルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレートおよびアルコキシポリアルキレングリコール(メタ)アクリレートの合計割合は、より好ましくは10重量%未満、さらに好ましくは3重量%未満、特に好ましくは1重量%未満であり、いくつかの態様では、上記モノマー成分はアルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレートおよびアルコキシポリアルキレングリコール(メタ)アクリレートを実質的に含まない(含有量0~0.3重量%)。
 同様に、ここに開示されるアクリル系重合物のモノマー成分は、アルコキシ基含有モノマーを20重量%未満の割合で含むか、含まないものであり得る。上記モノマー成分に占めるアルコキシ基含有モノマーの量は、好ましくは10重量%未満、より好ましくは3重量%未満、さらに好ましくは1重量%未満であり、特に好ましい態様では、上記モノマー成分はアルコキシ基含有モノマーを実質的に含まない(含有量0~0.3重量%)。
In addition, the monomer component of the acrylic polymer according to some preferred embodiments has a total ratio of alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylate and alkoxypolyalkyleneglycol (meth)acrylate limited to less than 20% by weight from the viewpoint of suppressing gelation. It is The total proportion of the alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylate and alkoxypolyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylate is more preferably less than 10% by weight, still more preferably less than 3% by weight, and particularly preferably less than 1% by weight. In an aspect, the monomer component is substantially free of alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylates and alkoxypolyalkyleneglycol (meth)acrylates (content of 0 to 0.3% by weight).
Similarly, the monomer component of the acrylic polymerizates disclosed herein may or may not contain less than 20% by weight of alkoxy group-containing monomers. The amount of the alkoxy group-containing monomer in the monomer component is preferably less than 10% by weight, more preferably less than 3% by weight, and even more preferably less than 1% by weight. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the monomer component contains an alkoxy group. Substantially free of monomers (content 0-0.3% by weight).
 また、いくつかの好ましい態様において、アクリル系重合物のモノマー成分は、親水性モノマーの割合が適切な範囲に設定されている。これにより、水剥離性が好ましく発揮される。ここで、本明細書における「親水性モノマー」は、カルボキシ基含有モノマー、酸無水物基含有モノマー、水酸基含有モノマー、窒素原子を有するモノマー(典型的には、(メタ)アクリルアミド等のアミド基含有モノマー、N-ビニル-2-ピロリドン等の窒素原子含有環を有するモノマー)およびアルコキシ基含有モノマー(典型的には、アルコキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレートおよびアルコキシポリアルキレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート)をいうものとする。この態様において、アクリル系重合物のモノマー成分のうち上記親水性モノマーの割合は40重量%以下(例えば35重量%以下)が適当であり、32重量%以下であることが好ましく、例えば30重量%以下であってもよく、28重量%以下であってもよい。特に限定されるものではないが、アクリル系重合物のモノマー成分のうち上記親水性モノマーの割合は1重量%以上であってもよく、10重量%以上であってもよく、20重量%以上であってもよい。 In addition, in some preferred embodiments, the proportion of hydrophilic monomers in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer is set within an appropriate range. Thereby, water removability is preferably exhibited. Here, the "hydrophilic monomer" in the present specification includes a carboxy group-containing monomer, an acid anhydride group-containing monomer, a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a monomer having a nitrogen atom (typically, an amide group-containing monomer such as (meth)acrylamide). monomers, nitrogen atom-containing ring-containing monomers such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone) and alkoxy group-containing monomers (typically alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylates and alkoxypolyalkyleneglycol (meth)acrylates) do. In this embodiment, the proportion of the hydrophilic monomer in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer is suitably 40% by weight or less (for example, 35% by weight or less), preferably 32% by weight or less, for example, 30% by weight. It may be less than or equal to 28% by weight or less. Although not particularly limited, the proportion of the hydrophilic monomer in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer may be 1% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 20% by weight or more. There may be.
 いくつかの態様において、アクリル系重合物を構成するモノマー成分は、脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレートを含み得る。これにより、粘着剤の凝集力を高め、接着力を向上させることができる。脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレートは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレートとしては上記で例示したもの等を用いることができ、例えばシクロヘキシルアクリレートやイソボルニルアクリレートを好ましく採用し得る。脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレートを使用する場合における使用量は特に制限されず、例えばモノマー成分全体の1重量%以上、3重量%以上または5重量%以上とすることができる。いくつかの態様では、脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレートの使用量は、モノマー成分全体の10重量%以上であってもよく、15重量%以上であってもよい。脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレートの使用量の上限は、凡そ40重量%以下とすることが適当であり、例えば30重量%以下であってもよく、25重量%以下(例えば15重量%以下、さらには10重量%以下)であってもよい。 In some aspects, the monomer component that constitutes the acrylic polymer may contain an alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate. Thereby, the cohesive force of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be increased, and the adhesive force can be improved. The alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylates may be used singly or in combination of two or more. As the alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate, those exemplified above can be used, and for example, cyclohexyl acrylate and isobornyl acrylate can be preferably employed. The amount of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate used is not particularly limited, and can be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, or 5% by weight or more of the total monomer components. In some aspects, the amount of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate used may be 10% by weight or more, or 15% by weight or more, of the total monomer components. The upper limit of the amount of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate used is suitably about 40% by weight or less, and may be, for example, 30% by weight or less, or 25% by weight or less (e.g., 15% by weight). % or less, or even 10% by weight or less).
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、アクリル系重合物は、モノマー成分として、極性基を有するモノマー(極性基含有モノマー)を、当該アクリル系重合物100g当たり0.05mol~0.45mol含む。これにより、極性の被着体に対する接着性が向上し、例えば温水浸漬後における接着力も高く維持され得る。上記極性基をアクリル系重合物に導入することで、例えばガラス等の極性被着体に対する水素結合に基づき、界面接着力が向上するものと考えられる。極性基含有モノマーとしては、上述のカルボキシ基含有モノマー(典型的にはAA、MAA等)、水酸基含有モノマー(典型的にはHEA、4HBA等)、窒素原子を有するモノマー(典型的には、(メタ)アクリルアミド等のアミド基含有モノマー、NVP等の窒素原子含有環を有するモノマー)の1種または2種以上を用いることができる。アクリル系重合物のモノマー成分中の極性基含有モノマーの割合は、極性基含有モノマーの作用を効果的に発揮させる観点から、アクリル系重合物100g当たり0.10mol以上とすることが適当であり、好ましくは0.15mol以上、より好ましくは0.20mol以上であり、例えば0.24mol以上であってもよい。また、アクリル系重合物のモノマー成分中の極性基含有モノマーの割合の上限は、アクリル系重合物100g当たり0.40mol以下とすることが適当であり、好ましくは0.35mol以下であり、例えば0.30mol以下であってもよい。 In some preferred embodiments, the acrylic polymer contains, as a monomer component, a monomer having a polar group (polar group-containing monomer) in an amount of 0.05 mol to 0.45 mol per 100 g of the acrylic polymer. As a result, the adhesiveness to polar adherends is improved, and, for example, the adhesiveness after being immersed in hot water can be maintained at a high level. By introducing the above polar group into the acrylic polymer, it is believed that interfacial adhesive strength is improved based on hydrogen bonding with a polar adherend such as glass. Polar group-containing monomers include the above-mentioned carboxy group-containing monomers (typically AA, MAA, etc.), hydroxyl group-containing monomers (typically HEA, 4HBA, etc.), monomers having nitrogen atoms (typically ( meth) Amide group-containing monomers such as acrylamide, and nitrogen atom-containing ring-containing monomers such as NVP) can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The ratio of the polar group-containing monomer in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer is preferably 0.10 mol or more per 100 g of the acrylic polymer from the viewpoint of effectively exhibiting the action of the polar group-containing monomer. It is preferably 0.15 mol or more, more preferably 0.20 mol or more, and may be, for example, 0.24 mol or more. The upper limit of the ratio of the polar group-containing monomer in the monomer component of the acrylic polymer is suitably 0.40 mol or less, preferably 0.35 mol or less per 100 g of the acrylic polymer. .30 mol or less.
 モノマー成分の組成は、該モノマー成分の組成に基づいてFoxの式により求められるガラス転移温度(以下、「重合物のガラス転移温度」ともいう。)が-75℃以上-10℃以下となるように設定され得る。いくつかの態様において、上記重合物(例えばアクリル系重合物、典型的にはアクリル系ポリマー)のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、-15℃以下であることが適当であり、-20℃以下であることが好ましく、-25℃以下であることがより好ましく、-30℃以下であることがさらに好ましく、-40℃以下(例えば-55℃以下)であってもよい。上記重合物のTgが低くなると、粘着剤層の基材層に対する密着性や被着体に対する接着性は概して向上する傾向にある。かかる粘着剤層によると、粘着剤層の剥離を意図しない局面において被着体と粘着剤層との界面への水浸入を抑制しやすい。このことは、温水浸漬など水性液体に接触した場合における接着力低下を抑制する観点から有利となり得る。また、重合物のTgは、接着力を高めやすくする観点から、例えば-70℃以上であってよく、-65℃以上でもよい。他のいくつかの態様では、上記Tgは、例えば-60℃以上であってよく、-50℃以上でもよく、-45℃以上または-40℃以上でもよい。 The composition of the monomer component is such that the glass transition temperature (hereinafter also referred to as the "glass transition temperature of the polymer") determined by the Fox formula based on the composition of the monomer component is −75° C. or higher and −10° C. or lower. can be set to In some embodiments, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer (for example, an acrylic polymer, typically an acrylic polymer) is suitably −15° C. or less, and −20° C. or less. It is preferably -25°C or lower, more preferably -30°C or lower, and may be -40°C or lower (for example, -55°C or lower). When the Tg of the polymer is lowered, the adhesion of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to the substrate layer and the adhesion to the adherend generally tend to be improved. According to such an adhesive layer, it is easy to suppress the intrusion of water into the interface between the adherend and the adhesive layer when the adhesive layer is not intended to be peeled off. This can be advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in adhesive force when contacting with an aqueous liquid such as immersion in hot water. The Tg of the polymer may be, for example, −70° C. or higher, or −65° C. or higher, from the viewpoint of facilitating an increase in adhesive strength. In some other embodiments, the Tg may be, for example, −60° C. or higher, −50° C. or higher, −45° C. or higher, or −40° C. or higher.
 ここで、上記Foxの式とは、以下に示すように、共重合体のTgと、該共重合体を構成するモノマーのそれぞれを単独重合したホモポリマーのガラス転移温度Tgiとの関係式である。
   1/Tg=Σ(Wi/Tgi)
 なお、上記Foxの式において、Tgは共重合体のガラス転移温度(単位:K)、Wiは該共重合体におけるモノマーiの重量分率(重量基準の共重合割合)、Tgiはモノマーiのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度(単位:K)を表す。
Here, the Fox equation is a relational expression between the Tg of a copolymer and the glass transition temperature Tgi of a homopolymer obtained by homopolymerizing each of the monomers constituting the copolymer, as shown below. .
1/Tg=Σ(Wi/Tgi)
In the above Fox formula, Tg is the glass transition temperature of the copolymer (unit: K), Wi is the weight fraction of the monomer i in the copolymer (copolymerization ratio based on weight), and Tgi is the content of the monomer i. It represents the glass transition temperature (unit: K) of a homopolymer.
 Tgの算出に使用するホモポリマーのガラス転移温度としては、公知資料に記載の値を用いるものとする。例えば、以下に挙げるモノマーについては、該モノマーのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度として、以下の値を使用する。
  2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート  -70℃
  n-ブチルアクリレート      -55℃
  n-ブチルメタクリレート      20℃
  イソステアリルアクリレート    -18℃
  メチルメタクリレート       105℃
  メチルアクリレート          8℃
  シクロヘキシルアクリレート     15℃
  N-ビニル-2-ピロリドン     54℃
  2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート -15℃
  4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレート -40℃
  ジシクロペンタニルメタクリレート 175℃
  イソボルニルアクリレート      94℃
  アクリル酸            106℃
  メタクリル酸           228℃
As the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer used for calculating the Tg, the value described in the known materials shall be used. For example, for the monomers listed below, the following values are used as the glass transition temperatures of the homopolymers of the monomers.
2-ethylhexyl acrylate -70°C
n-butyl acrylate -55°C
n-butyl methacrylate 20°C
Isostearyl acrylate -18°C
Methyl methacrylate 105°C
Methyl acrylate 8°C
Cyclohexyl acrylate 15°C
N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone 54°C
2-hydroxyethyl acrylate -15°C
4-hydroxybutyl acrylate -40°C
Dicyclopentanyl methacrylate 175°C
Isobornyl acrylate 94°C
Acrylic acid 106°C
Methacrylic acid 228°C
 上記で例示した以外のモノマーのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度については、「Polymer Handbook」(第3版、John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989)に記載の数値を用いるものとする。本文献に複数種類の値が記載されている場合は、最も高い値を採用する。 For the glass transition temperatures of homopolymers of monomers other than those exemplified above, the numerical values described in "Polymer Handbook" (3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989) shall be used. When multiple types of values are described in this document, the highest value is adopted.
 上記Polymer Handbookにもホモポリマーのガラス転移温度が記載されていないモノマーについては、以下の測定方法により得られる値を用いるものとする(日本国特許出願公開2007-51271号公報参照)。具体的には、温度計、攪拌機、窒素導入管および還流冷却管を備えた反応器に、モノマー100重量部、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル0.2重量部および重合溶媒として酢酸エチル200重量部を投入し、窒素ガスを流通させながら1時間攪拌する。このようにして重合系内の酸素を除去した後、63℃に昇温し10時間反応させる。次いで、室温まで冷却し、固形分濃度33重量%のホモポリマー溶液を得る。次いで、このホモポリマー溶液を剥離ライナー上に流延塗布し、乾燥して厚さ約2mmの試験サンプル(シート状のホモポリマー)を作製する。この試験サンプルを直径7.9mmの円盤状に打ち抜き、パラレルプレートで挟み込み、粘弾性試験機(ARES、レオメトリックス社製)を用いて周波数1Hzのせん断歪みを与えながら、温度領域-70~150℃、5℃/分の昇温速度でせん断モードにより粘弾性を測定し、tanδのピークトップ温度をホモポリマーのTgとする。 For monomers for which the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer is not described in the above Polymer Handbook, the value obtained by the following measurement method shall be used (see Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-51271). Specifically, 100 parts by weight of a monomer, 0.2 parts by weight of azobisisobutyronitrile and 200 parts by weight of ethyl acetate as a polymerization solvent were added to a reactor equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a nitrogen inlet tube and a reflux condenser. The mixture is put in and stirred for 1 hour while nitrogen gas is circulated. After removing oxygen in the polymerization system in this way, the temperature is raised to 63° C. and the reaction is carried out for 10 hours. Then, it is cooled to room temperature to obtain a homopolymer solution having a solid concentration of 33% by weight. Next, this homopolymer solution is cast-coated on a release liner and dried to prepare a test sample (sheet-like homopolymer) having a thickness of about 2 mm. This test sample was punched into a disk shape with a diameter of 7.9 mm, sandwiched between parallel plates, and subjected to shear strain at a frequency of 1 Hz using a viscoelasticity tester (ARES, manufactured by Rheometrics Co., Ltd.) while applying a temperature range of -70 to 150 ° C. , the viscoelasticity is measured in shear mode at a heating rate of 5° C./min, and the peak top temperature of tan δ is defined as the Tg of the homopolymer.
 ここに開示される粘着剤層に含まれる重合物(例えばアクリル系重合物、典型的にはアクリル系ポリマー)は、特に限定されるものではないが、SP値が23.0(MJ/m31/2以下であることが好ましい。そのようなSP値を有する重合物を含む粘着剤は、例えば後述の水親和剤を含ませることによって、十分な接着強度を有しつつ、優れた水剥離性を有する粘着剤を好ましく実現するものとなり得る。上記SP値は、より好ましくは21.0(MJ/m31/2以下(例えば20.0(MJ/m31/2以下)である。上記SP値の下限は特に限定されず、例えば凡そ10.0(MJ/m31/2以上であり、また凡そ15.0(MJ/m31/2以上であることが適当であり、好ましくは18.0(MJ/m31/2以上である。 The polymer contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer disclosed herein (for example, an acrylic polymer, typically an acrylic polymer) is not particularly limited, but has an SP value of 23.0 (MJ/m 3 ) is preferably 1/2 or less. A pressure-sensitive adhesive containing a polymer having such an SP value preferably realizes a pressure-sensitive adhesive having sufficient adhesive strength and excellent water removability by including, for example, a hydrophilic agent described later. can be. The above SP value is more preferably 21.0 (MJ/m 3 ) 1/2 or less (for example, 20.0 (MJ/m 3 ) 1/2 or less). The lower limit of the SP value is not particularly limited. Yes, preferably 18.0 (MJ/m 3 ) 1/2 or more.
 なお、上記重合物のSP値は、Fedorsの算出法[「ポリマー・エンジニアリング・アンド・サイエンス(POLYMER ENG. & SCI.)」,第14巻,第2号(1974),第148~154ページ参照]すなわち、式:
   SP値δ=(ΣΔe/ΣΔv)1/2
(上式中、Δeは、25℃における各原子または原子団の蒸発エネルギーΔeであり、Δvは、同温度における各原子または原子団のモル容積である。);
に従って計算することができる。上記SP値を有する重合物は、当業者の技術常識に基づき、適切にモノマー組成を決定することにより得ることができる。
The SP value of the above polymer is calculated by Fedors' calculation method ["Polymer Engineering and Science (POLYMER ENG. &SCI.)", Vol. 14, No. 2 (1974), pp. 148-154. ] i.e. the expression:
SP value δ=(ΣΔe/ΣΔv) 1/2
(Wherein, Δe is the vaporization energy Δe of each atom or atomic group at 25° C., and Δv is the molar volume of each atom or atomic group at the same temperature.);
can be calculated according to A polymer having the above SP value can be obtained by appropriately determining the monomer composition based on the common technical knowledge of those skilled in the art.
 粘着剤層は、上述のような組成のモノマー成分を、重合物、未重合物(すなわち、重合性官能基が未反応である形態)、あるいはこれらの混合物の形態で含む粘着剤組成物を用いて形成され得る。上記粘着剤組成物は、粘着剤(粘着成分)が水に分散した形態の水分散型粘着剤組成物、有機溶媒中に粘着剤を含む形態の溶剤型粘着剤組成物、紫外線や放射線等の活性エネルギー線により硬化して粘着剤を形成するように調製された活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物(例えば光硬化型粘着剤組成物)、加熱溶融状態で塗工され、室温付近まで冷えると粘着剤を形成するホットメルト型粘着剤組成物、等の種々の形態であり得る。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer uses a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the above monomer component in the form of a polymer, an unpolymerized product (that is, a form in which the polymerizable functional group is unreacted), or a mixture thereof. can be formed by The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition includes a water-dispersed pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive (adhesive component) is dispersed in water, a solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive is contained in an organic solvent, and a An active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition prepared to form a pressure-sensitive adhesive by curing with an active energy ray (e.g., a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition), applied in a heat-melted state, and cooled to near room temperature. It may be in various forms such as a hot-melt pressure-sensitive adhesive composition forming a pressure-sensitive adhesive.
 重合にあたっては、重合方法や重合態様等に応じて、公知または慣用の熱重合開始剤や光重合開始剤を使用し得る。このような重合開始剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。 In the polymerization, a known or commonly used thermal polymerization initiator or photopolymerization initiator can be used depending on the polymerization method, polymerization mode, etc. Such polymerization initiators can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 熱重合開始剤としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えばアゾ系重合開始剤、過酸化物系開始剤、過酸化物と還元剤との組合せによるレドックス系開始剤、置換エタン系開始剤等を使用することができる。より具体的には、例えば2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオンアミジン)二硫酸塩、2,2’-アゾビス(2-アミジノプロパン)ジヒドロクロライド、2,2’-アゾビス[2-(5-メチル-2-イミダゾリン-2-イル)プロパン]ジヒドロクロライド、2,2’-アゾビス(N,N’-ジメチレンイソブチルアミジン)、2,2’-アゾビス[N-(2-カルボキシエチル)-2-メチルプロピオンアミジン]ハイドレート等のアゾ系開始剤;例えば過硫酸カリウム、過硫酸アンモニウム等の過硫酸塩;ベンゾイルパーオキサイド、t-ブチルハイドロパーオキサイド、過酸化水素等の過酸化物系開始剤;例えばフェニル置換エタン等の置換エタン系開始剤;例えば過硫酸塩と亜硫酸水素ナトリウムとの組合せ、過酸化物とアスコルビン酸ナトリウムとの組合せ等のレドックス系開始剤;等が例示されるが、これらに限定されない。なお、熱重合は、例えば20~100℃(典型的には40~80℃)程度の温度で好ましく実施され得る。 Although the thermal polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, for example, an azo polymerization initiator, a peroxide initiator, a redox initiator obtained by combining a peroxide and a reducing agent, and a substituted ethane initiator. etc. can be used. More specifically, for example, 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionamidine) disulfate, 2,2'-azobis(2-amidinopropane) dihydrochloride , 2,2′-azobis[2-(5-methyl-2-imidazolin-2-yl)propane]dihydrochloride, 2,2′-azobis(N,N′-dimethyleneisobutyramidine), 2,2′ - azo initiators such as azobis[N-(2-carboxyethyl)-2-methylpropionamidine] hydrate; persulfates such as potassium persulfate, ammonium persulfate; benzoyl peroxide, t-butyl hydroperoxide , hydrogen peroxide; substituted ethane-based initiators, such as phenyl-substituted ethane; redox, such as persulfate in combination with sodium bisulfite, peroxide in combination with sodium ascorbate system initiator; and the like, but are not limited to these. Thermal polymerization can be preferably carried out at a temperature of, for example, about 20 to 100°C (typically 40 to 80°C).
 光重合開始剤としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えばケタール系光重合開始剤、アセトフェノン系光重合開始剤、ベンゾインエーテル系光重合開始剤、アシルホスフィンオキサイド系光重合開始剤、α-ケトール系光重合開始剤、芳香族スルホニルクロリド系光重合開始剤、光活性オキシム系光重合開始剤、ベンゾイン系光重合開始剤、ベンジル系光重合開始剤、ベンゾフェノン系光重合開始剤、チオキサントン系光重合開始剤等を用いることができる。 Although the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, for example, ketal photopolymerization initiator, acetophenone photopolymerization initiator, benzoin ether photopolymerization initiator, acylphosphine oxide photopolymerization initiator, α- Ketol photoinitiators, aromatic sulfonyl chloride photoinitiators, photoactive oxime photoinitiators, benzoin photoinitiators, benzyl photoinitiators, benzophenone photoinitiators, thioxanthone photoinitiators A polymerization initiator or the like can be used.
 このような熱重合開始剤または光重合開始剤の使用量は、重合方法や重合態様等に応じた通常の使用量とすることができ、特に限定されない。例えば、重合対象のモノマー100重量部に対して重合開始剤凡そ0.001~5重量部(典型的には凡そ0.01~2重量部、例えば凡そ0.01~1重量部)を用いることができる。 The amount of such a thermal polymerization initiator or photopolymerization initiator to be used is not particularly limited and can be a normal amount to be used according to the polymerization method, polymerization mode, etc. For example, about 0.001 to 5 parts by weight (typically about 0.01 to 2 parts by weight, for example about 0.01 to 1 part by weight) of a polymerization initiator is used with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer to be polymerized. can be done.
 上記重合には、必要に応じて、従来公知の各種の連鎖移動剤(分子量調節剤あるいは重合度調節剤としても把握され得る。)を使用することができる。連鎖移動剤としては、n-ドデシルメルカプタン、t-ドデシルメルカプタン、チオグリコール酸等のメルカプタン類を用いることができる。あるいは、硫黄原子を含まない連鎖移動剤(非硫黄系連鎖移動剤)を用いてもよい。非硫黄系連鎖移動剤の具体例としては、N,N-ジメチルアニリン、N,N-ジエチルアニリン等のアニリン類;α-ピネン、ターピノーレン等のテルペノイド類;α-メチルスチレン、α―メチルスチレンダイマー等のスチレン類;ジベンジリデンアセトン、シンナミルアルコール、シンナミルアルデヒド等のベンジリデニル基を有する化合物;ヒドロキノン、ナフトヒドロキノン等のヒドロキノン類;ベンゾキノン、ナフトキノン等のキノン類;2,3-ジメチル-2-ブテン、1,5-シクロオクタジエン等のオレフィン類;フェノール、ベンジルアルコール、アリルアルコール等のアルコール類;ジフェニルベンゼン、トリフェニルベンゼン等のベンジル水素類;等が挙げられる。
 連鎖移動剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。連鎖移動剤を使用する場合、その使用量は、モノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば凡そ0.01~1重量部程度とすることができる。ここに開示される技術は、連鎖移動剤を使用しない態様でも好ましく実施され得る。
For the above polymerization, various conventionally known chain transfer agents (which can also be understood as molecular weight modifiers or polymerization degree modifiers) can be used as needed. Mercaptans such as n-dodecylmercaptan, t-dodecylmercaptan and thioglycolic acid can be used as the chain transfer agent. Alternatively, a chain transfer agent containing no sulfur atom (non-sulfur chain transfer agent) may be used. Specific examples of non-sulfur chain transfer agents include anilines such as N,N-dimethylaniline and N,N-diethylaniline; terpenoids such as α-pinene and terpinolene; α-methylstyrene and α-methylstyrene dimer. styrenes such as dibenzylideneacetone, cinnamyl alcohol, compounds having a benzylidenyl group such as cinnamylaldehyde; hydroquinones such as hydroquinone and naphthohydroquinone; quinones such as benzoquinone and naphthoquinone; 2,3-dimethyl-2-butene , olefins such as 1,5-cyclooctadiene; alcohols such as phenol, benzyl alcohol and allyl alcohol; benzyl hydrogens such as diphenylbenzene and triphenylbenzene;
A chain transfer agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. When a chain transfer agent is used, the amount used can be, for example, about 0.01 to 1 part by weight per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. The technology disclosed herein can also be preferably practiced in a mode that does not use a chain transfer agent.
 上記の各種重合法を適宜採用して得られる重合物(例えばアクリル系重合物、典型的にはアクリル系ポリマー)の分子量は特に制限されず、要求性能等に合わせて適当な範囲に設定し得る。上記重合物の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、凡そ10×10以上であることが適当であり、例えば凡そ15×10以上であってよい。所定値以上のMwを有する重合物(例えばアクリル系重合物)を用いることで、凝集力と接着力とがバランスよく両立され得る。いくつかの態様において、上記Mwは、良好な接着信頼性を得る観点から、20×10以上であってもよく、30×10以上(例えば30×10超)でもよく、凡そ40×10以上でもよく、凡そ50×10以上でもよく、例えば凡そ55×10以上でもよい。上記重合物のMwの上限は、特に限定されず、例えば凡そ500×10以下(例えば凡そ150×10以下)であってもよく、凡そ75×10以下でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記Mwは50×10未満であってもよく、40×10未満でもよく、35×10未満(例えば30×10未満)でもよい。かかるMwを有する重合物によると、粘着剤の60℃損失弾性率を所定の範囲に調節しやすい傾向がある。ここでMwとは、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)により得られた標準ポリスチレン換算の値をいう。GPC装置としては、例えば機種名「HLC-8320GPC」(カラム:TSKgelGMH-H(S)、東ソー社製)を使用すればよい。後述の実施例においても同様である。 The molecular weight of the polymer obtained by appropriately adopting the various polymerization methods described above (for example, an acrylic polymer, typically an acrylic polymer) is not particularly limited, and can be set in an appropriate range according to the required performance. . The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer is suitably about 10×10 4 or more, for example about 15×10 4 or more. By using a polymer (for example, an acrylic polymer) having Mw equal to or higher than a predetermined value, both cohesive strength and adhesive strength can be achieved in a well-balanced manner. In some aspects, the Mw may be 20×10 4 or more, may be 30×10 4 or more (for example, more than 30×10 4 ), or may be about 40× It may be 10 4 or more, approximately 50×10 4 or more, for example, approximately 55×10 4 or more. The upper limit of the Mw of the polymer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, about 500×10 4 or less (for example, about 150×10 4 or less) or about 75×10 4 or less. In some preferred embodiments, the Mw may be less than 50×10 4 , less than 40×10 4 , less than 35×10 4 (eg, less than 30×10 4 ). A polymer having such an Mw tends to facilitate adjustment of the 60° C. loss elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive within a predetermined range. Here, Mw refers to a value converted to standard polystyrene obtained by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). As the GPC apparatus, for example, model name "HLC-8320GPC" (column: TSKgelGMH-H(S), manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) may be used. The same applies to the examples described later.
 いくつかの態様に係る表面保護シートは、水分散型粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤層を有する。水分散型粘着剤組成物の代表例として、エマルション型粘着剤組成物が挙げられる。エマルション型粘着剤組成物は、典型的には、モノマー成分の重合物と、必要に応じて用いられる添加剤とを含有する。 A surface protection sheet according to some embodiments has an adhesive layer formed from a water-dispersed adhesive composition. A representative example of the water-dispersible pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is an emulsion-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. An emulsion-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition typically contains a polymer of monomer components and additives that are used as necessary.
 モノマー成分のエマルション重合は、通常、乳化剤の存在下で行われる。エマルション重合用の乳化剤としては、特に制限されず、公知のアニオン性乳化剤、ノニオン性乳化剤等を用いることができる。乳化剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。  The emulsion polymerization of the monomer component is usually carried out in the presence of an emulsifier. The emulsifier for emulsion polymerization is not particularly limited, and known anionic emulsifiers, nonionic emulsifiers and the like can be used. Emulsifiers can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 アニオン性乳化剤の非限定的な例としては、ラウリル硫酸ナトリウム、ラウリル硫酸アンモニウム、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム、ポリオキシエチレンラウリル硫酸ナトリウム、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル硫酸ナトリウム、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル硫酸アンモニウム、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル硫酸ナトリウム、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルスルホコハク酸ナトリウム等が挙げられる。ノニオン性乳化剤の非限定的な例としては、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレン脂肪酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンポリオキシプロピレンブロックポリマー等が挙げられる。反応性官能基を有する乳化剤(反応性乳化剤)を用いてもよい。反応性乳化剤の例としては、上述したアニオン性乳化剤またはノニオン性乳化剤に、プロペニル基やアリルエーテル基等のラジカル重合性官能基が導入された構造のラジカル重合性乳化剤が挙げられる。 Non-limiting examples of anionic emulsifiers include sodium lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate, sodium polyoxyethylene lauryl sulfate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, ammonium polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether sulfate, polyoxyethylene Examples include sodium ethylene alkylphenyl ether sulfate and sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfosuccinate. Non-limiting examples of nonionic emulsifiers include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ethers, polyoxyethylene fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene block polymers, and the like. An emulsifier having a reactive functional group (reactive emulsifier) may be used. Examples of reactive emulsifiers include radically polymerizable emulsifiers having a structure in which a radically polymerizable functional group such as a propenyl group or an allyl ether group is introduced into the anionic emulsifier or nonionic emulsifier described above.
 エマルション重合における乳化剤の使用量は、モノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば0.2重量部以上であってよく、0.5重量部以上でもよく、1.0重量部以上でもよく、1.5重量部以上でもよい。また、温水浸漬後の接着力低下の抑制等の観点から、いくつかの態様において、乳化剤の使用量は、モノマー成分100重量部に対して10重量部以下とすることが適当であり、5重量部以下とすることが好ましく、3重量部以下としてもよい。なお、ここでエマルション重合に使用する乳化剤は、粘着剤層の水親和剤としても機能し得る。 The amount of the emulsifier used in the emulsion polymerization may be, for example, 0.2 parts by weight or more, 0.5 parts by weight or more, or 1.0 parts by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. It may be 5 parts by weight or more. Further, from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in adhesive strength after immersion in warm water, etc., in some embodiments, the amount of emulsifier used is suitably 10 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component, and 5 parts by weight. parts by weight or less, and may be 3 parts by weight or less. The emulsifier used for emulsion polymerization here can also function as a water affinity agent for the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
 エマルション重合によると、モノマー成分の重合物が水に分散したエマルション形態の重合反応液が得られる。粘着剤層の形成に用いる水分散型粘着剤組成物は、上記重合反応液を用いて好ましく製造され得る。 According to emulsion polymerization, a polymerization reaction liquid in the form of an emulsion in which a polymer of monomer components is dispersed in water is obtained. A water-dispersible pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be preferably produced using the above polymerization reaction solution.
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、表面保護シートは、溶剤型粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤層を有する。溶剤型粘着剤組成物は、典型的には、モノマー成分の溶液重合物と、必要に応じて用いられる添加剤とを含有する。ここに開示される技術による効果は、溶剤型粘着剤層を備える形態でも効果的に発揮され得る。溶液重合に用いる溶媒(重合溶媒)は、従来公知の有機溶媒から適宜選択することができる。例えば、トルエン等の芳香族化合物類(典型的には芳香族炭化水素類);酢酸エチルや酢酸ブチル等のエステル類;ヘキサンやシクロヘキサン等の脂肪族または脂環式炭化水素類;1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン化アルカン類;イソプロピルアルコール等の低級アルコール類(例えば、炭素原子数1~4の一価アルコール類);tert-ブチルメチルエーテル等のエーテル類;メチルエチルケトン等のケトン類;等から選択されるいずれか1種の溶媒、または2種以上の混合溶媒を用いることができる。溶液重合によると、モノマー成分の重合物が重合溶媒に溶解した形態の重合反応液が得られる。粘着剤層の形成に用いる溶剤型粘着剤組成物は、上記重合反応液を用いて好ましく製造され得る。 In some preferred embodiments, the surface protective sheet has a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from a solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. A solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition typically contains a solution polymer of monomer components and additives used as necessary. The effect of the technology disclosed herein can be effectively exhibited even in a form provided with a solvent-type pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The solvent (polymerization solvent) used for solution polymerization can be appropriately selected from conventionally known organic solvents. For example, aromatic compounds such as toluene (typically aromatic hydrocarbons); esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane and cyclohexane; Halogenated alkanes such as dichloroethane; lower alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol (for example, monohydric alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms); ethers such as tert-butyl methyl ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone; Any one solvent or a mixture of two or more solvents can be used. According to the solution polymerization, a polymerization reaction liquid is obtained in which a polymer of monomer components is dissolved in a polymerization solvent. A solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be preferably produced using the above polymerization reaction solution.
 他の好ましい態様において、表面保護シートは、活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤層を有する。ここで、本明細書において「活性エネルギー線」とは、重合反応、架橋反応、開始剤の分解等の化学反応を引き起こし得るエネルギーをもったエネルギー線を指す。ここでいう活性エネルギー線の例には、紫外線、可視光線、赤外線のような光や、α線、β線、γ線、電子線、中性子線、X線のような放射線等が含まれる。活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物の一好適例として、光硬化型粘着剤組成物が挙げられる。光硬化型の粘着剤組成物は、厚手の粘着剤層であっても容易に形成し得るという利点を有する。なかでも紫外線硬化型粘着剤組成物が好ましい。また、ここに開示される技術による効果は、光硬化型粘着剤層を備える形態でも効果的に発揮され得る。 In another preferred embodiment, the surface protection sheet has an adhesive layer formed from an active energy ray-curable adhesive composition. As used herein, the term "active energy ray" refers to an energy ray having energy capable of causing a chemical reaction such as a polymerization reaction, a cross-linking reaction, or decomposition of an initiator. Examples of active energy rays here include light such as ultraviolet rays, visible rays, and infrared rays, and radiation such as α rays, β rays, γ rays, electron beams, neutron rays, and X rays. A suitable example of the active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. A photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition has the advantage that even a thick pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be easily formed. Among them, an ultraviolet curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is preferred. Moreover, the effect by the technique disclosed here can be effectively exhibited also with the form provided with a photocurable adhesive layer.
 光硬化型粘着剤組成物は、典型的には、該組成物のモノマー成分のうち少なくとも一部(モノマーの種類の一部であってもよく、分量の一部であってもよい。)を重合物の形態で含む。上記重合物を形成する際の重合方法は特に限定されず、従来公知の各種重合方法を適宜採用することができる。例えば、溶液重合、エマルション重合、塊状重合等の熱重合(典型的には、熱重合開始剤の存在下で行われる。);紫外線等の光を照射して行う光重合(典型的には、光重合開始剤の存在下で行われる。);β線、γ線等の放射線を照射して行う放射線重合;等を適宜採用することができる。なかでも光重合が好ましい。 Typically, the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains at least part of the monomer components of the composition (may be part of the types of monomers or part of the amount). It is contained in the form of a polymer. The polymerization method for forming the polymer is not particularly limited, and conventionally known various polymerization methods can be appropriately employed. For example, thermal polymerization such as solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization (typically performed in the presence of a thermal polymerization initiator); photopolymerization performed by irradiating light such as ultraviolet rays (typically, conducted in the presence of a photopolymerization initiator); radiation polymerization conducted by irradiating radiation such as β-rays and γ-rays; Among them, photopolymerization is preferred.
 いくつかの好ましい態様に係る光硬化型粘着剤組成物は、モノマー成分の部分重合物を含む。このような部分重合物は、典型的にはモノマー成分に由来する重合物と未反応のモノマーとの混合物であって、好ましくはシロップ状(粘性のある液状)を呈する。以下、かかる性状の部分重合物を「モノマーシロップ」または単に「シロップ」ということがある。モノマー成分を部分重合させる際の重合方法は特に制限されず、上述のような各種重合方法を適宜選択して用いることができる。効率や簡便性の観点から、光重合法を好ましく採用し得る。光重合によると、光の照射量(光量)等の重合条件によって、モノマー成分の重合転化率(モノマーコンバーション)を容易に制御することができる。 A photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to some preferred embodiments contains a partially polymerized monomer component. Such a partial polymer is typically a mixture of a polymer derived from monomer components and unreacted monomers, and preferably exhibits a syrup (viscous liquid). Hereinafter, the partial polymer having such properties is sometimes referred to as "monomer syrup" or simply "syrup". The polymerization method for partially polymerizing the monomer component is not particularly limited, and various polymerization methods as described above can be appropriately selected and used. A photopolymerization method can be preferably employed from the viewpoint of efficiency and convenience. According to photopolymerization, the polymerization conversion rate of the monomer component (monomer conversion) can be easily controlled by the polymerization conditions such as the irradiation amount of light (light amount).
 上記部分重合物におけるモノマー混合物の重合転化率は、特に限定されない。上記重合転化率は、例えば凡そ70重量%以下とすることができ、凡そ60重量%以下とすることが好ましい。上記部分重合物を含む粘着剤組成物の調製容易性や塗工性等の観点から、上記重合転化率は、凡そ50重量%以下が適当であり、凡そ40重量%以下(例えば凡そ35重量%以下)が好ましい。重合転化率の下限は特に制限されないが、典型的には凡そ1重量%以上であり、凡そ5重量%以上とすることが適当である。 The polymerization conversion rate of the monomer mixture in the partially polymerized product is not particularly limited. The polymerization conversion rate can be, for example, about 70% by weight or less, preferably about 60% by weight or less. From the viewpoint of ease of preparation and coating properties of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the partially polymerized product, the polymerization conversion rate is suitably about 50% by weight or less, and about 40% by weight or less (for example, about 35% by weight). below) is preferred. Although the lower limit of the polymerization conversion rate is not particularly limited, it is typically about 1% by weight or more, and about 5% by weight or more is suitable.
 モノマー成分の部分重合物を含む粘着剤組成物は、例えば、該粘着剤組成物の調製に用いられるモノマー成分の全量を含むモノマー混合物を適当な重合方法(例えば光重合法)により部分重合させることにより得ることができる。また、モノマー成分の部分重合物を含む粘着剤組成物は、該粘着剤組成物の調製に用いられるモノマー成分のうちの一部を含むモノマー混合物の部分重合物または完全重合物と、残りのモノマー成分またはその部分重合物との混合物であってもよい。なお、本明細書において「完全重合物」とは、重合転化率が95重量%超であることをいう。 A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a partially polymerized product of a monomer component can be obtained, for example, by partially polymerizing a monomer mixture containing all of the monomer components used in the preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition by an appropriate polymerization method (e.g., photopolymerization method). can be obtained by In addition, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a partial polymer of monomer components is a partial polymer or a complete polymer of a monomer mixture containing a part of the monomer components used in the preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and the remaining monomers. It may be a mixture with a component or a partial polymer thereof. In the present specification, the term "completely polymerized product" means that the polymerization conversion rate is over 95% by weight.
 上記部分重合物を含む粘着剤組成物には、必要に応じて用いられる他の成分(例えば、光重合開始剤、多官能モノマー、架橋剤、水親和剤等)が配合され得る。そのような他の成分を配合する方法は特に限定されず、例えば上記モノマー混合物にあらかじめ含有させてもよく、上記部分重合物に添加してもよい。 Other components (for example, photopolymerization initiators, polyfunctional monomers, cross-linking agents, hydrophilic agents, etc.) used as necessary may be blended into the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the partial polymer. The method of blending such other components is not particularly limited. For example, they may be included in the above monomer mixture in advance or may be added to the above partial polymer.
 (水親和剤)
 粘着剤層には、所望により、水親和剤を含有させることができる。粘着剤層に水親和剤を含有させることにより、水等の水性液体を利用して剥離力を効果的に低下させることができる。その理由は、特に限定解釈されるものではないが、一般に水親和剤は親水性領域を有することにより粘着剤層の表面に偏在しやすく、それによって該粘着剤層表面の水親和性を効率よく高める作用が発揮され、該粘着剤層が水と接触したときに剥離力を効果的に低下させるものと考えられる。水親和剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(Water affinity agent)
If desired, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can contain a water affinity agent. By including a water-affinitive agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, it is possible to effectively reduce the peel strength using an aqueous liquid such as water. The reason for this is not particularly limited, but in general, the water affinity agent tends to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer by having a hydrophilic region, thereby efficiently increasing the water affinity of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer surface. It is considered that the effect of increasing the peel force is exhibited, and the peel force is effectively reduced when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer comes into contact with water. A water affinity agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
 いくつかの態様において、水親和剤としては、界面活性剤およびポリオキシアルキレン骨格を有する化合物から選択される少なくとも1種の化合物Aを用いることができる。界面活性剤およびポリオキシアルキレン骨格を有する化合物としては、公知の界面活性剤、ポリオキシアルキレン骨格を有する化合物の1種または2種以上を特に制限なく用いることができる。なお、上記界面活性剤のなかには、ポリオキシアルキレン骨格を有する化合物が存在し、逆もまた然りであることは言うまでもない。 In some embodiments, at least one compound A selected from surfactants and compounds having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton can be used as the hydrophilic agent. As the surfactant and the compound having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton, one or more of known surfactants and compounds having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton can be used without particular limitation. Needless to say, among the surfactants described above, there are compounds having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton, and vice versa.
 化合物Aとして用いられ得る界面活性剤としては、公知の非イオン性界面活性剤、アニオン性界面活性剤、カチオン性界面活性剤等を用いることができる。なかでも、非イオン性界面活性剤が好ましい。界面活性剤は1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 As the surfactant that can be used as compound A, known nonionic surfactants, anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, etc. can be used. Among them, nonionic surfactants are preferred. Surfactant can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
 非イオン性界面活性剤の例としては、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンセチルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル等のポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル;ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル等のポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル;ソルビタンモノラウレート、ソルビタンモノパルミテート、ソルビタンモノステアレート、ソルビタンモノオレエート等のソルビタン脂肪酸エステル;ポリオキシエチレンソルビタンモノラウレート、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタンモノパルミテート、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタンモノステアレート、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタントリステアレート、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタントリイソステアレート、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタンモノオレエート、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタントリオレエート等のポリオキシエチレンソルビタン脂肪酸エステル;ポリオキシエチレングリセリルエーテル脂肪酸エステル;ポリオキシエレン-ポリオキシプロピレンブロックコポリマー;等が挙げられる。これらの非イオン性界面活性剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 Examples of nonionic surfactants include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers such as polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene cetyl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether; Polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ethers such as oxyethylene nonylphenyl ether; Sorbitan fatty acid esters such as sorbitan monolaurate, sorbitan monopalmitate, sorbitan monostearate and sorbitan monooleate; Polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, polyoxyethylene Polyoxyethylene sorbitan such as sorbitan monopalmitate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan triisostearate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan trioleate fatty acid ester; polyoxyethylene glyceryl ether fatty acid ester; polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene block copolymer; These nonionic surfactants can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 アニオン性界面活性剤の例としては、ノニルベンゼンスルホン酸塩、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸塩(例えばドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム)等の、アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸塩;ラウリル硫酸塩(例えばラウリル硫酸ナトリウム、ラウリル硫酸アンモニウム)、オクタデシル硫酸塩等のアルキル硫酸塩;脂肪酸塩;ポリオキシエチレンオクタデシルエーテル硫酸塩、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル硫酸塩等のポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル硫酸塩(例えば、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル硫酸ナトリウム)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルフェニルエーテル硫酸塩等のポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル硫酸塩(例えば、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル硫酸アンモニウム、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル硫酸ナトリウム等)、ポリオキシエチレンスチレン化フェニルエーテル硫酸塩等の、ポリエーテル硫酸塩;ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテルリン酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテルリン酸エステル等の、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルリン酸エステル;上記ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルリン酸エステルのナトリウム塩、カリウム塩等のポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルリン酸エステル塩;ラウリルスルホコハク酸塩、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルスルホコハク酸塩(例えば、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルスルホコハク酸ナトリウム)等の、スルホコハク酸塩;ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル酢酸塩;等が挙げられる。アニオン性界面活性剤が塩を形成している場合、該塩は、例えばナトリウム塩、カリウム塩、カルシウム塩、マグネシウム塩等の金属塩(好ましくは一価金属の塩)、アンモニウム塩、アミン塩等であり得る。アニオン性界面活性剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 Examples of anionic surfactants include alkylbenzene sulfonates such as nonylbenzene sulfonate, dodecylbenzene sulfonate (e.g. sodium dodecylbenzene sulfonate); lauryl sulfates (e.g. sodium lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate); Alkyl sulfates such as octadecyl sulfate; fatty acid salts; polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfates such as polyoxyethylene octadecyl ether sulfate and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether sulfate (e.g., sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate); Polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether sulfates such as ethylene lauryl phenyl ether sulfate (e.g., ammonium polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether sulfate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether sulfate, etc.), polyoxyethylene styrenated phenyl ether sulfates, etc. Polyether sulfate; polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate such as polyoxyethylene stearyl ether phosphate and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether phosphate; sodium salt, potassium salt, etc. of the above polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate sulfosuccinates such as lauryl sulfosuccinate, polyoxyethylene lauryl sulfosuccinate (e.g., sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl sulfosuccinate); polyoxyethylene alkyl ether acetate; are mentioned. When the anionic surfactant forms a salt, the salt is, for example, a metal salt (preferably a monovalent metal salt) such as sodium salt, potassium salt, calcium salt, magnesium salt, ammonium salt, amine salt, etc. can be Anionic surfactant can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
 いくつかの態様において、例えば、-POH基、-COH基および-SOH基の少なくとも一つを有するアニオン性界面活性剤を好ましく使用し得る。なかでも-POH基を有する界面活性剤が好ましい。このような界面活性剤は、典型的にはリン酸エステル構造を含んでおり、例えばリン酸のモノエステル(ROP(=O)(OH);ここでRは1価の有機基)、ジエステル((RO)P(=O)OH;ここでRは、同一のまたは異なる1価の有機基)、モノエステルおよびジエステルの両方を含む混合物等であり得る。-POH基を有する界面活性剤の好適例として、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルリン酸エステルが挙げられる。ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテルリン酸エステルにおけるアルキル基の炭素原子数は、例えば6~20であってよく、8~20でもよく、10~20でもよく、12~20でもよく、14~20でもよい。 In some embodiments, for example, anionic surfactants having at least one of -POH, -COH and -SOH groups can be preferably used. Among them, surfactants having a —POH group are preferred. Such surfactants typically contain a phosphate ester structure, e.g. monoesters of phosphoric acid (ROP(=O)(OH) 2 ; where R is a monovalent organic group), diesters ((RO) 2 P(=O)OH; where R are the same or different monovalent organic groups), mixtures including both monoesters and diesters, and the like. Preferable examples of surfactants having a —POH group include polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphates. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group in the polyoxyethylene alkyl ether phosphate may be, for example, 6-20, 8-20, 10-20, 12-20, or 14-20.
 カチオン性界面活性剤の例としては、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルアミン、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルアミン等のポリエーテルアミンが挙げられる。カチオン性界面活性剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 Examples of cationic surfactants include polyetheramines such as polyoxyethylene laurylamine and polyoxyethylene stearylamine. A cationic surfactant can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
 化合物Aとして用いられ得るポリオキシアルキレン骨格を有する化合物としては、例えば、ポリエチレングリコール(PEG)、ポリプロピレングリコール(PPG)等のポリアルキレングリコール;ポリオキシエチレン単位を含むポリエーテル、ポリオキシプロピレン単位を含むポリエーテル、オキシエチレン単位とオキシプロピレン単位とを含む化合物(これら単位の配列は、ランダムであってもよく、ブロック状であってもよい。);これらの誘導体;等を用いることができる。また、上述の界面活性剤のうちポリオキシアルキレン骨格を有する化合物を用いることもできる。これらは1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。なかでも、ポリオキシエチレン骨格(ポリオキシエチレンセグメントともいう。)を含む化合物を用いることが好ましく、PEGがより好ましい。 Examples of compounds having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton that can be used as compound A include polyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol (PEG) and polypropylene glycol (PPG); polyethers containing polyoxyethylene units, and polyoxypropylene units. Polyethers, compounds containing oxyethylene units and oxypropylene units (the arrangement of these units may be random or block-like); derivatives thereof; and the like can be used. Compounds having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton among the surfactants described above can also be used. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. Among them, it is preferable to use a compound containing a polyoxyethylene skeleton (also referred to as a polyoxyethylene segment), and PEG is more preferable.
 ポリオキシアルキレン骨格を有する化合物(例えばポリエチレングリコール)の分子量(化学式量)は特に限定されず、例えば1000未満であることが適当であり、粘着剤組成物調製性の点から、凡そ600以下(例えば500以下)であることが好ましい。ポリオキシアルキレン骨格を有する化合物(例えばポリエチレングリコール)の分子量の下限は特に限定されず、分子量が凡そ100以上(例えば凡そ200以上、さらには凡そ300以上)のものが好ましく用いられる。 The molecular weight (chemical formula weight) of the compound having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton (e.g., polyethylene glycol) is not particularly limited, and is suitably, for example, less than 1,000. 500 or less). The lower limit of the molecular weight of the compound having a polyoxyalkylene skeleton (eg, polyethylene glycol) is not particularly limited, and compounds having a molecular weight of about 100 or more (eg, about 200 or more, further about 300 or more) are preferably used.
 水親和剤の他の例として、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルピロリドン、ポリアクリル酸等の水溶性ポリマーが挙げられる。水溶性ポリマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。ここに開示される技術において、水親和剤としては、化合物Aの1種または2種以上を用いてもよく、水溶性ポリマーの1種または2種以上を用いてもよく、これらを組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Other examples of hydrophilic agents include water-soluble polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and polyacrylic acid. A water-soluble polymer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. In the technology disclosed herein, as the water affinity agent, one or two or more of the compounds A may be used, one or two or more of the water-soluble polymers may be used, and these may be used in combination. may
 水親和剤のHLBは特に限定されず、例えば3以上であり、凡そ6以上が適当であり、8以上(例えば9以上)であり得る。いくつかの好ましい態様では、水親和剤のHLBは10以上である。これによって、水剥離性が好ましく発現する傾向がある。上記HLBは、より好ましくは11以上、さらに好ましくは12以上、特に好ましくは13以上(例えば14以上)である。上記範囲のHLBを有する水親和剤(典型的には界面活性剤)を粘着剤層に含ませることで、水剥離性をより効果的に発現させ得る。上記HLBの上限は20以下であり、例えば18以下であってもよく、16以下でもよく、15以下でもよい。 The HLB of the hydrophilic agent is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 3 or more, suitably about 6 or more, and may be 8 or more (eg, 9 or more). In some preferred embodiments, the HLB of the hydrophilic agent is 10 or greater. As a result, there is a tendency for the water removability to be favorably expressed. The HLB is more preferably 11 or more, still more preferably 12 or more, and particularly preferably 13 or more (for example, 14 or more). By including a water affinity agent (typically a surfactant) having an HLB within the above range in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the water removability can be more effectively exhibited. The upper limit of HLB is 20 or less, and may be, for example, 18 or less, 16 or less, or 15 or less.
 なお、本明細書におけるHLBは、GriffinによるHydrophile-Lipophile Balanceであり、界面活性剤の水や油への親和性の程度を表す値であり、親水性と親油性の比を0~20の間の数値で表したものである。HLBの定義は、W.C.Griffin:J.Soc.Cosmetic Chemists,1,311(1949)や、高橋越民、難波義郎、小池基生、小林正雄共著、「界面活性剤ハンドブック」、第3版、工学図書社出版、昭和47年11月25日、p179~182等に記載されるとおりである。上記HLBを有する水親和剤は、上記参考文献を必要に応じて参酌するなどして、当業者の技術常識に基づき、選定することができる。 In addition, HLB in the present specification is Hydrophile-Lipophile Balance by Griffin, which is a value representing the degree of affinity of a surfactant to water or oil, and the ratio of hydrophilicity to lipophilicity is between 0 and 20. is expressed as a numerical value. The definition of HLB is given by W. C. Griffin: J. Soc. Cosmetic Chemists, 1,311 (1949), Kotami Takahashi, Yoshiro Namba, Motoo Koike, Masao Kobayashi, "Surfactant Handbook", 3rd Edition, Kogakutoshosha Publishing, November 25, 1972, p.179- 182 and the like. The hydrophilic agent having the above HLB can be selected based on the common general technical knowledge of those skilled in the art, for example, by referring to the above references as necessary.
 このような水親和剤は、遊離の形態で粘着剤層に含まれていることが好ましい。水親和剤としては、粘着剤組成物調製性の点から、常温(約25℃)において液状であるものが好ましく用いられる。 Such a water affinity agent is preferably contained in the adhesive layer in a free form. As the water affinity agent, one that is liquid at room temperature (about 25° C.) is preferably used from the standpoint of preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
 水親和剤を含む粘着剤層は、典型的には、水親和剤を含む粘着剤組成物から形成される。上記粘着剤組成物は、上述した水分散型粘着剤組成物、溶剤型粘着剤組成物、活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物、ホットメルト型粘着剤組成物等のいずれでもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、水親和剤を含む粘着剤層は、光硬化型または溶剤型の粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤層であり得る。このような粘着剤層において、水親和剤の添加効果が好ましく発揮され得る。粘着剤層は、光硬化性を有していてもよい。 A pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing a water affinity agent is typically formed from a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a water affinity agent. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be any of the water-dispersed pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the hot-melt pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and the like. In some preferred embodiments, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing a water-affinitive agent can be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from a photocurable or solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. In such a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the effect of addition of the water affinity agent can be preferably exhibited. The adhesive layer may have photocurability.
 粘着剤層における水親和剤の含有量は、特に限定されず、該水親和剤の使用効果が適切に発揮されるように設定することができる。いくつかの態様において、水親和剤の含有量は、粘着剤層に含まれる重合物(例えば、アクリル系重合物)を構成するモノマー成分100重量部あたり、例えば0.001重量部以上とすることができ、0.01重量部以上とすることが適当であり、0.03重量部以上でもよく、0.07重量部以上でもよく、0.1重量部以上でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、水親和剤の含有量は、モノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば0.2重量部以上であってよく、より高い効果を得る観点から0.3重量部以上でもよく、0.4重量部以上でもよく、0.5重量部以上でもよく、1.0重量部以上でもよく、1.5重量部以上でもよい。また、粘着剤層のバルクへの過度の水拡散を抑制する観点から、いくつかの態様において、水親和剤の使用量は、モノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば20重量部以下であってよく、10重量部以下とすることが適当であり、5重量部以下とすることが好ましく、3重量部以下としてもよい。水親和剤の含有量が多過ぎないことは、温水浸漬など水性液体に接触した場合における接着力低下を抑制する観点からも好ましい。例えば、いくつかの態様において、モノマー成分100重量部に対する水親和剤の含有量は、2重量部未満でもよく、1重量部未満でもよく、0.7重量部未満でもよく、0.3重量部未満でもよく、0.2重量部未満でもよい。HLBが10以上である水親和剤は、少量の使用によっても良好な水剥離性を発揮する傾向がある。 The content of the hydrophilic agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can be set so that the effect of using the hydrophilic agent is appropriately exhibited. In some aspects, the content of the water affinity agent is, for example, 0.001 parts by weight or more per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component constituting the polymer (for example, acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. 0.01 parts by weight or more is suitable, and it may be 0.03 parts by weight or more, 0.07 parts by weight or more, or 0.1 parts by weight or more. In some preferred embodiments, the content of the hydrophilic agent may be, for example, 0.2 parts by weight or more, and may be 0.3 parts by weight or more from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher effect, with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. It may be 0.4 parts by weight or more, 0.5 parts by weight or more, 1.0 parts by weight or more, or 1.5 parts by weight or more. Further, from the viewpoint of suppressing excessive diffusion of water into the bulk of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, in some embodiments, the amount of the water affinity agent used is, for example, 20 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. Well, it is suitable to be 10 parts by weight or less, preferably 5 parts by weight or less, and may be 3 parts by weight or less. It is preferable that the content of the water-affinity agent is not too high from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in adhesive strength when the adhesive is brought into contact with an aqueous liquid such as immersion in hot water. For example, in some embodiments, the content of the hydrophilic agent relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be less than 2 parts by weight, may be less than 1 part by weight, may be less than 0.7 parts by weight, or may be 0.3 parts by weight. It may be less than 0.2 parts by weight. Hydrophilic agents with an HLB of 10 or more tend to exhibit good water removability even when used in small amounts.
 (架橋剤)
 ここに開示される粘着剤組成物には、主に粘着剤層内での架橋または粘着剤層とその隣接面との架橋を目的として、必要に応じて架橋剤を含有させることができる。架橋剤は、典型的には架橋反応後の形態で粘着剤層に含まれている。架橋剤の使用により、粘着剤層の凝集力を適切に調節することができる。
(crosslinking agent)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition disclosed herein may optionally contain a cross-linking agent mainly for the purpose of cross-linking within the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer or between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and its adjacent surface. The cross-linking agent is typically contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in a form after the cross-linking reaction. The cohesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be appropriately adjusted by using the cross-linking agent.
 架橋剤の種類は特に制限されず、従来公知の架橋剤のなかから、例えば粘着剤組成物の組成に応じて、該架橋剤が粘着剤層内で適切な架橋機能を発揮するように選択することができる。用いられ得る架橋剤としては、イソシアネート系架橋剤、エポキシ系架橋剤、オキサゾリン系架橋剤、アジリジン系架橋剤、カルボジイミド系架橋剤、メラミン系架橋剤、尿素系架橋剤、金属アルコキシド系架橋剤、金属キレート系架橋剤、金属塩系架橋剤、ヒドラジン系架橋剤、アミン系架橋剤等を例示することができる。これらは1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。水分散型粘着剤組成物においては、水に溶解または分散可能な架橋剤の使用が好ましい。 The type of the cross-linking agent is not particularly limited, and is selected from conventionally known cross-linking agents so that the cross-linking agent exhibits an appropriate cross-linking function in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer according to, for example, the composition of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. be able to. Cross-linking agents that can be used include isocyanate cross-linking agents, epoxy cross-linking agents, oxazoline cross-linking agents, aziridine cross-linking agents, carbodiimide cross-linking agents, melamine cross-linking agents, urea cross-linking agents, metal alkoxide cross-linking agents, metal Examples include chelate-based cross-linking agents, metal salt-based cross-linking agents, hydrazine-based cross-linking agents, amine-based cross-linking agents, and the like. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. In a water-dispersible pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, it is preferable to use a water-soluble or dispersible cross-linking agent.
 イソシアネート系架橋剤としては、2官能以上の多官能イソシアネート化合物を用いることができる。例えば、トリレンジイソシアネート、キシレンジイソシアネート、ポリメチレンポリフェニルジイソシアネート、トリス(p-イソシアナトフェニル)チオホスフェート、ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート等の芳香族イソシアネート;イソホロンジイソシアネート等の脂環族イソシアネート;ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート等の脂肪族イソシアネート;等が挙げられる。市販品としては、トリメチロールプロパン/トリレンジイソシアネート3量体付加物(東ソー社製、商品名「コロネートL」)、トリメチロールプロパン/ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート3量体付加物(東ソー社製、商品名「コロネートHL」)、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネートのイソシアヌレート体(東ソー社製、商品名「コロネートHX」)、トリメチロールプロパン/キシリレンジイソシアネート付加物(三井化学社製、商品名「タケネートD-110N」)等のイソシアネート付加物等を例示することができる。水分散型の粘着剤組成物においては、水に溶解または分散可能なイソシアネート系架橋剤の使用が好ましい。例えば、水溶性、水分散性または自己乳化型のイソシアネート系架橋剤を好ましく採用し得る。イソシアネート基がブロックされた、いわゆるブロックドイソシアネート型のイソシアネート系架橋剤を好ましく使用し得る。 As the isocyanate-based cross-linking agent, a bifunctional or higher polyfunctional isocyanate compound can be used. For example, aromatic isocyanates such as tolylene diisocyanate, xylene diisocyanate, polymethylene polyphenyl diisocyanate, tris(p-isocyanatophenyl) thiophosphate, diphenylmethane diisocyanate; alicyclic isocyanates such as isophorone diisocyanate; aliphatic isocyanates such as hexamethylene diisocyanate isocyanate; and the like. Commercially available products include trimethylolpropane/tolylene diisocyanate trimer adduct (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, trade name "Coronate L"), trimethylolpropane/hexamethylene diisocyanate trimer adduct (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, trade name " Coronate HL"), isocyanurate of hexamethylene diisocyanate (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, trade name "Coronate HX"), trimethylolpropane/xylylene diisocyanate adduct (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, trade name "Takenate D-110N"), etc. can be exemplified by isocyanate adducts of In a water-dispersible pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, it is preferable to use an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent that is soluble or dispersible in water. For example, a water-soluble, water-dispersible or self-emulsifying isocyanate cross-linking agent can be preferably employed. A so-called blocked isocyanate-type isocyanate-based cross-linking agent in which the isocyanate group is blocked can be preferably used.
 エポキシ系架橋剤としては、1分子中に2個以上のエポキシ基を有するものを特に制限なく用いることができる。1分子中に3~5個のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ系架橋剤が好ましい。エポキシ系架橋剤の具体例としては、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-m-キシレンジアミン、1,3-ビス(N,N-ジグリシジルアミノメチル)シクロヘキサン、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、ポリグリセロールポリグリシジルエーテル等が挙げられる。エポキシ系架橋剤の市販品としては、三菱ガス化学社製の商品名「TETRAD-X」、「TETRAD-C」、DIC社製の商品名「エピクロンCR-5L」、ナガセケムテックス社製の商品名「デナコールEX-512」、日産化学工業社製の商品名「TEPIC-G」等が挙げられる。 As the epoxy-based cross-linking agent, those having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule can be used without particular limitation. An epoxy-based cross-linking agent having 3 to 5 epoxy groups in one molecule is preferred. Specific examples of epoxy-based cross-linking agents include N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylenediamine, 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, and 1,6-hexane. Diol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyglycerol polyglycidyl ether and the like. Commercially available epoxy-based cross-linking agents include products manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd. under the trade names of "TETRAD-X" and "TETRAD-C", DIC under the trade name of "Epiclon CR-5L", and products manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation. name "Denacol EX-512", product name "TEPIC-G" manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd., and the like.
 オキサゾリン系架橋剤としては、1分子内に1個以上のオキサゾリン基を有するものを特に制限なく使用することができる。水分散型粘着剤組成物においては、水に溶解または分散可能なオキサゾリン系架橋剤の使用が好ましい。
 オキサゾリン基は、2-オキサゾリン基、3-オキサゾリン基、4-オキサゾリン基のいずれでもよい。通常は、2-オキサゾリン基を有するオキサゾリン系架橋剤を好ましく使用し得る。例えば、2-ビニル-2-オキサゾリン、2-ビニル-4-メチル-2-オキサゾリン、2-ビニル-5-メチル-2-オキサゾリン、2-イソプロペニル-2-オキサゾリン、2-イソプロペニル-4-メチル-2-オキサゾリン、2-イソプロペニル-5-エチル-2-オキサゾリン等の付加重合性オキサゾリンと他のモノマーとを共重合させて得られた水溶性共重合体または水分散型共重合体を、オキサゾリン系架橋剤として使用することができる。
 オキサゾリン系架橋剤の市販品としては、例えば日本触媒社製の商品名「エポクロスWS」シリーズ、「エポクロスK」シリーズ等が挙げられる。
As the oxazoline-based cross-linking agent, those having one or more oxazoline groups in one molecule can be used without particular limitation. In a water-dispersed pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, it is preferable to use an oxazoline-based cross-linking agent that is soluble or dispersible in water.
The oxazoline group may be any of 2-oxazoline group, 3-oxazoline group and 4-oxazoline group. Generally, an oxazoline-based cross-linking agent having a 2-oxazoline group can be preferably used. For example, 2-vinyl-2-oxazoline, 2-vinyl-4-methyl-2-oxazoline, 2-vinyl-5-methyl-2-oxazoline, 2-isopropenyl-2-oxazoline, 2-isopropenyl-4- Water-soluble copolymers or water-dispersible copolymers obtained by copolymerizing addition-polymerizable oxazolines such as methyl-2-oxazoline and 2-isopropenyl-5-ethyl-2-oxazoline with other monomers , can be used as an oxazoline-based cross-linking agent.
Examples of commercially available oxazoline-based cross-linking agents include the trade name "Epocross WS" series and "Epocross K" series manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.
 アジリジン系架橋剤の例としては、トリメチロールプロパントリス[3-(1-アジリジニル)プロピオネート]、トリメチロールプロパントリス[3-(1-(2-メチル)アジリジニルプロピオネート)]等が挙げられる。
 カルボジイミド系架橋剤としては、カルボジイミド基を2個以上有する低分子化合物または高分子化合物を用いることができる。
Examples of aziridine cross-linking agents include trimethylolpropane tris [3-(1-aziridinyl) propionate], trimethylol propane tris [3-(1-(2-methyl) aziridinyl propionate)] and the like. be done.
A low-molecular-weight compound or a high-molecular-weight compound having two or more carbodiimide groups can be used as the carbodiimide-based cross-linking agent.
 いくつかの態様において、架橋剤として過酸化物を用いてもよい。過酸化物としては、ジ(2-エチルヘキシル)パーオキシジカーボネート、ジ(4-t-ブチルシクロヘキシル)パーオキシジカーボネート、ジ-sec-ブチルパーオキシジカーボネート、t-ブチルパーオキシネオデカノエート、t-へキシルパーオキシピバレート、t-ブチルパーオキシピバレート、ジラウロイルパーオキシド、ジ-n-オクタノイルパーオキシド、1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチルパーオキシイソブチレート、ジベンゾイルパーオキシド等が挙げられる。これらのなかでも、特に架橋反応効率に優れる過酸化物として、ジ(4-t-ブチルシクロヘキシル)パーオキシジカルボネート、ジラウロイルパーオキシド、ジベンゾイルパーオキシド等が挙げられる。なお、上記重合開始剤として過酸化物を使用した場合には、重合反応に使用されずに残存した過酸化物を架橋反応に使用することも可能である。その場合は過酸化物の残存量を定量して、過酸化物の割合が所定量に満たない場合には、必要に応じて、所定量になるように過酸化物を添加するとよい。過酸化物の定量は、日本国特許第4971517号公報に記載の方法により行うことができる。 In some embodiments, peroxides may be used as cross-linking agents. Peroxides include di(2-ethylhexyl)peroxydicarbonate, di(4-t-butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate, di-sec-butylperoxydicarbonate, t-butyl peroxyneodecanoate. , t-hexyl peroxypivalate, t-butyl peroxypivalate, dilauroyl peroxide, di-n-octanoyl peroxide, 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl peroxyisobutyrate, di benzoyl peroxide and the like. Among these, di(4-t-butylcyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate, dilauroyl peroxide, dibenzoyl peroxide and the like are mentioned as peroxides having particularly excellent cross-linking reaction efficiency. In addition, when a peroxide is used as the polymerization initiator, it is also possible to use the remaining peroxide that has not been used in the polymerization reaction for the cross-linking reaction. In that case, the residual amount of the peroxide is quantified, and if the ratio of the peroxide is less than the predetermined amount, the peroxide may be added as necessary so as to obtain the predetermined amount. Peroxide can be quantified by the method described in Japanese Patent No. 4971517.
 架橋剤を使用する場合における使用量(2種以上の架橋剤を使用する場合にはそれらの合計量)は、特に限定されない。接着力や凝集力等の粘着特性をバランスよく発揮する粘着剤を実現する観点から、架橋剤の使用量は、粘着剤組成物に含まれるモノマー成分(例えばアクリル系重合物のモノマー成分)100重量部に対して、例えば10重量部以下程度であり、凡そ5重量部以下とすることが適当であり、3重量部以下としてもよく、2重量部以下としてもよく、1重量部以下としてもよく、1重量部未満としてもよい。いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対する架橋剤(例えば、イソシアネート系架橋剤)の使用量は、例えば0.50重量部以下であってよく、0.40重量部以下でもよく、0.30重量部以下でもよく、0.20重量部以下でもよい。架橋剤の使用量の下限は特に限定されず、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対して0重量部より多い量であればよい。いくつかの態様において、架橋剤の使用量は、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば0.001重量部以上とすることができ、0.01重量部以上としてもよく、0.05重量部以上としてもよく、0.10重量部以上としてもよい。他のいくつかの態様において、架橋剤の使用量は、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば0.5重量部以上であってもよく、1重量部以上でもよく、1.5重量部以上でもよい。 The amount used when using a cross-linking agent (the total amount when using two or more cross-linking agents) is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of realizing a pressure-sensitive adhesive that exhibits adhesive properties such as adhesive strength and cohesive strength in a well-balanced manner, the amount of the cross-linking agent used is 100 weight of the monomer component (for example, the monomer component of the acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. For example, it is about 10 parts by weight or less, appropriately about 5 parts by weight or less, may be 3 parts by weight or less, may be 2 parts by weight or less, or may be 1 part by weight or less. , less than 1 part by weight. In some embodiments, the amount of the cross-linking agent (e.g., isocyanate-based cross-linking agent) used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be, for example, 0.50 parts by weight or less, or 0.40 parts by weight or less. 0.30 parts by weight or less, or 0.20 parts by weight or less. The lower limit of the amount of the cross-linking agent to be used is not particularly limited, and the amount may be more than 0 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. In some embodiments, the amount of the cross-linking agent to be used may be, for example, 0.001 parts by weight or more, may be 0.01 parts by weight or more, or may be 0.05 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. parts or more, or 0.10 parts by weight or more. In some other embodiments, the amount of the cross-linking agent used may be, for example, 0.5 parts by weight or more, 1 part by weight or more, or 1.5 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. It can be more than that.
 あるいは、上述のような架橋剤を含まない粘着剤組成物であってもよい。ここに開示される粘着剤組成物として光硬化型粘着剤組成物を用いる場合には、当該粘着剤組成物は、イソシアネート系架橋剤等の架橋剤を実質的に含まないものであり得る。ここで粘着剤組成物が架橋剤(典型的にはイソシアネート系架橋剤)を実質的に含まないとは、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対する架橋剤の量が0.05重量部未満(例えば0.01重量部未満)であることをいう。 Alternatively, it may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition that does not contain a cross-linking agent as described above. When using a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition disclosed herein, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be substantially free of a cross-linking agent such as an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent. Here, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition substantially does not contain a cross-linking agent (typically an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent) means that the amount of the cross-linking agent is less than 0.05 parts by weight (for example, 0.05 part by weight) relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. 01 parts by weight).
 架橋反応をより効果的に進行させるために、架橋触媒を用いてもよい。架橋触媒としては、テトラ-n-ブチルチタネート、テトライソプロピルチタネート、ナーセム第二鉄、ブチルスズオキシド、ジオクチルスズジラウレート等の金属系架橋触媒等が例示される。なかでも、ジオクチルスズジラウレート等のスズ系架橋触媒が好ましい。架橋触媒の使用量は特に制限されない。架橋触媒の使用量は、粘着剤組成物に含まれるモノマー成分(例えばアクリル系重合物のモノマー成分)100重量部に対して、例えば凡そ0.0001重量部以上、凡そ0.001重量部以上、凡そ0.005重量以上等とすることができ、また、凡そ1重量部以下、凡そ0.1重量部以下、凡そ0.05重量部以下等とすることができる。 A cross-linking catalyst may be used to promote the cross-linking reaction more effectively. Examples of cross-linking catalysts include metallic cross-linking catalysts such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, Nasem ferric, butyltin oxide, and dioctyltin dilaurate. Of these, tin-based cross-linking catalysts such as dioctyltin dilaurate are preferred. The amount of cross-linking catalyst used is not particularly limited. The amount of the crosslinking catalyst used is, for example, about 0.0001 parts by weight or more, about 0.001 parts by weight or more, relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component (for example, the monomer component of the acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. It can be about 0.005 parts by weight or more, and can be about 1 part by weight or less, about 0.1 parts by weight or less, or about 0.05 parts by weight or less.
 粘着剤層の形成に用いられる粘着剤組成物には、所望により、架橋遅延剤として、ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物を含有させることができる。例えば、イソシアネート系架橋剤を含む粘着剤組成物またはイソシアネート系架橋剤を配合して使用され得る粘着剤組成物において、ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物を好ましく使用し得る。これにより、粘着剤組成物のポットライフを延長する効果が発揮され得る。
 ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物としては、各種のβ-ジカルボニル化合物を用いることができる。具体例としては、アセチルアセトン、2,4-ヘキサンジオン等のβ-ジケトン類;アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル等のアセト酢酸エステル類;プロピオニル酢酸エチル等のプロピオニル酢酸エステル類;イソブチリル酢酸エチル等のイソブチリル酢酸エステル類;マロン酸メチル、マロン酸エチル等のマロン酸エステル類;等が挙げられる。なかでも好適な化合物として、アセチルアセトンおよびアセト酢酸エステル類が挙げられる。ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
 ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物の使用量は、粘着剤組成物に含まれるモノマー成分(例えばアクリル系重合物のモノマー成分)100重量部に対して、例えば0.1重量部以上20重量部以下であってよく、0.5重量部以上15重量部以下とすることが適当であり、例えば1重量部以上10重量部以下とすることができ、1重量部以上5重量部以下としてもよい。
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may optionally contain a compound that causes keto-enol tautomerism as a cross-linking retarder. For example, a compound that produces keto-enol tautomerism can be preferably used in a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent or a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition that can be used by blending an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent. Thereby, the effect of extending the pot life of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be exhibited.
Various β-dicarbonyl compounds can be used as compounds that cause keto-enol tautomerism. Specific examples include β-diketones such as acetylacetone and 2,4-hexanedione; acetoacetates such as methyl acetoacetate and ethyl acetoacetate; propionyl acetates such as ethyl propionylacetate; and isobutyryl such as ethyl isobutyrylacetate. acetic acid esters; malonic acid esters such as methyl malonate and ethyl malonate; and the like. Among the preferred compounds are acetylacetone and acetoacetates. Compounds that cause keto-enol tautomerism can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The amount of the compound that causes keto-enol tautomerism is, for example, 0.1 parts by weight or more and 20 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component (for example, the monomer component of the acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. 0.5 parts by weight or more and 15 parts by weight or less, for example, 1 part by weight or more and 10 parts by weight or less, or 1 part by weight or more and 5 parts by weight or less. .
 (多官能モノマー)
 粘着剤組成物(ひいては粘着剤層)には、必要に応じて多官能能モノマーが用いられ得る。多官能モノマーは、凝集力の調整等の目的のために役立ち得る。多官能モノマーは、粘着剤層形成時や、被着体への貼付け後に光(例えば紫外線)照射等により上記エチレン性不飽和基を反応させることで、適度な柔軟性を有する架橋構造を形成し得る。したがって、本明細書において「多官能モノマー」は、架橋剤と言い換えることができるものとする。例えば、光硬化型の粘着剤組成物から形成される粘着剤層において、多官能モノマーが好ましく用いられ得る。多官能モノマーとしては、2個以上のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物が用いられ得る。多官能モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(Polyfunctional monomer)
A multifunctional monomer may be used in the adhesive composition (and thus in the adhesive layer) as necessary. Polyfunctional monomers can serve purposes such as adjusting cohesion. The polyfunctional monomer forms a crosslinked structure with appropriate flexibility by reacting the ethylenically unsaturated groups when forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer or by irradiating light (e.g., ultraviolet rays) after application to the adherend. obtain. Therefore, in the present specification, the term "polyfunctional monomer" can be rephrased as a cross-linking agent. For example, a polyfunctional monomer can be preferably used in a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. Compounds having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups can be used as polyfunctional monomers. A polyfunctional monomer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
 多官能モノマーが有するエチレン性不飽和基の例には、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、ビニル基およびアリル基が含まれるが、これらに限定されない。光反応性の観点から好ましいエチレン性不飽和基として、アクリロイル基およびメタクリロイル基が挙げられる。なかでもアクリロイル基が好ましい。 Examples of ethylenically unsaturated groups possessed by polyfunctional monomers include, but are not limited to, acryloyl groups, methacryloyl groups, vinyl groups and allyl groups. Preferred ethylenically unsaturated groups from the viewpoint of photoreactivity include acryloyl groups and methacryloyl groups. Among them, an acryloyl group is preferred.
 多官能モノマーとしては、分子内に2~10個のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物が好ましく、分子内に2~8個のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物がより好ましく、分子内に2~6個のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物がさらに好ましい。いくつかの態様において、多官能モノマーとして、分子内に4個以下(具体的には2~4個、例えば2個または3個、好適には2個)のエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物を用いることができる。そのようなエチレン性不飽和基の数が制限された多官能モノマーを用いることにより、伸長性と強度とを両立した粘着剤層が得られやすい。 The polyfunctional monomer is preferably a compound having 2 to 10 ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule, more preferably a compound having 2 to 8 ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule, and 2 to Compounds with 6 ethylenically unsaturated groups are more preferred. In some embodiments, a compound having 4 or less (specifically 2 to 4, for example 2 or 3, preferably 2) ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule is used as the polyfunctional monomer. can be used. By using such a polyfunctional monomer having a limited number of ethylenically unsaturated groups, it is easy to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having both extensibility and strength.
 多官能モノマーとしては、例えば、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,12-ドデカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチロールメタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、アリル(メタ)アクリレート、ビニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジビニルベンゼン、エポキシアクリレート、ポリエステルアクリレート、ウレタンアクリレート、ブチルジオール(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキシルジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。なかでも、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートが好適であり、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレートがより好ましい。 Examples of polyfunctional monomers include ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, penta Erythritol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,12-dodecanediol Di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, tetramethylolmethane tri(meth)acrylate, allyl(meth)acrylate, vinyl(meth)acrylate, divinylbenzene, epoxy acrylate, polyester acrylate, urethane acrylate, butyl diol (Meth)acrylate, hexyl diol di(meth)acrylate and the like. Among them, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, and dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate are preferable, and 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate is more preferable.
 多官能モノマーの使用量は、その分子量や官能基数等により異なるが、例えば、粘着剤層に含まれる重合物を形成するモノマー成分(典型的には、アクリル系重合物または当該重合物のモノマー成分)100重量部に対して0.01重量部~3.0重量部程度の範囲とすることが適当である。いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対する多官能モノマーの使用量は、例えば0.02重量部以上であってもよく、0.1重量部以上でもよく、0.5重量部以上、1.0重量部以上または2.0重量部以上でもよい。多官能モノマーの使用量の増大により、より高い凝集力が得られる傾向にある。一方、過度な凝集力向上により粘着剤層と隣接する層との接着性が低下することを避ける観点から、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対する多官能モノマーの使用量は、例えば10重量部以下であってよく、5.0重量部以下でもよく、3.0重量部以下でもよい。いくつかの態様では、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対する多官能モノマーの使用量は、例えば1.0重量部以下とすることが適当であり、好ましくは0.5重量部以下、より好ましくは0.3重量部以下であり、0.2重量部以下であってもよい。 The amount of the polyfunctional monomer used varies depending on its molecular weight, the number of functional groups, etc. ) It is appropriate to make the range of about 0.01 to 3.0 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight. In some embodiments, the amount of the polyfunctional monomer used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be, for example, 0.02 parts by weight or more, 0.1 parts by weight or more, 0.5 parts by weight or more, It may be 1.0 parts by weight or more, or 2.0 parts by weight or more. Higher cohesive strength tends to be obtained by increasing the amount of polyfunctional monomer used. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of avoiding deterioration of adhesion between the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the adjacent layer due to excessive cohesive strength improvement, the amount of the polyfunctional monomer used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is, for example, 10 parts by weight or less. 5.0 parts by weight or less, or 3.0 parts by weight or less. In some embodiments, the amount of the polyfunctional monomer to be used is, for example, 1.0 parts by weight or less, preferably 0.5 parts by weight or less, more preferably 0.5 parts by weight or less, based on 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. It is 3 parts by weight or less, and may be 0.2 parts by weight or less.
 (粘着付与剤)
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、粘着剤層は粘着付与剤を含む。粘着剤層に粘着付与剤を含ませることにより、水剥離による被着体からの除去性を保持しつつ、きっかけ剥離力を向上することができる。ここに開示される水剥離技術を利用することにより、接着力向上成分である粘着付与剤を添加して、保護時の接着性や端部剥がれ防止性と、水剥離除去性とを高いレベルで両立することができる。粘着付与剤としては、接着力を向上し得る各種成分を特に制限なく用いることができる。粘着付与剤の好適例としては、粘着付与樹脂やアクリル系オリゴマーが挙げられる。粘着付与剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(Tackifier)
In some preferred embodiments, the adhesive layer comprises a tackifier. By including a tackifier in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, it is possible to improve the trigger release force while maintaining the removability from the adherend by water peeling. By using the water-peeling technology disclosed herein, a tackifier, which is an adhesive force-improving component, is added to improve the adhesiveness during protection, the edge peeling prevention property, and the water-peeling removability at a high level. can be compatible. As the tackifier, various components capable of improving adhesive strength can be used without particular limitation. Suitable examples of tackifiers include tackifier resins and acrylic oligomers. A tackifier can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
 特に限定するものではないが、粘着付与剤としては、酸価が付与されたものが好ましく用いられる。所定値以上の酸価を有する粘着付与剤を使用することにより、接着力向上効果が得られやすい。例えば、極性被着体に対する接着性が向上し、温水浸漬後における接着力も高く維持され得る。粘着付与剤の酸価は、例えば10mgKOH/g超であり、15mgKOH/g超が適当であり、好ましくは20mgKOH/g超、より好ましくは23mgKOH/g以上である。上記酸価の上限は、通常、例えば200mgKOH/g以下であり、水剥離性の観点から、100mgKOH/g以下であってもよく、50mgKOH/g以下でもよく、40mgKOH/g以下でもよい。粘着付与剤の酸価は、JIS K 0070:1992に規定する電位差滴定法により測定することができる。 Although not particularly limited, as the tackifier, one with an acid value is preferably used. By using a tackifier having an acid value equal to or higher than a predetermined value, it is easy to obtain the effect of improving the adhesive force. For example, the adhesiveness to polar adherends can be improved, and the adhesiveness after immersion in hot water can be maintained at a high level. The acid value of the tackifier is, for example, above 10 mgKOH/g, suitably above 15 mgKOH/g, preferably above 20 mgKOH/g, more preferably above 23 mgKOH/g. The upper limit of the acid value is usually, for example, 200 mgKOH/g or less, and may be 100 mgKOH/g or less, 50 mgKOH/g or less, or 40 mgKOH/g or less from the viewpoint of water removability. The acid value of the tackifier can be measured by the potentiometric titration method specified in JIS K 0070:1992.
 粘着付与剤を使用する態様において、粘着付与剤の使用量は特に限定されない。粘着付与剤の使用量は、きっかけ剥離力を向上する観点から、粘着剤層に含まれる重合物を構成するモノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば0.1重量部以上とすることができ、0.3重量部以上であってもよく、1重量部以上とすることが適当であり、3重量部以上でもよく、5重量部以上でもよく、10重量部以上でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対する粘着付与剤の使用量は、10重量部を超え、凡そ11重量部以上であってもよく、凡そ12重量部でもよく、より好ましくは15重量部以上、さらに好ましくは18重量部以上、特に好ましくは20重量部以上(例えば22重量部以上)であり、25重量部以上であってもよく、28重量部以上でもよく、32重量部以上でもよく、35重量部以上でもよい。また、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対する粘着付与剤の使用量は、例えば100重量部未満とすることが適当であり、凡そ80重量部以下であってもよく、70重量部以下でもよく、50重量部以下でもよい。粘着付与剤の使用量を適当な範囲に制限することにより、粘着付与剤は粘着剤によく相溶し、粘着付与剤の添加効果(接着力等の粘着特性)が効果的に発揮されやすい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対する粘着付与剤の使用量は、50重量部未満であり、より好ましくは40重量部未満、さらに好ましくは35重量部以下、特に好ましくは32重量部以下であり、30重量部以下であってもよく、25重量部以下でもよい。他のいくつかの態様において、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対する粘着付与剤の使用量は、20重量部以下であってもよく、10重量部未満でもよく、5重量部未満でもよい。 In the embodiment using a tackifier, the amount of tackifier used is not particularly limited. The amount of the tackifier used can be, for example, 0.1 parts by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component constituting the polymer contained in the adhesive layer, from the viewpoint of improving the trigger peel strength. It may be 0.3 parts by weight or more, suitably 1 part by weight or more, 3 parts by weight or more, 5 parts by weight or more, or 10 parts by weight or more. In some preferred embodiments, the amount of the tackifier used per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component exceeds 10 parts by weight, may be about 11 parts by weight or more, may be about 12 parts by weight, and more preferably 15 parts by weight. Part by weight or more, more preferably 18 parts by weight or more, particularly preferably 20 parts by weight or more (for example, 22 parts by weight or more), may be 25 parts by weight or more, may be 28 parts by weight or more, or may be 32 parts by weight or more. or 35 parts by weight or more. In addition, the amount of the tackifier used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is, for example, suitably less than 100 parts by weight, and may be approximately 80 parts by weight or less, may be 70 parts by weight or less, or may be 50 parts by weight. Part or less is acceptable. By limiting the amount of the tackifier to be used within an appropriate range, the tackifier is well compatible with the tackifier, and the effects of addition of the tackifier (adhesive properties such as adhesive strength) are likely to be exhibited effectively. In some preferred embodiments, the amount of the tackifier used is less than 50 parts by weight, more preferably less than 40 parts by weight, more preferably 35 parts by weight or less, and particularly preferably 32 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. parts or less, may be 30 parts by weight or less, or may be 25 parts by weight or less. In some other embodiments, the amount of the tackifier used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be 20 parts by weight or less, may be less than 10 parts by weight, or may be less than 5 parts by weight.
 上記粘着付与剤を使用する態様においては、粘着付与剤の使用により、端部剥がれ防止性を向上できることから、水性液体に接触した場合に接着力低下の原因となり得る水親和剤の使用量を制限しなくてもよく、さらには、水親和剤を増量することも可能である。粘着付与剤と水親和剤とを使用することにより、保護対象物に対する接着性と剥離除去性とを高いレベルで両立することができる。粘着付与剤と水親和剤とを使用する態様において、粘着剤層に含まれる粘着付与剤量(C)に対する水親和剤量(C)の比(C/C)は、特に限定するものではないが、例えば0.0001以上であり、0.001以上が適当であり、好ましくは0.01以上、より好ましくは0.02以上、さらに好ましくは0.03以上であり、0.05以上であってもよく、0.1以上でもよい。粘着付与剤の使用量に対して水親和剤の使用量を相対的に高めることにより、粘着付与剤の使用に基づく接着性を所定の範囲に保持しつつ、水剥離力を低く抑制し、水剥離除去性を維持または向上することができる。上記比(C/C)の上限は、特に限定されず、例えば10以下であり、1以下が適当であり、好ましくは0.5以下、より好ましくは0.3以下であり、0.15未満であってもよく、0.1未満でもよい。粘着付与剤の使用量に対して水親和剤の使用量を所定の範囲に制限することにより、水剥離性を保持しつつ、きっかけ剥離力等の接着力を維持または向上することができる。 In the embodiment using the above-mentioned tackifier, the use of the tackifier can improve the edge peeling prevention property, so the amount of the water-affinitive agent used, which can cause a decrease in adhesive strength when in contact with an aqueous liquid, is limited. Further, it is also possible to increase the amount of the hydrophilic agent. By using a tackifier and a water-affinitive agent, it is possible to achieve a high level of both adhesion to the object to be protected and peelability and removability. In the embodiment using a tackifier and a water affinity agent, the ratio (C A /C B ) of the water affinity agent amount (C A ) to the tackifier amount (C B ) contained in the adhesive layer is particularly limited. However, it is, for example, 0.0001 or more, suitably 0.001 or more, preferably 0.01 or more, more preferably 0.02 or more, still more preferably 0.03 or more, and 0.03 or more. 05 or more, or 0.1 or more. By increasing the amount of the water affinity agent used relative to the amount of the tackifier used, the adhesiveness based on the use of the tackifier is kept within a predetermined range, while suppressing the water peeling force to a low level. Peeling removability can be maintained or improved. The upper limit of the ratio (C A /C B ) is not particularly limited. It may be less than 15, or less than 0.1. By limiting the amount of the water-affinitive agent to be used relative to the amount of the tackifier, it is possible to maintain or improve adhesive strength such as trigger peel strength while maintaining water releasability.
 (アクリル系オリゴマー)
 ここに開示される粘着剤層には、凝集力の向上や、基材層との密着性向上や被着体との接着性向上等の観点から、アクリル系オリゴマーを含有させることができる。ここに開示される技術によると、表面保護シートを高い接着力で保護対象物に貼り付けても、剥離時には、水剥離を利用して、保護対象物を破損または変形することなく表面保護シートを剥離除去することができる。したがって、粘着剤に、アクリル系オリゴマー等の接着力向上成分を含ませて接着信頼性を高め、保護機能を高めることが可能である。アクリル系オリゴマーを含む粘着剤層は、該アクリル系オリゴマーを含む粘着剤組成物を用いて形成することができる。アクリル系オリゴマーとしては、上述したアクリル系重合物(例えばアクリル系ポリマー)のTgに対して、より高いTgを有するものを好ましく採用し得る。
(acrylic oligomer)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer disclosed herein can contain an acrylic oligomer from the viewpoint of improving the cohesive force, improving the adhesiveness with the substrate layer, improving the adhesiveness with the adherend, and the like. According to the technology disclosed herein, even if the surface protective sheet is attached to the object to be protected with high adhesive strength, the surface protective sheet can be removed without damaging or deforming the object by using water peeling when peeled off. Can be peeled off. Therefore, it is possible to improve the adhesion reliability and the protective function by including an adhesive force-improving component such as an acrylic oligomer in the pressure-sensitive adhesive. A pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing an acrylic oligomer can be formed using a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the acrylic oligomer. As the acrylic oligomer, one having a higher Tg than the Tg of the above acrylic polymer (for example, an acrylic polymer) can be preferably used.
 上記アクリル系オリゴマーのTgは特に限定されず、例えば約20℃以上300℃以下であり得る。上記Tgは、例えば約30℃以上であってよく、約40℃以上でもよく、約60℃以上でもよく、約80℃以上または約100℃以上でもよい。アクリル系オリゴマーのTgが高くなると、凝集力を向上させる効果は概して高くなる傾向にある。また、基材層への投錨性や衝撃吸収性等の観点から、アクリル系オリゴマーのTgは、例えば約250℃以下であってよく、約200℃以下でもよく、約180℃以下または約150℃以下でもよい。なお、アクリル系オリゴマーのTgは、上述のアクリル系重合物のTgと同じく、Foxの式に基づいて計算される値である。 The Tg of the acrylic oligomer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, about 20°C or higher and 300°C or lower. The Tg may be, for example, about 30° C. or higher, about 40° C. or higher, about 60° C. or higher, about 80° C. or higher, or about 100° C. or higher. As the Tg of the acrylic oligomer increases, the effect of improving the cohesion tends to increase. In addition, from the viewpoint of anchoring property to the base material layer and impact absorption property, the Tg of the acrylic oligomer may be, for example, about 250° C. or less, may be about 200° C. or less, or about 180° C. or less or about 150° C. It can be below. The Tg of the acrylic oligomer is a value calculated based on the Fox's formula, like the Tg of the acrylic polymer described above.
 アクリル系オリゴマーのMwは、特に限定されず、例えば凡そ1000以上であってよく、凡そ1500以上であることが適当であり、凡そ2000以上でもよく、凡そ3000以上でもよい。また、アクリル系オリゴマーのMwは、例えば凡そ30000未満であってよく、凡そ10000未満であることが適当であり、凡そ7000未満でもよく、凡そ5000未満でもよい。Mwが上記範囲内にあると、粘着剤層の凝集性や、接着性向上効果が好適に発揮されやすい。アクリル系オリゴマーのMwは、GPCにより測定し、標準ポリスチレン換算の値として求めることができる。具体的には、例えば、東ソー社製のHPLC8020に、カラムとしてTSKgelGMH-H(20)×2本を用いて、テトラヒドロフラン溶媒で流速約0.5mL/分の条件にて測定することができる。 The Mw of the acrylic oligomer is not particularly limited. Also, the Mw of the acrylic oligomer may be, for example, less than approximately 30,000, suitably less than approximately 10,000, less than approximately 7,000, or less than approximately 5,000. When Mw is within the above range, the effect of improving cohesiveness and adhesiveness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer tends to be favorably exhibited. The Mw of the acrylic oligomer can be measured by GPC and obtained as a value converted to standard polystyrene. Specifically, for example, it can be measured using HPLC8020 manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, using TSKgelGMH-H(20)×2 columns, and using tetrahydrofuran as a solvent at a flow rate of about 0.5 mL/min.
 アクリル系オリゴマーを構成するモノマー成分としては、上述した各種の(メタ)アクリル酸C1-20アルキルエステル;上述した各種の脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレート;上述した各種の芳香族炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレート;テルペン化合物誘導体アルコールから得られる(メタ)アクリレート;等の(メタ)アクリレートモノマーを挙げることができる。これらは1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 As the monomer component constituting the acrylic oligomer, various (meth)acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl esters described above; various alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylates described above; Hydrogen group-containing (meth)acrylates; (meth)acrylates obtained from terpene compound derivative alcohols; and other (meth)acrylate monomers can be mentioned. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
 アクリル系オリゴマーは、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレートやt-ブチル(メタ)アクリレートのようなアルキル基が分岐構造を有するアルキル(メタ)アクリレート;脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレートや芳香族炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレート;等に代表される、比較的嵩高い構造を有するアクリル系モノマーをモノマー単位として含んでいることが、接着性向上の観点から好ましい。また、アクリル系オリゴマーの合成の際や粘着剤層の作製の際に紫外線を採用する場合には、重合阻害を起こしにくいという点で、エステル末端に飽和炭化水素基を有するモノマーが好ましく、例えばアルキル基が分岐構造を有するアルキル(メタ)アクリレートや飽和脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレートを好適に用いることができる。 Acrylic oligomers include alkyl (meth)acrylates having branched alkyl groups such as isobutyl (meth)acrylate and t-butyl (meth)acrylate; alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylates and aromatic hydrocarbons From the viewpoint of improving adhesiveness, it is preferable to contain an acrylic monomer having a relatively bulky structure, such as a group-containing (meth)acrylate, as a monomer unit. Further, when ultraviolet rays are used in synthesizing an acrylic oligomer or in producing a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, a monomer having a saturated hydrocarbon group at the ester end is preferable because it is less likely to cause polymerization inhibition. Alkyl (meth)acrylates and saturated alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylates in which the group has a branched structure can be preferably used.
 アクリル系オリゴマーを構成する全モノマー成分に占める(メタ)アクリレートモノマーの割合は、典型的には50重量%超であり、好ましくは60重量%以上、より好ましくは70重量%以上(例えば80重量%以上、さらには90重量%以上)である。いくつかの好ましい態様では、アクリル系オリゴマーは、実質的に1種または2種以上の(メタ)アクリレートモノマーのみからなるモノマー組成を有する。モノマー成分が脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレートと(メタ)アクリル酸C1-20アルキルエステルとを含む場合、それらの重量比は特に限定されない。いくつかの態様において、脂環式炭化水素基含有(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸C1-20アルキルエステルの重量比は、例えば10/90以上、20/80以上または30/70以上とすることができ、また、90/10以下、80/20以下または70/30以下とすることができる。 The ratio of the (meth)acrylate monomer to the total monomer components constituting the acrylic oligomer is typically more than 50% by weight, preferably 60% by weight or more, more preferably 70% by weight or more (e.g., 80% by weight). or more, and further 90% by weight or more). In some preferred embodiments, the acrylic oligomer has a monomer composition consisting essentially of one or more (meth)acrylate monomers. When the monomer component contains an alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate and a (meth)acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester, their weight ratio is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, the weight ratio of alicyclic hydrocarbon group-containing (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid C 1-20 alkyl ester is, for example, 10/90 or more, 20/80 or more, or 30/70 or more. and can be 90/10 or less, 80/20 or less, or 70/30 or less.
 アクリル系オリゴマーの構成モノマー成分としては、上記の(メタ)アクリレートモノマーに加えて、必要に応じて官能基含有モノマーを用いることができる。官能基含有モノマーとしては、N-ビニル-2-ピロリドン、N-アクリロイルモルホリン等の窒素原子含有複素環を有するモノマー;N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート等のアミノ基含有モノマー;N,N-ジエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド等のアミド基含有モノマー;AA、MAA等のカルボキシ基含有モノマー;2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート等の水酸基含有モノマー;が挙げられる。これらの官能基含有モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。官能基含有モノマーを用いる場合、アクリル系オリゴマーを構成する全モノマー成分に占める官能基含有モノマーの割合は、例えば1重量%以上、2重量%以上または3重量%以上とすることができ、また、例えば15重量%以下、10重量%以下または7重量%以下とすることができる。アクリル系オリゴマーは、官能基含有モノマーが用いられていないものであってもよい。 As the constituent monomer components of the acrylic oligomer, in addition to the above (meth)acrylate monomers, functional group-containing monomers can be used as necessary. Functional group-containing monomers include monomers having a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic ring such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone and N-acryloylmorpholine; amino group-containing monomers such as N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate; amide group-containing monomers such as N-diethyl(meth)acrylamide; carboxy group-containing monomers such as AA and MAA; hydroxyl group-containing monomers such as 2-hydroxyethyl(meth)acrylate; These functional group-containing monomers can be used singly or in combination of two or more. When a functional group-containing monomer is used, the ratio of the functional group-containing monomer to the total monomer components constituting the acrylic oligomer can be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 2% by weight or more, or 3% by weight or more, and For example, it can be 15% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, or 7% by weight or less. The acrylic oligomer may be one in which no functional group-containing monomer is used.
 好適なアクリル系オリゴマーとしては、例えば、ジシクロペンタニルメタクリレート(DCPMA)、シクロヘキシルメタクリレート(CHMA)、イソボルニルメタクリレート(IBXMA)、イソボルニルアクリレート(IBXA)、ジシクロペンタニルアクリレート(DCPA)、1-アダマンチルメタクリレート(ADMA)、1-アダマンチルアクリレート(ADA)の各単独重合体のほか、DCPMAとMMAの共重合体、DCPMAとIBXMAとの共重合体、ADAとメチルメタクリレート(MMA)の共重合体、CHMAとイソブチルメタクリレート(IBMA)との共重合体、CHMAとIBXMAとの共重合体、CHMAとアクリロイルモルホリン(ACMO)との共重合体、CHMAとジエチルアクリルアミド(DEAA)との共重合体、CHMAとAAとの共重合体等を挙げることができる。 Suitable acrylic oligomers include, for example, dicyclopentanyl methacrylate (DCPMA), cyclohexyl methacrylate (CHMA), isobornyl methacrylate (IBXMA), isobornyl acrylate (IBXA), dicyclopentanyl acrylate (DCPA), In addition to homopolymers of 1-adamantyl methacrylate (ADMA) and 1-adamantyl acrylate (ADA), copolymers of DCPMA and MMA, copolymers of DCPMA and IBXMA, copolymers of ADA and methyl methacrylate (MMA) copolymers of CHMA and isobutyl methacrylate (IBMA); copolymers of CHMA and IBXMA; copolymers of CHMA and acryloylmorpholine (ACMO); copolymers of CHMA and diethylacrylamide (DEAA); Copolymers of CHMA and AA, and the like can be mentioned.
 アクリル系オリゴマーは、その構成モノマー成分を重合することにより形成され得る。重合方法や重合態様は特に限定されず、従来公知の各種重合方法(例えば、溶液重合、エマルション重合、塊状重合、光重合、放射線重合等)を、適宜の態様で採用することができる。必要に応じて使用し得る重合開始剤(例えばアゾ系重合開始剤)の種類は、概ねアクリル系重合物の合成に関して例示したとおりであり、重合開始剤量や、任意に使用される連鎖移動剤(例えばメルカプタン類)の量は、所望の分子量となるよう技術常識に基づいて適切に設定されるので、詳細な説明は省略する。 An acrylic oligomer can be formed by polymerizing its constituent monomer components. The polymerization method and polymerization mode are not particularly limited, and conventionally known various polymerization methods (eg, solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, photopolymerization, radiation polymerization, etc.) can be employed in an appropriate mode. The types of polymerization initiators (e.g., azo polymerization initiators) that can be used as necessary are generally as exemplified for the synthesis of the acrylic polymer, and the amount of the polymerization initiator and the optionally used chain transfer agent The amount of (for example, mercaptans) is appropriately set based on common technical knowledge so as to achieve a desired molecular weight, so detailed description is omitted.
 粘着剤層または粘着剤組成物にアクリル系オリゴマーを含有させる場合、その含有量は、粘着剤層に含まれる重合物(典型的にはアクリル系重合物)のモノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば0.01重量部以上とすることができ、より高い効果を得る観点から0.05重量部以上としてもよく、0.1重量部以上または0.2重量部以上としてもよい。いくつかの態様において、アクリル系オリゴマーの含有量は、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば0.5重量部以上が適当であり、好ましくは1重量部以上であり、2重量部以上であってもよい。また、上記重合物(典型的にはアクリル系重合物)との相溶性等の観点から、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対するアクリル系オリゴマーの含有量は、50重量部未満とすることが適当であり、好ましくは30重量部未満、より好ましくは25重量部以下であり、例えば10重量部以下であってもよく、5重量部以下または1重量部以下でもよい。 When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer or the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains an acrylic oligomer, the content is based on 100 parts by weight of the monomer component of the polymer (typically acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, For example, it can be 0.01 part by weight or more, and from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher effect, it may be 0.05 part by weight or more, 0.1 part by weight or more, or 0.2 part by weight or more. In some aspects, the content of the acrylic oligomer is, for example, 0.5 parts by weight or more, preferably 1 part by weight or more, and 2 parts by weight or more, relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. There may be. Also, from the viewpoint of compatibility with the polymer (typically an acrylic polymer), the content of the acrylic oligomer with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is preferably less than 50 parts by weight. , preferably less than 30 parts by weight, more preferably 25 parts by weight or less, and may be, for example, 10 parts by weight or less, or may be 5 parts by weight or less, or 1 part by weight or less.
 (粘着付与樹脂)
 粘着剤層には粘着付与樹脂を含有させてもよい。ここに開示される技術によると、表面保護シートを高い接着力で保護対象物に貼り付けても、剥離時には、水剥離を利用して、保護対象物を破損または変形することなく表面保護シートを剥離除去することができる。したがって、粘着剤に、粘着付与樹脂等の接着力向上成分を含ませて接着信頼性を高め、保護機能を高めることが可能である。粘着付与樹脂としては、例えば、ロジン系粘着付与樹脂、ロジン誘導体粘着付与樹脂、石油系粘着付与樹脂、テルペン系粘着付与樹脂、フェノール系粘着付与樹脂、ケトン系粘着付与樹脂等が挙げられる。これらは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。
(tackifying resin)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may contain a tackifying resin. According to the technology disclosed herein, even if the surface protective sheet is attached to the object to be protected with high adhesive strength, the surface protective sheet can be removed without damaging or deforming the object by using water peeling when peeled off. Can be peeled off. Therefore, it is possible to improve the adhesion reliability and the protective function by including an adhesive strength improving component such as a tackifying resin in the pressure sensitive adhesive. Examples of tackifying resins include rosin-based tackifying resins, rosin derivative tackifying resins, petroleum-based tackifying resins, terpene-based tackifying resins, phenol-based tackifying resins, and ketone-based tackifying resins. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
 上記ロジン系粘着付与樹脂としては、例えば、ガムロジン、ウッドロジン、トール油ロジン等のロジンの他、安定化ロジン(例えば、上記ロジンを不均化もしくは水素添加処理した安定化ロジン)、重合ロジン(例えば、上記ロジンの多量体、典型的には二量体)、変性ロジン(例えば、マレイン酸、フマル酸、(メタ)アクリル酸等の不飽和酸により変性された不飽和酸変性ロジン等)等が挙げられる。
 上記ロジン誘導体粘着付与樹脂としては、例えば、上記ロジン系粘着付与樹脂のエステル化物(例えば、安定化ロジンエステルや重合ロジンエステル等のロジンエステル類)、上記ロジン系樹脂のフェノール変性物(フェノール変性ロジン)およびそのエステル化物(フェノール変性ロジンエステル)等が挙げられる。
 上記石油系粘着付与樹脂としては、例えば、脂肪族系石油樹脂、芳香族系石油樹脂、共重合系石油樹脂、脂環族系石油樹脂、これらの水素化物等が挙げられる。
 上記テルペン系粘着付与樹脂としては、例えば、α-ピネン樹脂、β-ピネン樹脂、芳香族変性テルペン系樹脂、水素添加テルペン樹脂等が挙げられる。
 上記テルペンフェノール樹脂とは、テルペン残基およびフェノール残基を含むポリマーを指し、テルペン類とフェノール化合物との共重合体(テルペン-フェノール共重合体樹脂)と、テルペン類の単独重合体または共重合体をフェノール変性したもの(フェノール変性テルペン樹脂)との双方を包含する概念である。テルペンフェノール樹脂は、水素添加テルペンフェノール樹脂を包含する。
 上記フェノール系粘着付与樹脂としては、アルキルフェノールとホルムアルデヒドから得られるアルキルフェノール樹脂等が挙げられる。アルキルフェノール樹脂の例としては、ノボラックタイプおよびレゾールタイプのものが挙げられる。
 上記ケトン系粘着付与樹脂としては、例えば、ケトン類(例えば、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセトフェノン等の脂肪族ケトン;シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン等の脂環式ケトン等)とホルムアルデヒドとの縮合によるケトン系樹脂;等が挙げられる。
Examples of the rosin-based tackifying resin include rosins such as gum rosin, wood rosin, tall oil rosin, stabilized rosin (e.g., stabilized rosin obtained by disproportionating or hydrogenating the above rosin), polymerized rosin (e.g., , a multimer of the above rosin, typically a dimer), modified rosin (e.g., unsaturated acid-modified rosin modified with an unsaturated acid such as maleic acid, fumaric acid, (meth)acrylic acid, etc.), etc. mentioned.
Examples of the rosin derivative tackifying resin include esterified rosin-based tackifying resins (for example, rosin esters such as stabilized rosin esters and polymerized rosin esters), phenol-modified rosin-based resins (phenol-modified rosin ) and esters thereof (phenol-modified rosin esters).
Examples of the petroleum-based tackifying resin include aliphatic petroleum resins, aromatic petroleum resins, copolymer petroleum resins, alicyclic petroleum resins, and hydrides thereof.
Examples of the terpene-based tackifying resin include α-pinene resin, β-pinene resin, aromatic modified terpene-based resin, and hydrogenated terpene-based resin.
The terpene phenol resin refers to a polymer containing a terpene residue and a phenol residue, and a copolymer of a terpene and a phenol compound (terpene-phenol copolymer resin) and a homopolymer or copolymer of a terpene. It is a concept that includes both phenol-modified coalescence (phenol-modified terpene resin). Terpene phenolic resins include hydrogenated terpene phenolic resins.
Examples of the phenol-based tackifying resin include alkylphenol resins obtained from alkylphenol and formaldehyde. Examples of alkylphenol resins include novolac and resole types.
Examples of the ketone-based tackifying resin include ketone-based resins obtained by condensation of ketones (e.g., aliphatic ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and acetophenone; alicyclic ketones, such as cyclohexanone and methylcyclohexanone) and formaldehyde. ; and the like.
 いくつかの態様において、粘着付与樹脂としては、ロジン系粘着付与樹脂、ロジン誘導体粘着付与樹脂およびテルペンフェノール樹脂から選択される1種または2種以上を好ましく使用し得る。なかでもロジン誘導体粘着付与樹脂が好ましく、好適例として安定化ロジンエステルおよび重合ロジンエステル等のロジンエステル類が挙げられる。 In some embodiments, as the tackifying resin, one or more selected from rosin-based tackifying resins, rosin derivative tackifying resins and terpene phenolic resins can be preferably used. Among them, rosin derivative tackifying resins are preferred, and suitable examples thereof include rosin esters such as stabilized rosin esters and polymerized rosin esters.
 水分散型の粘着剤組成物においては、上述のような粘着付与樹脂が水性溶媒に分散した形態の水分散型粘着付与樹脂の使用が好ましい。例えば、アクリル系ポリマーの水分散液と水分散型粘着付与樹脂とを混合することにより、これらの成分を所望の割合で含有する粘着剤組成物を容易に調製することができる。いくつかの態様において、水分散型粘着付与樹脂としては、環境衛生への配慮等の観点から、少なくとも芳香族炭化水素系溶剤を実質的に含有しないものを好ましく用いることができる。芳香族炭化水素系溶剤その他の有機溶剤を実質的に含有しない水分散型粘着付与樹脂の使用がより好ましい。 In a water-dispersible pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, it is preferable to use a water-dispersible tackifying resin in which the tackifying resin as described above is dispersed in an aqueous solvent. For example, by mixing an aqueous dispersion of an acrylic polymer and an aqueous tackifying resin, a PSA composition containing these components in a desired ratio can be easily prepared. In some aspects, as the water-dispersible tackifying resin, one that does not substantially contain at least an aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvent can be preferably used from the viewpoint of consideration for environmental hygiene. It is more preferable to use a water-dispersible tackifying resin that does not substantially contain aromatic hydrocarbon solvents and other organic solvents.
 ロジンエステル類を含む水分散型粘着付与樹脂の市販品としては、例えば、荒川化学工業社製の商品名「スーパーエステルE-720」、「スーパーエステルE-730-55」、「スーパーエステルE-865NT」、「スーパーエステルNS」シリーズ等や、ハリマ化成社製の商品名「ハリエスターSK-90D」、「ハリエスターSK-70D」、「ハリエスターSK-70E」、「ネオトール115E」等が挙げられる。また、テルペンフェノール樹脂(水分散型テルペンフェノール樹脂の形態であり得る。)の市販品としては、荒川化学工業社製の商品名「タマノルE-100」、「タマノルE-200」、「タマノルE-200NT」等が挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available water-dispersible tackifying resins containing rosin esters include, for example, trade names "Super Ester E-720", "Super Ester E-730-55" and "Super Ester E-" manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industries, Ltd. 865NT", "Super Ester NS" series, etc., and Harima Kasei's product names "Harrier SK-90D", "Harrier SK-70D", "Harrier SK-70E", "Neotor 115E", etc. be done. In addition, commercially available terpene phenol resins (which may be in the form of water-dispersed terpene phenol resins) include trade names "Tamanol E-100", "Tamanol E-200" and "Tamanol E" manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industries, Ltd. -200NT" and the like.
 粘着付与樹脂の軟化点は特に限定されない。粘着剤層の凝集力の低下を抑制する観点から、軟化点が80℃以上の粘着付与樹脂を好ましく使用し得る。粘着付与樹脂の軟化点は、90℃以上でもよく、100℃以上でもよく、110℃以上でもよく、120℃以上でもよい。軟化点130℃以上または140℃以上の粘着付与樹脂を使用してもよい。また、基材層に対する密着性、被着体に対する接着性等の観点から、軟化点が200℃以下または180℃以下の粘着付与樹脂を好ましく使用し得る。なお、ここでいう粘着付与樹脂の軟化点としては、文献やカタログ等に記載された公称値を採用することができる。公称値がない場合には、JIS K5902またはJIS K2207に規定する軟化点試験方法(環球法)に基づいて粘着付与樹脂の軟化点を測定することができる。 The softening point of the tackifying resin is not particularly limited. A tackifying resin having a softening point of 80° C. or higher can be preferably used from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in the cohesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The softening point of the tackifying resin may be 90° C. or higher, 100° C. or higher, 110° C. or higher, or 120° C. or higher. Tackifying resins with a softening point of 130° C. or higher or 140° C. or higher may be used. In addition, from the viewpoint of adhesiveness to the substrate layer, adhesiveness to the adherend, etc., a tackifier resin having a softening point of 200° C. or lower or 180° C. or lower can be preferably used. As the softening point of the tackifier resin, a nominal value described in literature, catalogs, etc. can be adopted. If there is no nominal value, the softening point of the tackifier resin can be measured based on the softening point test method (ring and ball method) specified in JIS K5902 or JIS K2207.
 粘着付与樹脂の使用量は、その使用効果を好適に発揮させる観点から、粘着剤層に含まれる重合物を構成するモノマー成分100重量部に対して1重量部以上とすることが適当であり、5重量部以上でもよく、10重量部以上でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対する粘着付与樹脂の使用量は、10重量部を超え、より好ましくは15重量部以上、さらに好ましくは18重量部以上、特に好ましくは20重量部以上(例えば22重量部以上)であり、25重量部以上であってもよく、28重量部以上でもよく、32重量部以上でもよく、35重量部以上でもよい。また、基材層や被着体に対する密着性と凝集性とをバランスよく両立する観点から、モノマー成分100重量部に対する粘着付与樹脂の使用量は、例えば100重量部未満とすることが適当であり、70重量部以下であってよく、50重量部以下でもよく、40重量部以下でもよく、30重量部以下でもよく、20重量部以下でもよい。粘着付与樹脂の使用量を適当な範囲に制限することにより、粘着付与樹脂は粘着剤によく相溶し、粘着付与樹脂の添加効果(接着力等の粘着特性)が効果的に発揮され得る。あるいは、粘着付与樹脂を実質的に含有しない粘着剤層であってもよい。 The amount of the tackifying resin used is preferably 1 part by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component constituting the polymer contained in the adhesive layer, from the viewpoint of properly exhibiting the effect of its use. It may be 5 parts by weight or more, or 10 parts by weight or more. In some preferred embodiments, the amount of tackifying resin used is greater than 10 parts by weight, more preferably 15 parts by weight or more, still more preferably 18 parts by weight or more, and particularly preferably 20 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. or more (for example, 22 parts by weight or more), may be 25 parts by weight or more, may be 28 parts by weight or more, may be 32 parts by weight or more, or may be 35 parts by weight or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of achieving a good balance between adhesion and cohesiveness to the substrate layer and the adherend, the amount of the tackifying resin used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is preferably less than 100 parts by weight, for example. , 70 parts by weight or less, 50 parts by weight or less, 40 parts by weight or less, 30 parts by weight or less, or 20 parts by weight or less. By limiting the amount of the tackifying resin to an appropriate range, the tackifying resin is well compatible with the pressure-sensitive adhesive, and the effect of adding the tackifying resin (adhesive properties such as adhesive strength) can be effectively exhibited. Alternatively, it may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer that does not substantially contain a tackifying resin.
 (シランカップリング剤)
 いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層にシランカップリング剤を含有させることができる。シランカップリング剤を含む粘着剤層によると、接着力の高い表面保護シートが好適に実現され得る。シランカップリング剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(Silane coupling agent)
In some embodiments, the adhesive layer can contain a silane coupling agent. A pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing a silane coupling agent can suitably provide a surface protective sheet with high adhesive strength. A silane coupling agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
 シランカップリング剤としては、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン等のエポキシ構造を有するケイ素化合物;3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン等のアミノ基含有ケイ素化合物;3-クロロプロピルトリメトキシシラン;アセトアセチル基含有トリメトキシシラン、3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリエトキシシランなどの(メタ)アクリル基含有シランカップリング剤;3-イソシアネートプロピルトリエトキシシランなどのイソシアネート基含有シランカップリング剤などが挙げられる。なかでも好ましい例として、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシランおよびアセトアセチル基含有トリメトキシシランが挙げられる。 Silane coupling agents include silicon compounds having an epoxy structure such as 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane; amino group-containing silicon compounds such as 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-(2-aminoethyl)3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-(2-aminoethyl)3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane; 3-chloro Propyltrimethoxysilane; (meth)acrylic group-containing silane coupling agents such as acetoacetyl group-containing trimethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane; 3-isocyanatopropyltriethoxysilane and isocyanate group-containing silane coupling agents such as Among them, preferred examples include 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane and acetoacetyl group-containing trimethoxysilane.
 シランカップリング剤の使用量は、所望の使用効果が得られるように設定することができ、特に限定されない。いくつかの態様において、シランカップリング剤の使用量は、粘着剤層に含まれる重合物を構成するモノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば0.001重量部以上であってよく、より高い効果を得る観点から0.005重量部以上でもよく、0.01重量部以上でもよく、0.015重量部以上でもよい。また、接着性向上の観点から、いくつかの態様において、シランカップリング剤の使用量は、粘着剤層を構成するモノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば3重量部以下であってよく、1重量部以下でもよく、0.5重量部以下でもよい。また、ここに開示される技術は、シランカップリング剤を実質的に含まない粘着剤組成物を用いる態様で実施することができる。シランカップリング剤の使用を制限したり、シランカップリング剤を使用しないことにより、経時的な粘着力上昇を抑制することができ、また、良好な水剥離性が得られやすい。 The amount of the silane coupling agent used can be set so as to obtain the desired effect of use, and is not particularly limited. In some aspects, the amount of the silane coupling agent used may be, for example, 0.001 parts by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component constituting the polymer contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, resulting in a higher effect. from the viewpoint of obtaining , it may be 0.005 parts by weight or more, 0.01 parts by weight or more, or 0.015 parts by weight or more. Further, from the viewpoint of improving adhesion, in some embodiments, the amount of the silane coupling agent used may be, for example, 3 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. It may be less than or equal to 0.5 parts by weight. Moreover, the technology disclosed herein can be implemented in a mode using a PSA composition that does not substantially contain a silane coupling agent. By limiting the use of a silane coupling agent or not using a silane coupling agent, it is possible to suppress an increase in adhesive strength over time and to easily obtain good water removability.
 なお、モノマー成分がアルコキシシリル基含有モノマーを含む態様では、粘着剤層に含まれるシランカップリング剤の一部または全部として上記アルコキシシリル基含有モノマーを利用してもよい。 In addition, in a mode in which the monomer component contains an alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer, the alkoxysilyl group-containing monomer may be used as part or all of the silane coupling agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
 (光重合開始剤)
 ここに開示される粘着剤組成物および光硬化性粘着剤層には、光硬化性の付与等を目的として、必要に応じて光重合開始剤(光反応触媒ともいう。)を含有させることができる。光重合開始剤としては、アクリル系重合物の合成に使用し得るものとして例示した光重合開始剤と同様、ケタール系光重合開始剤、アセトフェノン系光重合開始剤、ベンゾインエーテル系光重合開始剤、アシルホスフィンオキサイド系光重合開始剤、α-ケトール系光重合開始剤、芳香族スルホニルクロリド系光重合開始剤、光活性オキシム系光重合開始剤、ベンゾイン系光重合開始剤、ベンジル系光重合開始剤、ベンゾフェノン系光重合開始剤、チオキサントン系光重合開始剤等を用いることができる。光重合開始剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。
(Photoinitiator)
The adhesive composition and the photocurable adhesive layer disclosed herein may optionally contain a photopolymerization initiator (also referred to as a photoreaction catalyst) for the purpose of imparting photocurability. can. As the photopolymerization initiator, similar to the photopolymerization initiators exemplified as those that can be used for synthesizing an acrylic polymer, a ketal photopolymerization initiator, an acetophenone photopolymerization initiator, a benzoin ether photopolymerization initiator, Acylphosphine oxide photoinitiators, α-ketol photoinitiators, aromatic sulfonyl chloride photoinitiators, photoactive oxime photoinitiators, benzoin photoinitiators, benzyl photoinitiators , a benzophenone-based photopolymerization initiator, a thioxanthone-based photopolymerization initiator, and the like can be used. A photoinitiator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types as appropriate.
 粘着剤層における光重合開始剤の含有量は、特に限定されず、所望の効果が適切に発揮されるように設定することができる。いくつかの態様において、光重合開始剤の含有量は、粘着剤層に含まれる重合物(典型的にはアクリル系重合物)のモノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば凡そ0.005重量部以上とすることができ、0.01重量部以上とすることが適当であり、0.05重量部以上とすることが好ましく、0.10重量部以上としてもよく、0.15重量部以上としてもよく、0.20重量部以上としてもよい。光重合開始剤の含有量の増大により、粘着剤層の光硬化性が向上する。また、上記モノマー成分100重量部に対する光重合開始剤の含有量は、5重量部以下とすることが適当であり、2重量部以下とすることが好ましく、1重量部以下としてもよく、0.7重量部以下としてもよく、0.5重量部以下としてもよい。光重合開始剤の含有量が多すぎないことは、表面保護シートの保存安定性(例えば、光劣化に対する安定性)向上の観点から有利となり得る。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can be set so that the desired effect is appropriately exhibited. In some embodiments, the content of the photopolymerization initiator is, for example, about 0.005 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component of the polymer (typically an acrylic polymer) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. It is suitable to be 0.01 parts by weight or more, preferably 0.05 parts by weight or more, may be 0.10 parts by weight or more, or 0.15 parts by weight or more. may be 0.20 parts by weight or more. By increasing the content of the photopolymerization initiator, the photocurability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is improved. Also, the content of the photopolymerization initiator with respect to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is suitably 5 parts by weight or less, preferably 2 parts by weight or less, and may be 1 part by weight or less. It may be 7 parts by weight or less, or may be 0.5 parts by weight or less. It is advantageous from the viewpoint of improving the storage stability (for example, stability against photodegradation) of the surface protective sheet that the content of the photopolymerization initiator is not too high.
 光重合開始剤を含む粘着剤層は、典型的には、該光重合開始剤を含む粘着剤組成物(例えば、溶剤型粘着剤組成物)を用いて形成することができる。光重合開始剤を含む粘着剤組成物は、例えば、該組成物に使用される他の成分と光重合開始剤とを混合して調製することができる。また、光重合開始剤の存在下で合成(光重合)された重合物(典型的にはアクリル系重合物)を使用して粘着剤組成物を調製する場合は、上記重合物を合成する際に用いられた光重合開始剤の残留物(未反応物)を、粘着剤層に含まれる光重合開始剤の一部または全部として利用してもよい。必要に応じて用いられるアクリル系オリゴマーとして光重合開始剤の存在下で合成されたものを使用する場合も同様である。製造管理の容易性の観点から、ここに開示される粘着剤層は、他の構成成分に、上述した量の光重合開始剤を新たに加えて調製された粘着剤組成物を用いて好ましく形成され得る。 A pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing a photopolymerization initiator can typically be formed using a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (for example, a solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition) containing the photopolymerization initiator. A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a photopolymerization initiator can be prepared, for example, by mixing other components used in the composition with the photopolymerization initiator. Further, when preparing a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition using a polymer (typically an acrylic polymer) synthesized (photopolymerized) in the presence of a photopolymerization initiator, when synthesizing the polymer You may utilize the residue (unreacted material) of the photoinitiator used for as a part or all of the photoinitiator contained in an adhesive layer. The same applies to the case of using an acrylic oligomer synthesized in the presence of a photopolymerization initiator as necessary. From the viewpoint of ease of production management, the adhesive layer disclosed herein is preferably formed using an adhesive composition prepared by newly adding the photopolymerization initiator in the amount described above to other constituent components. can be
 (その他の成分)
 粘着剤層の形成に用いられる粘着剤組成物は、必要に応じて、pH調整等の目的で使用される酸または塩基(アンモニア水等)を含有するものであり得る。該組成物に含有され得る他の任意成分としては、粘度調整剤(例えば増粘剤)、レベリング剤、可塑剤、充填剤、顔料や染料等の着色剤、安定剤、防腐剤、老化防止剤等の、粘着剤組成物の分野において一般的な各種の添加剤が例示される。このような各種添加剤については、従来公知のものを常法により使用することができ、特に本発明を特徴づけるものではないので、詳細な説明は省略する。なお、特に限定するものではないが、ここに開示される技術は、上記重合物(例えばアクリル系重合物)を主成分とする粘着剤層を備える態様で好ましく実施され得る。いくつかの態様において、上記粘着剤層に占める上記重合物(例えばアクリル系重合物)の割合は凡そ85重量%以上(例えば85~100重量%)であり、90重量%以上であってもよく、95重量%以上でもよい。
(other ingredients)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may optionally contain an acid or base (aqueous ammonia or the like) used for purposes such as pH adjustment. Other optional components that may be contained in the composition include viscosity modifiers (e.g., thickeners), leveling agents, plasticizers, fillers, colorants such as pigments and dyes, stabilizers, preservatives, and anti-aging agents. Examples include various additives commonly used in the field of pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions, such as As for such various additives, conventionally known ones can be used in a conventional manner, and since they do not particularly characterize the present invention, detailed description thereof will be omitted. In addition, although not particularly limited, the technology disclosed herein can be preferably implemented in a mode including a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing the polymer (for example, an acrylic polymer) as a main component. In some embodiments, the proportion of the polymer (for example, acrylic polymer) in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is approximately 85% by weight or more (for example, 85 to 100% by weight), and may be 90% by weight or more. , 95% by weight or more.
 (粘着剤層の形成)
 粘着剤層は、粘着剤組成物の硬化層であり得る。すなわち、該粘着剤層は、粘着剤組成物を適当な表面に付与(例えば塗布)した後、硬化処理を適宜施すことにより形成され得る。2種以上の硬化処理(乾燥、架橋、重合等)を行う場合、これらは、同時に、または多段階にわたって行うことができる。モノマー成分の部分重合物(アクリル系ポリマーシロップ)を用いた粘着剤組成物では、典型的には、上記硬化処理として、最終的な共重合反応が行われる。すなわち、部分重合物をさらなる共重合反応に供して完全重合物を形成する。例えば、光硬化性の粘着剤組成物であれば、光照射が実施される。必要に応じて、架橋、乾燥等の硬化処理が実施されてもよい。例えば、光硬化性粘着剤組成物で乾燥させる必要がある場合は、乾燥後に光硬化を行うとよい。完全重合物を用いた粘着剤組成物では、典型的には、上記硬化処理として、必要に応じて乾燥(加熱乾燥)、架橋等の処理が実施される。二層以上の多層構造の粘着剤層は、あらかじめ形成した粘着剤層を貼り合わせることによって作製することができる。あるいは、あらかじめ形成した第一の粘着剤層の上に粘着剤組成物を塗布し、該粘着剤組成物を硬化させて第二の粘着剤層を形成してもよい。
(Formation of adhesive layer)
The adhesive layer may be a cured layer of an adhesive composition. That is, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed by applying (for example, applying) the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition to a suitable surface and then appropriately performing a curing treatment. When two or more curing treatments (drying, cross-linking, polymerization, etc.) are carried out, these can be carried out simultaneously or in multiple steps. A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition using a partially polymerized monomer component (acrylic polymer syrup) typically undergoes a final copolymerization reaction as the curing treatment. That is, the partial polymer is subjected to a further copolymerization reaction to form a complete polymer. For example, in the case of a photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, light irradiation is carried out. Curing treatments such as cross-linking and drying may be performed as necessary. For example, when the photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition needs to be dried, photocuring may be performed after drying. A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition using a completely polymerized product is typically subjected to drying (drying by heating), cross-linking, or the like as necessary as the curing treatment. A pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a multi-layer structure of two or more layers can be produced by laminating pre-formed pressure-sensitive adhesive layers. Alternatively, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be applied onto a previously formed first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be cured to form the second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
 粘着剤組成物の塗布は、例えば、グラビアロールコーター、リバースロールコーター、キスロールコーター、ディップロールコーター、バーコーター、ナイフコーター、スプレーコーター等の慣用のコーターを用いて実施することができる。例えば、基材層上に粘着剤層を設ける方法として、該基材層に粘着剤組成物を直接付与して粘着剤層を形成する直接法を用いてもよく、剥離面上に形成した粘着剤層を基材層に転写する転写法を用いてもよい。 Application of the adhesive composition can be carried out using a conventional coater such as a gravure roll coater, a reverse roll coater, a kiss roll coater, a dip roll coater, a bar coater, a knife coater, and a spray coater. For example, as a method of providing an adhesive layer on a substrate layer, a direct method of directly applying an adhesive composition to the substrate layer to form an adhesive layer may be used. A transfer method for transferring the agent layer to the substrate layer may be used.
 粘着剤層の厚さは特に限定されず、例えば3μm~1000μm程度であり得る。粘着剤層を基材層や被着体に密着させて耐水信頼性を高める観点から、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の厚さは、好ましくは5μm以上(例えば5μm超)、より好ましくは10μm以上(例えば10μm超)、さらに好ましくは15μm以上、特に好ましくは20μm以上である。ここに開示される表面保護シートは水剥離性を有し、当該水剥離を利用して被着体からスムーズに剥離除去できるので、粘着剤層の厚みを大きくして、きっかけ剥離力等の接着力を高めて、保護性を保持または向上することができる。また、粘着剤層の凝集破壊による糊残りの発生を防止する観点から、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の厚さは、例えば500μm以下であってよく、300μm以下でもよく、200μm以下でもよく、150μm以下でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、粘着剤層の厚さは、100μm以下であり、より好ましくは60μm以下、さらに好ましくは50μm以下であり、例えば40μm以下であってもよく、30μm以下でもよい。粘着剤層の厚さが制限されていることにより、粘着剤層端部からの水滲入が制限され、水性液体や温水に浸漬した状態での接着力低下が抑制され得る。なお、粘着剤層は、単層構造であってもよく、二層以上の多層構造を有してよい。 The thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can be, for example, about 3 μm to 1000 μm. From the viewpoint of enhancing water resistance reliability by adhering the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to the substrate layer or the adherend, in some embodiments, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 5 μm or more (for example, more than 5 μm), more preferably It is 10 μm or more (for example, more than 10 μm), more preferably 15 μm or more, particularly preferably 20 μm or more. The surface protection sheet disclosed herein has water peeling properties, and can be smoothly peeled off and removed from the adherend using the water peeling properties. Power can be increased to retain or improve protection. Further, from the viewpoint of preventing the occurrence of adhesive residue due to cohesive failure of the adhesive layer, in some embodiments, the thickness of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 500 μm or less, 300 μm or less, or 200 μm or less. , 150 μm or less. In some preferred embodiments, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 100 μm or less, more preferably 60 μm or less, even more preferably 50 μm or less, for example 40 μm or less, or 30 μm or less. By limiting the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, penetration of water from the end of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is restricted, and a decrease in adhesive strength when immersed in an aqueous liquid or hot water can be suppressed. In addition, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may have a single-layer structure, or may have a multilayer structure of two or more layers.
 いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の60℃における損失弾性率G″(60℃損失弾性率G″)は10kPa以上50kPa以下の範囲内にあることが好ましい。上記範囲の60℃損失弾性率G″を有する粘着剤層を備える表面保護シートによると、当該粘着剤の粘性項(60℃損失弾性率G″)に基づき耐温水性が向上し、例えば、薬液(典型的には水溶液の形態)や温水中で用いられても、被着体に対する密着状態を維持しやすく、水剥離性に基づく接着力低下が発現しないか、接着力低下が抑制されやすい。そのため、上記表面保護シートを保護対象物に貼り付けた状態で当該保護対象物を液中で処理する場合であっても、保護に必要とされる接着性を好ましく保持することができる。また、温水中では、基材層の膨張収縮を原因として表面保護シート端部に剥離負荷がかかるところ、60℃において所定の粘性項を有する粘着剤において、上記剥離負荷は熱エネルギーに変換されて軽減され得るため、安定した接着状態が維持されやすいことが考えられる。このような表面保護シートは、例えば上記液中処理において、端部からの剥がれが生じない保護性に優れたものとなり得る。 In some embodiments, the loss elastic modulus G″ at 60°C (60°C loss elastic modulus G″) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably in the range of 10 kPa or more and 50 kPa or less. According to the surface protection sheet provided with the adhesive layer having a 60° C. loss elastic modulus G″ in the above range, the viscosity term (60° C. loss elastic modulus G″) of the adhesive improves hot water resistance, Even when used (typically in the form of an aqueous solution) or in warm water, it is easy to maintain a state of close contact with the adherend, and the decrease in adhesive strength due to water peelability does not occur or the decrease in adhesive strength is easily suppressed. Therefore, even when the surface protection sheet is adhered to an object to be protected and the object to be protected is treated in a liquid, the adhesion required for protection can be preferably maintained. In hot water, a peeling load is applied to the edge of the surface protective sheet due to the expansion and contraction of the base material layer, but in the adhesive having a predetermined viscosity term at 60° C., the peeling load is converted into thermal energy. Since it can be reduced, it is conceivable that a stable adhesion state is likely to be maintained. Such a surface protective sheet can have excellent protective properties such that it does not peel off from the edges during the submerged treatment, for example.
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記粘着剤層の60℃損失弾性率G″は、薬液や温水浸漬後の接着性の観点から、12kPa以上であり、より好ましくは15kPa以上であり、18kPa以上であってもよく、22kPa以上でもよく、25kPa以上でもよく、28kPa以上でもよく、30kPa以上でもよく、32kPa以上でもよい。60℃損失弾性率G″を高く設定することにより、30分温水浸漬後接着力F1を高く維持することができる。いくつかの態様において、上記60℃損失弾性率G″の上限は、45kPa以下であってもよく、40kPa以下でもよく、35kPa以下でもよい。粘着剤層の60℃損失弾性率G″を所定値以下に制限することにより、表面保護用途に適した良好な粘着特性を有する粘着剤が得られやすい。他のいくつかの態様において、上記粘着剤層の60℃損失弾性率G″は、30kPa以下であってもよく、25kPa以下でもよく、20kPa以下でもよい。 In some preferred embodiments, the 60° C. loss elastic modulus G″ of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 12 kPa or more, more preferably 15 kPa or more, or 18 kPa or more, from the viewpoint of adhesion after immersion in a chemical solution or warm water. may be 22 kPa or more, 25 kPa or more, 28 kPa or more, 30 kPa or more, or 32 kPa or more. F1 can be kept high. In some aspects, the upper limit of the 60° C. loss elastic modulus G″ may be 45 kPa or less, 40 kPa or less, or 35 kPa or less. By limiting to the following, it is easy to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive having good adhesive properties suitable for surface protection applications. In some other aspects, the 60° C. loss elastic modulus G″ of the adhesive layer may be 30 kPa or less, 25 kPa or less, or 20 kPa or less.
 より具体的には、上記粘着剤層の60℃損失弾性率G″は、11kPa以上または以下、12kPa以上または以下、13kPa以上または以下、14kPa以上または以下、15kPa以上または以下、16kPa以上または以下、17kPa以上または以下、18kPa以上または以下、19kPa以上または以下、20kPa以上または以下、21kPa以上または以下、22kPa以上または以下、23kPa以上または以下、24kPa以上または以下、25kPa以上または以下、26kPa以上または以下、27kPa以上または以下、28kPa以上または以下、29kPa以上または以下、30kPa以上または以下、31kPa以上または以下、32kPa以上または以下、33kPa以上または以下、34kPa以上または以下、35kPa以上または以下、36kPa以上または以下、37kPa以上または以下、38kPa以上または以下、39kPa以上または以下、40kPa以上または以下、41kPa以上または以下、42kPa以上または以下、43kPa以上または以下、44kPa以上または以下、45kPa以上または以下、46kPa以上または以下、47kPa以上または以下、48kPa以上または以下、49kPa以上または以下であってもよい。 More specifically, the 60° C. loss elastic modulus G″ of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 11 kPa or less or less, 12 kPa or more or less, 13 kPa or more or less, 14 kPa or more or less, 15 kPa or more or less, 16 kPa or more or less, 17 kPa or more or less, 18 kPa or less or less, 19 kPa or more or less, 20 kPa or more or less, 21 kPa or more or less, 22 kPa or more or less, 23 kPa or more or less, 24 kPa or more or less, 25 kPa or more or less, 26 kPa or more or less, 27 kPa or more or less, 28 kPa or less or less, 29 kPa or more or less, 30 kPa or more or less, 31 kPa or more or less, 32 kPa or more or less, 33 kPa or more or less, 34 kPa or more or less, 35 kPa or more or less, 36 kPa or more or less, 37 kPa or more or less, 38 kPa or less or less, 39 kPa or more or less, 40 kPa or more or less, 41 kPa or more or less, 42 kPa or more or less, 43 kPa or more or less, 44 kPa or more or less, 45 kPa or more or less, 46 kPa or more or less, It may be 47 kPa or more or less, 48 kPa or more or less, or 49 kPa or more or less.
 上記60℃損失弾性率G″は、主には、粘着剤に含まれる重合物の分子量や分子量分布を調整することにより得ることができ、そのほか、粘着剤中の架橋密度等によっても調整可能である。粘着剤層の60℃損失弾性率G″は、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定される。 The 60° C. loss elastic modulus G″ can be obtained mainly by adjusting the molecular weight and molecular weight distribution of the polymer contained in the adhesive, and can also be adjusted by adjusting the crosslink density in the adhesive. The 60° C. loss elastic modulus G″ of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is measured by the method described in Examples below.
 (耐反発性)
 特に限定するものではないが、粘着剤(層)としては、後述の実施例に記載の方法で実施される耐反発性試験において、被着体への圧着から1時間後の剥がれ距離が3.0mm以下である粘着剤が好ましく使用される。かかる耐反発性を有する粘着剤(層)は、当該粘着剤(層)を有する表面保護シートの厚さ方向の物理的負荷(剥離負荷)に対して、被着体から端部剥がれが生じにくく、優れた端部剥がれ防止性を発揮し得る。上記耐反発性試験における上記剥がれ距離(圧着から1時間後)は、好ましくは1.0mm以下、より好ましくは0.5mm以下、さらに好ましくは0.3mm以下、特に好ましくは0.2mm以下であり、最も好ましくは0.0mmである。上記耐反発特性は、粘着剤組成(粘着付与剤の使用や粘着付与剤種の選択、水親和剤の種類や使用量等)に基づき、実現することができる。
(repulsion resistance)
Although it is not particularly limited, the adhesive (layer) has a peel distance of 3.0 mm after 1 hour from pressure bonding to the adherend in a repulsion resistance test conducted by the method described in Examples below. An adhesive having a thickness of 0 mm or less is preferably used. The pressure-sensitive adhesive (layer) having such repulsion resistance is less likely to be peeled off from the adherend at the edges against a physical load (peeling load) in the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet having the pressure-sensitive adhesive (layer). , can exhibit excellent edge peeling prevention properties. The peel distance (one hour after crimping) in the repulsion resistance test is preferably 1.0 mm or less, more preferably 0.5 mm or less, still more preferably 0.3 mm or less, and particularly preferably 0.2 mm or less. , most preferably 0.0 mm. The anti-repulsion property can be realized based on the adhesive composition (use of tackifier, selection of tackifier type, type and amount of hydrophilic agent, etc.).
 <基材層>
 ここに開示される表面保護シートは基材層を含み得る。基材層の材質の非限定的な例としては、ポリオレフィンフィルム、ポリエステルフィルム、ポリ塩化ビニルフィルム等の各種樹脂フィルム;ポリウレタンフォーム、ポリエチレンフォーム、ポリクロロプレンフォーム等の発泡体からなる発泡体シート;各種の繊維状物質(麻、綿等の天然繊維、ポリエステル、ビニロン等の合成繊維、アセテート等の半合成繊維、等であり得る。)の単独または混紡等による織布および不織布;和紙、上質紙、クラフト紙、クレープ紙等の紙類;アルミニウム箔、銅箔、ステンレス鋼(SUS)等の金属箔;等が挙げられ、これらの1種、または、2種以上を複合した構成の層状体のなかから適当な材料を選定して基材層材料として用いることができる。上記複合構造の基材層の例として、例えば、金属箔と上記樹脂フィルムとが積層した構造の積層基材(多層構造基材)、ガラスクロス等の無機繊維で強化された樹脂シート等が挙げられる。
<Base material layer>
The surface protection sheet disclosed herein may contain a base layer. Non-limiting examples of materials for the substrate layer include various resin films such as polyolefin films, polyester films, and polyvinyl chloride films; foam sheets made of foams such as polyurethane foam, polyethylene foam, and polychloroprene foam; of fibrous substances (natural fibers such as hemp and cotton, synthetic fibers such as polyester and vinylon, semi-synthetic fibers such as acetate, etc.) Woven fabrics and non-woven fabrics made by single or blended spinning; Japanese paper, fine paper, paper such as kraft paper and crepe paper; metal foil such as aluminum foil, copper foil, and stainless steel (SUS); A suitable material can be selected from the above and used as the base material layer material. Examples of the substrate layer of the composite structure include a laminated substrate (multilayer structure substrate) having a structure in which a metal foil and the resin film are laminated, a resin sheet reinforced with inorganic fibers such as glass cloth, and the like. be done.
 基材層の材料としては、各種のフィルム(以下、基材フィルムともいう。)を好ましく用いることができる。上記基材フィルムは、発泡体フィルムや不織布シート等のように多孔質のフィルムであってもよく、多孔質の層と非多孔質の層とが積層した構造のフィルムであってもよい。いくつかの態様において、上記基材フィルムとしては、独立して形状維持可能な(自立型の、あるいは非依存性の)樹脂フィルムをベースフィルムとして含むものを好ましく用いることができる。ここで「樹脂フィルム」とは、非多孔質の構造であって、典型的には実質的に気泡を含まない(ボイドレスの)樹脂フィルムを意味する。したがって、上記樹脂フィルムは、発泡体フィルムや不織布とは区別される概念である。上記樹脂フィルムは、単層構造であってもよく、二層以上の多層構造(例えば三層構造)であってもよい。 Various films (hereinafter also referred to as base films) can be preferably used as the material for the base layer. The base film may be a porous film such as a foam film or a non-woven fabric sheet, or a film having a structure in which a porous layer and a non-porous layer are laminated. In some embodiments, as the base film, a base film containing a resin film capable of independently maintaining its shape (self-supporting or independent) can be preferably used. By "resin film" is meant a non-porous structure, typically a substantially voidless resin film. Therefore, the resin film is a concept distinguished from foam films and non-woven fabrics. The resin film may have a single-layer structure or a multi-layer structure of two or more layers (for example, a three-layer structure).
 樹脂フィルムを構成する樹脂材料としては、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)やポリブチレンテレフタレート(PBT)、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)等のポリエステル;ポリエチレン(PE)やポリプロピレン(PP)、エチレン-プロピレン共重合体等のポリオレフィン;ノルボルネン構造等の脂肪族環構造を有するモノマーに由来するポリシクロオレフィン;ナイロン6、ナイロン66、部分芳香族ポリアミド等のポリアミド(PA);透明ポリイミド(CPI)等のポリイミド(PI)、ポリアミドイミド(PAI);ポリエーテルエーテルケトン(PEEK);ポリエーテルスルホン(PES);ポリフェニレンサルファイド(PPS);ポリカーボネート(PC);ポリウレタン(PU);エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体(EVA);ポリビニルアルコール(PVA);ポリスチレン;ABS樹脂;ポリ塩化ビニル;ポリ塩化ビニリデン;ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)等のフッ素樹脂;ポリメチルメタクリレート等のアクリル樹脂;ジアセチルセルロースやトリアセチルセルロース(TAC)等のセルロース系ポリマー;ビニルブチラール系ポリマー;アリレート系ポリマー;ポリオキシメチレン系ポリマー;エポキシ系ポリマー等の樹脂を用いることができる。ここに開示される基材層は、その表面が上記樹脂材料から構成されたものであり得る。基材層として用いられ得る樹脂フィルムは、上記樹脂の1種を単独で含む樹脂材料を用いて形成されたものや、2種以上がブレンドされた樹脂材料を用いて形成されたもののなかから適当な材料を選定して用いることができる。上記樹脂フィルムは、1種または2種以上の樹脂材料を含む樹脂層と、当該樹脂層と同種または異種の1種または2種以上の樹脂材料を含む樹脂層とが積層された複合樹脂フィルムであってもよい。上記樹脂フィルムは、無延伸であってもよく、延伸(例えば一軸延伸または二軸延伸)されたものであってもよい。 Examples of the resin material constituting the resin film include polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), and polyethylene naphthalate (PEN); polyethylene (PE), polypropylene (PP), and ethylene-propylene copolymers. Polyolefins such as coalescence; polycycloolefins derived from monomers having an alicyclic structure such as norbornene structure; polyamides (PA) such as nylon 6, nylon 66, and partially aromatic polyamides; polyimides (PI) such as transparent polyimides (CPI) Polyether sulfone (PES); Polyphenylene sulfide (PPS); Polycarbonate (PC); Polyurethane (PU); Ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA); polyvinyl alcohol (PVA); polystyrene; ABS resin; polyvinyl chloride; polyvinylidene chloride; fluorine resin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE); Resins such as cellulose-based polymer; vinyl butyral-based polymer; arylate-based polymer; polyoxymethylene-based polymer; and epoxy-based polymer can be used. The substrate layer disclosed herein may have a surface composed of the above resin material. The resin film that can be used as the substrate layer is suitably selected from those formed using a resin material containing one of the above resins alone and those formed using a resin material in which two or more of the above resins are blended. material can be selected and used. The resin film is a composite resin film in which a resin layer containing one or more resin materials and a resin layer containing one or more resin materials of the same or different type as the resin layer are laminated. There may be. The resin film may be unstretched or may be stretched (for example, uniaxially stretched or biaxially stretched).
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、基材層として、ポリオレフィン樹脂フィルムが使用される。ポリオレフィン樹脂フィルムを使用することによって、適当な厚さで好適な特性を発揮する表面保護シートが好ましく得られる。ここで、ポリオレフィン樹脂とはポリオレフィンを50重量%を超える割合で含有する樹脂のことをいう。ポリオレフィン樹脂としては、1種のポリオレフィンを単独で、または2種以上のポリオレフィンを組み合わせて用いることができる。該ポリオレフィンは、例えばα-オレフィンのホモポリマー、2種以上のα-オレフィンの共重合体、1種または2種以上のα-オレフィンと他のビニルモノマーとの共重合体等であり得る。具体例としては、PE、PP、ポリ-1-ブテン、ポリ-4-メチル-1-ペンテン、エチレンプロピレンゴム(EPR)等のエチレン-プロピレン共重合体、エチレン-プロピレン-ブテン共重合体、エチレン-ブテン共重合体、エチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体、エチレン-エチルアクリレート共重合体等が挙げられる。低密度(LD)ポリオレフィンおよび高密度(HD)ポリオレフィンのいずれも使用可能である。ポリオレフィン樹脂フィルムの例としては、無延伸ポリプロピレン(CPP)フィルム、二軸延伸ポリプロピレン(OPP)フィルム、低密度ポリエチレン(LDPE)フィルム、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)フィルム、中密度ポリエチレン(MDPE)フィルム、高密度ポリエチレン(HDPE)フィルム、2種以上のポリエチレン(PE)をブレンドしたポリエチレン(PE)フィルム、ポリプロピレン(PP)とポリエチレン(PE)をブレンドしたPP/PEブレンドフィルム等が挙げられる。なかでも、透湿度の観点から、OPPフィルムが好ましい。 In some preferred embodiments, a polyolefin resin film is used as the base material layer. By using a polyolefin resin film, it is possible to preferably obtain a surface protective sheet that exhibits suitable properties with an appropriate thickness. Here, the polyolefin resin means a resin containing more than 50% by weight of polyolefin. As the polyolefin resin, one kind of polyolefin can be used alone, or two or more kinds of polyolefins can be used in combination. The polyolefin may be, for example, an α-olefin homopolymer, a copolymer of two or more α-olefins, a copolymer of one or more α-olefins and other vinyl monomers, and the like. Specific examples include PE, PP, poly-1-butene, poly-4-methyl-1-pentene, ethylene-propylene copolymers such as ethylene-propylene rubber (EPR), ethylene-propylene-butene copolymers, ethylene -butene copolymer, ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, ethylene-ethyl acrylate copolymer and the like. Both low density (LD) and high density (HD) polyolefins can be used. Examples of polyolefin resin films include unstretched polypropylene (CPP) film, biaxially stretched polypropylene (OPP) film, low density polyethylene (LDPE) film, linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) film, medium density polyethylene (MDPE) films, high-density polyethylene (HDPE) films, polyethylene (PE) films obtained by blending two or more types of polyethylene (PE), PP/PE blend films obtained by blending polypropylene (PP) and polyethylene (PE), and the like. Among them, an OPP film is preferable from the viewpoint of moisture permeability.
 樹脂フィルムを構成する樹脂材料の他の好適例として、ポリ塩化ビニリデン樹脂、PPS樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、EVA樹脂、PTFE等のフッ素樹脂が挙げられる。ここで、ポリ塩化ビニリデン樹脂とは、ポリ塩化ビニリデンを50重量%を超える割合で含有する樹脂のことをいう。同様に、PPS樹脂とはPPSを50重量%を超える割合で含有する樹脂のことをいう。ポリウレタン樹脂、EVA樹脂、フッ素樹脂についても同様である。上で例示したポリオレフィン樹脂(PE、PP)や、ポリ塩化ビニリデン樹脂、PPS樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、EVA樹脂、フッ素樹脂は、他の材料と複合して用いてもよく、各々を単独で使用して基材層として用いてもよい。 Other suitable examples of the resin material constituting the resin film include polyvinylidene chloride resin, PPS resin, polyurethane resin, EVA resin, and fluorine resin such as PTFE. Here, polyvinylidene chloride resin refers to a resin containing polyvinylidene chloride in a proportion exceeding 50% by weight. Similarly, PPS resin means a resin containing PPS in a proportion exceeding 50% by weight. The same applies to polyurethane resin, EVA resin, and fluororesin. The polyolefin resins (PE, PP), polyvinylidene chloride resins, PPS resins, polyurethane resins, EVA resins, and fluorine resins exemplified above may be used in combination with other materials, and each may be used alone. You may use it as a base material layer.
 樹脂フィルムには、光安定剤、酸化防止剤、帯電防止剤、着色剤(染料、顔料等)、充填材、スリップ剤、アンチブロッキング剤等の公知の添加剤を、必要に応じて配合することができる。添加剤の配合量は特に限定されず、用途等に応じて適宜設定することができる。 If necessary, known additives such as light stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, colorants (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, slip agents, antiblocking agents, etc., may be added to the resin film. can be done. The amount of the additive to be added is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set according to the application and the like.
 樹脂フィルムの製造方法は特に限定されない。例えば、押出成形、インフレーション成形、Tダイキャスト成形、カレンダーロール成形等の、従来公知の一般的な樹脂フィルム成形方法を適宜採用することができる。 The method of manufacturing the resin film is not particularly limited. For example, conventionally known general resin film molding methods such as extrusion molding, inflation molding, T-die casting, and calendar roll molding can be appropriately employed.
 上記基材層は、このような樹脂フィルムから実質的に構成されたものであり得る。あるいは、上記基材層は、上記樹脂フィルムの他に、補助的な層を含むものであってもよい。上記補助的な層の例としては、光学特性調整層(例えば着色層、反射防止層)、所望の外観を付与するための印刷層やラミネート層、帯電防止層、下塗り層、剥離層等の表面処理層が挙げられる。 The base material layer may be substantially composed of such a resin film. Alternatively, the substrate layer may contain an auxiliary layer in addition to the resin film. Examples of the auxiliary layers include optical property adjusting layers (e.g., colored layers, antireflection layers), printed layers and laminate layers for imparting desired appearance, antistatic layers, undercoat layers, release layers, etc. A processing layer may be mentioned.
 他のいくつかの態様では、基材層は、無機材料を含有する層(無機材料含有層)を有する。無機材料含有層を含む基材層を採用することによっても、ここに開示される技術による効果を実現することができる。無機材料含有層を配置することで、バリア性(透湿防止性)が向上する傾向がある。いくつかの態様では、無機材料含有層を有する基材層としては、上述した樹脂フィルム等を基材主層として含み、該基材主層の少なくとも一方の表面に設けられた無機材料含有層を有する構成が挙げられる。他のいくつかの態様では、基材層は、実質的に無機材料含有層からなるものであってもよい。 In some other aspects, the substrate layer has a layer containing an inorganic material (inorganic material-containing layer). By adopting a substrate layer including an inorganic material-containing layer, the effects of the technology disclosed herein can also be achieved. Arranging the inorganic material-containing layer tends to improve barrier properties (moisture permeation prevention properties). In some aspects, the substrate layer having an inorganic material-containing layer includes the above-described resin film or the like as a substrate main layer, and an inorganic material-containing layer provided on at least one surface of the substrate main layer. A configuration having In some other aspects, the substrate layer may consist essentially of the inorganic material-containing layer.
 上記無機材料含有層に用いられる無機材料としては、遷移金属元素や半金属元素の単体、合金を含む各種の金属材料や、無機酸化物等の無機化合物のなかから親水性表面を形成し得る材料が用いられる。上記無機材料は1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。無機材料の好適例としては、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、酸化マグネシウム、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ケイ素、酸化セリウム、酸化クロム、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化マンガン、酸化亜鉛、酸化鉄、酸化錫、酸化ニオブ等の酸化物(無機酸化物、典型的には金属酸化物)が挙げられる。なかでも、好ましい無機材料として酸化ケイ素等の無機酸化物が用いられる。また、無機材料の他の好適例としては、アルミニウム箔、銅箔、ステンレス鋼(SUS)等の金属箔(金属材料)が挙げられる。無機材料含有層は、上記無機材料に加えて、コーティング剤やバインダとして利用され得る有機高分子化合物を含む各種有機材料を含んでもよく、含まなくてもよい。 Inorganic materials used for the inorganic material-containing layer include various metal materials including simple substances and alloys of transition metal elements and metalloid elements, and materials capable of forming a hydrophilic surface from among inorganic compounds such as inorganic oxides. is used. The above inorganic materials can be used singly or in combination of two or more. Suitable examples of inorganic materials include oxides such as titanium oxide, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, aluminum oxide, silicon oxide, cerium oxide, chromium oxide, zirconium oxide, manganese oxide, zinc oxide, iron oxide, tin oxide, and niobium oxide. (inorganic oxides, typically metal oxides). Among them, an inorganic oxide such as silicon oxide is used as a preferable inorganic material. Other preferred examples of inorganic materials include metal foils (metal materials) such as aluminum foil, copper foil, and stainless steel (SUS). The inorganic material-containing layer may or may not contain various organic materials including organic polymer compounds that can be used as coating agents and binders, in addition to the above inorganic materials.
 無機材料含有層中の無機材料(例えば酸化ケイ素等の無機酸化物)の量は、目的とする親水性表面が得られる適当量とすることができ、特定の範囲に限定されない。例えば、無機材料含有層中の無機材料の含有割合は、凡そ30重量%以上とすることができ、凡そ50重量%以上(例えば50重量%超)が適当であり、凡そ70重量%以上であってもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様では、無機材料含有層中の無機材料の含有割合は、凡そ90~100重量%(例えば凡そ95重量%以上)である。 The amount of the inorganic material (for example, inorganic oxide such as silicon oxide) in the inorganic material-containing layer can be an appropriate amount to obtain the desired hydrophilic surface, and is not limited to a specific range. For example, the content of the inorganic material in the inorganic material-containing layer can be approximately 30% by weight or more, suitably approximately 50% by weight or more (for example, more than 50% by weight), and approximately 70% by weight or more. may In some preferred embodiments, the inorganic material content in the inorganic material-containing layer is approximately 90-100% by weight (eg approximately 95% by weight or more).
 上記無機材料含有の形成方法は特に限定されず、目的とする厚さ等に応じて適当な方法で形成され得る。例えば、真空蒸着法やスパッタリング法、あるいは、めっき法等の公知の成膜方法を利用して層状に形成した無機材料を利用することができる。無機材料として、無機化合物を用いる場合には、各種の蒸着法を用いることができ、例えば、真空蒸着法、スパッタリング法、イオンプレーティング法等の物理蒸着法(PVD)や、原子層堆積層等の化学蒸着法(CVD)等を採用することができる。ポリシロキサン等の無機ポリマーを含むコーティング層の形成は、公知のコーティング剤から所望の水接触角を示す表面が得られるものを適宜選択し、常法により使用して行うことができる。 The method of forming the inorganic material-containing layer is not particularly limited, and can be formed by an appropriate method depending on the desired thickness and the like. For example, it is possible to use an inorganic material formed in a layer using a known film forming method such as a vacuum vapor deposition method, a sputtering method, or a plating method. When an inorganic compound is used as the inorganic material, various vapor deposition methods can be used, for example, physical vapor deposition (PVD) such as vacuum vapor deposition, sputtering, ion plating, atomic layer deposition, etc. chemical vapor deposition (CVD) or the like can be employed. A coating layer containing an inorganic polymer such as polysiloxane can be formed by appropriately selecting from known coating agents that provide a surface exhibiting a desired water contact angle and using a conventional method.
 無機材料含有層の厚さは特に限定されない。基材層が、基材主層と無機材料含有層とを有する態様においては、基材層本体(基材層の主層)の機能を損なわない観点から、無機材料含有層の厚さは、具体的には凡そ5μm以下(例えば5000nm未満)が適当であり、凡そ2μm以下(例えば2000nm未満)であってもよい。いくつかの態様では、無機材料含有層の厚さは1000nm未満であり、より好ましくは500nm未満、さらに好ましくは100nm未満、特に好ましくは50nm未満であり、凡そ30nm以下であってもよく、凡そ20nm以下でもよく、凡そ15nm以下(例えば10nm未満)でもよい。このような薄厚の無機材料含有層とすることで、基材層(基材層の主層)の機能を損なうことなく、バリア性(透湿防止性)など所望の特性を基材層に付与することができる。薄厚の無機材料含有層とすることは、軽量性、光学特性の観点からも有利である。また、無機材料含有層の厚さは1nm以上(例えば3nm以上)が適当であり、例えば透湿度を低くする観点から、凡そ5nm以上であってもよく、凡そ10nm以上(例えば15nm以上)でもよい。 The thickness of the inorganic material-containing layer is not particularly limited. In the aspect in which the substrate layer has a substrate main layer and an inorganic material-containing layer, the thickness of the inorganic material-containing layer is set to: Specifically, about 5 μm or less (for example, less than 5000 nm) is suitable, and about 2 μm or less (for example, less than 2000 nm) may be used. In some embodiments, the inorganic material-containing layer has a thickness of less than 1000 nm, more preferably less than 500 nm, even more preferably less than 100 nm, particularly preferably less than 50 nm, and may be about 30 nm or less, about 20 nm. 15 nm or less (for example, less than 10 nm). By forming such a thin inorganic material-containing layer, desired properties such as barrier properties (anti-moisture permeation) can be imparted to the base layer without impairing the function of the base layer (main layer of the base layer). can do. A thin inorganic material-containing layer is also advantageous from the viewpoint of lightness and optical properties. In addition, the thickness of the inorganic material-containing layer is suitably 1 nm or more (for example, 3 nm or more). .
 上記基材層が、基材主層と無機材料含有層とを有する態様において、基材主層の厚さ(無機材料含有層以外に複数の層を有する場合は、無機材料含有層以外の層の総厚)は、基材層の総厚の50%以上とすることが適当であり、好ましくは70%以上、より好ましくは90%以上であり、97%以上(例えば99%以上)であってもよい。 In the aspect in which the substrate layer has a substrate main layer and an inorganic material-containing layer, the thickness of the substrate main layer (when it has a plurality of layers other than the inorganic material-containing layer, the layers other than the inorganic material-containing layer The total thickness of the substrate layer) is suitably 50% or more, preferably 70% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and 97% or more (for example, 99% or more) of the total thickness of the base layer. may
 基材層は、単層構造であってもよく、二層以上の多層構造を有するものであってもよい。単層構造の基材層としては、樹脂フィルムからなる基材層が挙げられる。樹脂フィルムから構成された基材層は、エッチング液等の薬液処理用途の表面保護シートに好適である。柔軟性や可とう性にも優れる傾向がある。多層構造の基材層としては、多層構造の樹脂フィルムからなる構成、基材主層と無機材料含有層とを有する構成が挙げられる。 The base material layer may have a single-layer structure, or may have a multi-layer structure of two or more layers. Examples of the substrate layer having a single layer structure include a substrate layer made of a resin film. A substrate layer composed of a resin film is suitable for a surface protection sheet for chemical treatment such as an etchant. It also tends to be superior in flexibility and flexibility. Examples of the substrate layer having a multilayer structure include a structure composed of a resin film having a multilayer structure, and a structure having a substrate main layer and an inorganic material-containing layer.
 いくつかの態様において、基材層(基材層として用いられる基材フィルム)は、カップ法で測定される透湿度が24g/(m・day)以下であることが好ましい。このように制限された透湿度を有する構成とすることで、薬液処理や温水浸漬など水性液体と接触する態様で用いられても、低透湿基材層の存在により、粘着剤層への水性液体の滲入が適度に防止され、水剥離性に基づく接着力低下が発現しないか、あるいは接着力低下が抑制される。その結果、被着体に対する接着力が維持され、表面保護シートは、被着体との密着状態を維持することができる。いくつかの好ましい態様において、基材層の上記透湿度は、凡そ18g/(m・day)以下であり、より好ましくは凡そ14g/(m・day)以下、さらに好ましくは凡そ10g/(m・day)以下、特に好ましくは凡そ8g/(m・day)以下であり、凡そ5g/(m・day)以下(例えば凡そ3g/(m・day)以下)でもよい。また、表面保護シートが温水等の熱に曝された場合、上記透湿度が過度に低いと、熱によるエージングのため水剥離性が効果的に発現しなくなるおそれがある。そのような観点から、いくつかの態様において、基材層の透湿度は、1g/(m・day)以上であることが適当であり、好ましくは凡そ3g/(m・day)以上であり、例えば5g/(m・day)超であってもよい。 In some embodiments, the base layer (base film used as the base layer) preferably has a moisture permeability of 24 g/(m 2 ·day) or less as measured by the cup method. With such a structure having a limited moisture permeability, even if it is used in a mode of contact with an aqueous liquid such as chemical treatment or hot water immersion, the presence of the low moisture permeability base layer allows water to pass through to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Infiltration of liquids is appropriately prevented, and deterioration of adhesive strength due to water releasability does not occur, or deterioration of adhesive strength is suppressed. As a result, the adhesive force to the adherend is maintained, and the surface protective sheet can maintain the state of close contact with the adherend. In some preferred embodiments, the moisture permeability of the base material layer is about 18 g/(m 2 ·day) or less, more preferably about 14 g/(m 2 ·day) or less, still more preferably about 10 g/( m 2 ·day) or less, particularly preferably approximately 8 g/(m 2 ·day) or less, and may be approximately 5 g/(m 2 ·day) or less (for example, approximately 3 g/(m 2 ·day) or less). Further, when the surface protection sheet is exposed to heat such as warm water, if the moisture permeability is excessively low, the water removability may not be effectively exhibited due to aging due to heat. From such a viewpoint, in some aspects, the moisture permeability of the base material layer is suitably 1 g/(m 2 ·day) or more, preferably about 3 g/(m 2 ·day) or more. Yes, for example greater than 5 g/(m 2 ·day).
 より具体的には、基材層の上記透湿度は、例えば、23g/(m・day)以上または以下、22g/(m・day)以上または以下、21g/(m・day)以上または以下、20g/(m・day)以上または以下、19g/(m・day)以上または以下、18g/(m・day)以上または以下、17g/(m・day)以上または以下、16g/(m・day)以上または以下、15g/(m・day)以上または以下、14g/(m・day)以上または以下、13g/(m・day)以上または以下、12g/(m・day)以上または以下、11g/(m・day)以上または以下、10g/(m・day)以上または以下、9g/(m・day)以上または以下、8g/(m・day)以上または以下、7g/(m・day)以上または以下、6g/(m・day)以上または以下、5g/(m・day)以上または以下、4g/(m・day)以上または以下、3g/(m・day)以上または以下、2g/(m・day)以上または以下、あるいは1g/(m・day)以上または以下であってもよい。 More specifically, the moisture permeability of the substrate layer is, for example, 23 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, 22 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, or 21 g/(m 2 ·day) or more. or less, 20 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, 19 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, 18 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, 17 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less , 16 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, 15 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, 14 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, 13 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, 12 g / (m 2 · day) or more or less, 11 g / (m 2 · day) or more or less, 10 g / (m 2 · day) or more or less, 9 g / (m 2 · day) or more or less, 8 g / ( m 2 · day) or more or less, 7 g/(m 2 · day) or more or less, 6 g/(m 2 · day) or more or less, 5 g/(m 2 · day) or more or less, 4 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, 3 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, 2 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less, or 1 g/(m 2 ·day) or more or less.
 基材層の上記透湿度は、適当な非透湿性や低透湿性の基材材料を選択し用いることによって得ることができる。基材層の透湿度は、より具体的には、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定される。 The moisture permeability of the substrate layer can be obtained by selecting and using an appropriate non-moisture-permeable or low-moisture-permeable substrate material. More specifically, the moisture permeability of the base material layer is measured by the method described in Examples below.
 基材層(基材層として用いられる基材フィルム)の25℃曲げ剛性値としては、上述の表面保護シートがとり得る25℃曲げ剛性値の範囲と同じであるので、繰り返しの説明は省略する。同様に、基材層がとり得る25℃引張弾性率、25℃100%伸長時応力、25℃破断応力および25℃破断歪みの範囲についても、表面保護シートの25℃引張弾性率、25℃100%伸長時応力、25℃破断応力および25℃破断歪みの範囲とそれぞれ同じであるので、繰り返しの説明は省略する。基材層の25℃曲げ剛性値、25℃引張弾性率、25℃100%伸長時応力、25℃破断応力および25℃破断歪みは、試験片として基材層(基材層として用いられる基材フィルム)を用いる他は表面保護シートの25℃曲げ剛性値、25℃引張弾性率、25℃100%伸長時応力、25℃破断応力および25℃破断歪みとそれぞれ同じ方法で測定される。25℃曲げ剛性値、25℃引張弾性率、25℃100%伸長時応力および25℃破断応力の算出に用いられる試験片の厚さおよび断面積としては、基材層の厚さおよび断面積が用いられる。なお、基材層の25℃曲げ剛性値は、表面保護シートの25℃曲げ剛性値と同じく、MDの25℃曲げ剛性値であってもよく、TDの25℃曲げ剛性値であってもよく、したがって、MDの25℃曲げ剛性値およびTDの25℃曲げ剛性値の少なくとも一方の25℃曲げ剛性値であってもよく、あるいは、MDであるかTDであるかを問わない任意の一方向の25℃曲げ剛性値であってもよい。同様に、基材層の25℃引張弾性率は、MDの25℃引張弾性率であってもよく、TDの25℃引張弾性率であってもよく、したがって、MDの25℃引張弾性率およびTDの25℃引張弾性率の少なくとも一方の25℃引張弾性率であってもよく、あるいは、MDであるかTDであるかを問わない任意の一方向の25℃引張弾性率であってもよい。同様に、基材層の100%伸長時応力、破断応力および破断歪みも、それぞれ、MDの測定値(100%伸長時応力、破断応力または破断歪み)であってもよく、TDの測定値であってもよく、したがって、MDの測定値およびTDの測定値の少なくとも一方の測定値であってもよく、あるいは、MDであるかTDであるかを問わない任意の一方向の測定値であってもよい。 The 25° C. bending rigidity value of the base material layer (base film used as the base material layer) is the same as the range of the 25° C. bending rigidity value that the above-described surface protection sheet can take, so repeated description is omitted. . Similarly, the ranges of the 25°C tensile modulus, the stress at 25°C 100% elongation, the 25°C breaking stress, and the 25°C breaking strain that the base material layer can take are also the 25°C tensile elastic modulus of the surface protective sheet, the 25°C 100 The ranges of stress at % elongation, stress at break at 25°C, and strain at break at 25°C are the same, so repeated explanations are omitted. The 25° C. flexural rigidity value, 25° C. tensile modulus, 25° C. 100% elongation stress, 25° C. breaking stress and 25° C. breaking strain of the base material layer were measured using the base material layer as a test piece (the base material used as the base layer Film) is used, but the 25° C. flexural rigidity, 25° C. tensile modulus, 25° C. 100% elongation stress, 25° C. breaking stress and 25° C. breaking strain of the surface protective sheet are measured in the same manner. The thickness and cross-sectional area of the test piece used to calculate the 25° C. bending stiffness value, 25° C. tensile modulus, stress at 25° C. 100% elongation and 25° C. breaking stress were as follows: Used. The 25° C. bending rigidity value of the base material layer may be the MD 25° C. bending rigidity value or the TD 25° C. bending rigidity value, like the 25° C. bending rigidity value of the surface protection sheet. , Therefore, it may be at least one of the 25 ° C. bending stiffness value of MD and the 25 ° C. bending stiffness value of TD, or any one direction regardless of whether it is MD or TD may be the 25° C. bending stiffness value of Similarly, the 25° C. tensile modulus of the substrate layer may be the 25° C. tensile modulus in MD or the 25° C. tensile modulus in TD, thus 25° C. tensile modulus in MD and It may be at least one 25° C. tensile modulus of TD, or it may be a 25° C. tensile modulus in any one direction, whether MD or TD. . Similarly, the stress at 100% elongation, stress at break and strain at break of the substrate layer may each be a measured value of MD (stress at 100% elongation, stress at break or strain at break), and a measured value of TD and thus may be a measurement in MD and/or a measurement in TD, or any one-way measurement, whether MD or TD. may
 基材層の厚さは、特に限定されず、保護目的や使用態様等に応じて選択し得る。基材層の厚さは、例えば凡そ1000μm以下であってよく、凡そ300μm以下でもよく、軽量化や薄厚化の観点から、凡そ200μm以下が適当であり、好ましくは凡そ150μm以下、より好ましくは凡そ100μm以下であり、凡そ75μm以下(典型的には75μm未満)であってもよく、凡そ50μm以下でもよく、40μm以下でもよく、30μm以下でもよい。基材層の厚さが小さくなると、表面保護シートの柔軟性や被着体の表面形状への追従性が向上する傾向にある。また、基材層の厚さが制限されていることにより、加熱に起因する基材層の変形(膨張収縮)が抑制されるので、例えば、温水浸漬など加熱される態様で使用される場合であっても、被着体への接着状態を維持しやすい傾向がある。また、取扱い性や加工性等の観点から、基材層の厚さは、例えば2μm以上であってよく、5μm超でもよい。いくつかの態様において、基材層の厚さは凡そ10μm以上が適当であり、好ましくは凡そ15μm以上、より好ましくは凡そ20μm以上であり、凡そ30μm以上であってもよく、40μm以上でもよく、50μm以上でもよい。基材層の厚さが大きいほど、高い曲げ剛性値が得られやすい傾向があり、端部剥がれ防止性が改善されやすい。また、薬液滲入等に対する被着体の保護性が向上する傾向がある。他のいくつかの態様において、基材層の厚さは、50μm超であってもよく、75μm超でもよく、90μm以上でもよい。 The thickness of the base material layer is not particularly limited, and can be selected according to the purpose of protection, mode of use, and the like. The thickness of the base material layer may be, for example, about 1000 μm or less, or about 300 μm or less, and from the viewpoint of weight reduction and thinning, about 200 μm or less is suitable, preferably about 150 μm or less, more preferably about 150 μm or less. It is 100 μm or less, may be about 75 μm or less (typically less than 75 μm), may be about 50 μm or less, may be 40 μm or less, or may be 30 μm or less. When the thickness of the base material layer is reduced, the flexibility of the surface protection sheet and the followability to the surface shape of the adherend tend to be improved. In addition, since the deformation (expansion and shrinkage) of the base material layer due to heating is suppressed by limiting the thickness of the base material layer, for example, when used in a heated manner such as immersion in warm water. Even if there is, there is a tendency that the state of adhesion to the adherend is likely to be maintained. Moreover, from the viewpoint of handleability, processability, etc., the thickness of the base material layer may be, for example, 2 μm or more, or may be more than 5 μm. In some embodiments, the thickness of the substrate layer is suitably about 10 μm or more, preferably about 15 μm or more, more preferably about 20 μm or more, and may be about 30 μm or more, or even 40 μm or more. It may be 50 μm or more. The greater the thickness of the base material layer, the easier it is to obtain a higher bending rigidity value, and the easier it is to improve the edge separation prevention property. In addition, there is a tendency for the adherend to be protected against permeation of chemical solutions and the like to be improved. In some other embodiments, the thickness of the substrate layer may be greater than 50 μm, greater than 75 μm, or greater than or equal to 90 μm.
 基材層の粘着剤層側表面には、必要に応じて、コロナ処理やプラズマ処理等、紫外線照射処理、酸処理、アルカリ処理、下塗り剤(プライマー)の塗布等の、従来公知の表面処理が施されていてもよい。このような表面処理は、基材層と粘着剤層との密着性、言い換えると粘着剤層の基材層への投錨性を向上させるための処理であり得る。プライマーの組成は特に限定されず、公知のものから適宜選択することができる。下塗り層の厚さは特に制限されないが、例えば0.01μm~1μm程度が適当であり、0.1μm~1μm程度が好ましい。また、基材主層の表面(典型的には無機材料含有層側表面)には、上記の各種表面処理や、帯電防止処理等の表面処理が施されていてもよい。 Conventionally known surface treatments such as corona treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, acid treatment, alkali treatment, application of an undercoat (primer), etc. may be applied to the adhesive layer side surface of the substrate layer, if necessary. may be applied. Such a surface treatment can be a treatment for improving the adhesion between the substrate layer and the adhesive layer, in other words, the anchoring property of the adhesive layer to the substrate layer. The composition of the primer is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known ones. Although the thickness of the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, it is suitably about 0.01 μm to 1 μm, preferably about 0.1 μm to 1 μm. In addition, the surface of the base material main layer (typically, the inorganic material-containing layer side surface) may be subjected to the various surface treatments described above and surface treatments such as antistatic treatment.
 基材層のうち粘着剤層側とは反対側の面(以下、背面ともいう。)には、必要に応じて、剥離処理、帯電防止処理等の、従来公知の表面処理が施されていてもよい。例えば、基材層の背面を剥離処理剤で表面処理することにより、ロール状に巻回された形態の表面保護シートの巻戻し力を軽くすることができる。剥離処理剤としては、シリコーン系剥離処理剤、長鎖アルキル系剥離処理剤、オレフィン系剥離処理剤、フッ素系剥離処理剤、脂肪酸アミド系剥離処理剤、硫化モリブデン、シリカ粉等を用いることができる。 The surface of the substrate layer opposite to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer side (hereinafter also referred to as the back surface) is optionally subjected to conventionally known surface treatments such as peeling treatment and antistatic treatment. good too. For example, by surface-treating the back surface of the base material layer with a release agent, the unwinding force of the surface protective sheet wound into a roll can be reduced. Examples of release agents that can be used include silicone-based release agents, long-chain alkyl-based release agents, olefin-based release agents, fluorine-based release agents, fatty acid amide-based release agents, molybdenum sulfide, and silica powder. .
 <総厚さ>
 ここに開示される表面保護シート(粘着剤層および基材層を含むが、剥離ライナーは含まない。)の厚さは特に限定されず、3μm以上とすることができ、5μm以上であってよく、10μm以上が適当であり、段差追従性など被着体との密着性の観点から、好ましくは20μm以上、より好ましくは30μm以上、さらに好ましくは40μm以上であり、45μm以上であってもよい。表面保護シートが所定値以上の厚さを有することにより、端部剥がれ防止性も向上する傾向がある。また、表面保護シートの厚さが大きいほど、薬液滲入等に対する被着体の保護性が向上する傾向がある。いくつかの態様において、表面保護シートの厚さは50μmよりも大きく、60μm以上であってもよく、70μm以上でもよく、80μm以上でもよい。他のいくつかの態様において、表面保護シートの厚さは、50μm超であってもよく、75μm超でもよく、100μm以上でもよい。表面保護シートの厚さの上限は、例えば5mm以下であり、3mm以下であってもよく、1mm以下でもよい。いくつかの態様では、表面保護シートの厚さは、300μm以下が適当であり、好ましくは200μm以下、より好ましくは150μm以下であり、100μm以下であってもよく、75μm以下でもよく、65μm以下でもよく、例えば55μm以下であってもよい。表面保護シートの厚さが所定値以下に制限されていることにより、表面保護シートは、加熱に起因する変形(膨張収縮)が抑制され、被着体への接着状態を維持しやすい傾向がある。粘着シートの厚さを薄くすることは、薄膜化、小型化、軽量化、省資源化等の点でも有利である。
<Total thickness>
The thickness of the surface protection sheet disclosed herein (including the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the base material layer, but not including the release liner) is not particularly limited, and may be 3 μm or more, and may be 5 μm or more. , 10 μm or more is appropriate, and from the viewpoint of adhesion to the adherend such as step conformability, it is preferably 20 μm or more, more preferably 30 μm or more, still more preferably 40 μm or more, and may be 45 μm or more. When the surface protection sheet has a thickness of a predetermined value or more, there is a tendency that the edge peeling prevention property is improved. In addition, the greater the thickness of the surface protection sheet, the more likely it is that the adherend will be more protected against permeation of chemicals. In some aspects, the thickness of the surface protection sheet is greater than 50 μm, may be 60 μm or greater, may be 70 μm or greater, or may be 80 μm or greater. In some other embodiments, the thickness of the surface protective sheet may be greater than 50 μm, greater than 75 μm, or greater than 100 μm. The upper limit of the thickness of the surface protective sheet is, for example, 5 mm or less, may be 3 mm or less, or may be 1 mm or less. In some aspects, the thickness of the surface protective sheet is suitably 300 μm or less, preferably 200 μm or less, more preferably 150 μm or less, and may be 100 μm or less, 75 μm or less, or 65 μm or less. It may be, for example, 55 μm or less. By limiting the thickness of the surface protective sheet to a predetermined value or less, the surface protective sheet is prevented from being deformed (expansion and contraction) due to heating, and tends to easily maintain the state of adhesion to the adherend. . Reducing the thickness of the adhesive sheet is advantageous in terms of thinning, miniaturization, weight reduction, resource saving, and the like.
 <剥離ライナー>
 ここに開示される表面保護シートに用いられる剥離ライナーとしては、特に限定されず、例えば樹脂フィルムや紙等のライナー基材の表面が剥離処理された剥離ライナーや、フッ素系ポリマー(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン等)やポリオレフィン系樹脂(ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン等)の低接着性材料からなる剥離ライナー等を用いることができる。上記剥離処理には、例えば、シリコーン系、長鎖アルキル系等の剥離処理剤が用いられ得る。いくつかの態様において、剥離処理された樹脂フィルムを剥離ライナーとして好ましく採用し得る。
<Release liner>
The release liner used in the surface protective sheet disclosed herein is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a release liner in which the surface of a liner substrate such as a resin film or paper is subjected to a release treatment, or a fluoropolymer (polytetrafluoroethylene etc.) or a release liner made of a low-adhesive material such as polyolefin resin (polyethylene, polypropylene, etc.). For the release treatment, for example, a release treatment agent such as a silicone-based agent or a long-chain alkyl-based agent may be used. In some embodiments, a release-treated resin film can be preferably employed as a release liner.
 <剥離方法>
 この明細書によると、被着体(保護対象物)に貼り付けられた表面保護シートの剥離方法が提供される。上記剥離方法は、上記被着体からの上記表面保護シートの剥離前線において上記被着体と上記表面保護シートとの界面に水性液体が存在する状態で、上記剥離前線の移動に追随して上記水性液体の上記界面への進入を進行させつつ上記被着体から上記表面保護シートを剥離する水剥離工程を含む。上記水剥離工程によると、上記水性液体を有効に利用して被着体から表面保護シートを剥離することができる。
<Peeling method>
According to this specification, a method for peeling a surface protection sheet attached to an adherend (object to be protected) is provided. In the peeling method, in a state where an aqueous liquid is present at the interface between the adherend and the surface protective sheet at the peeling front of the surface protective sheet from the adherend, the peeling front follows the movement of the peeling front. It includes a water-peeling step of peeling the surface protection sheet from the adherend while allowing the aqueous liquid to enter the interface. According to the water peeling step, the surface protective sheet can be peeled from the adherend by effectively using the aqueous liquid.
 水性液体としては、水または水を主成分とする混合溶媒に、必要に応じて少量の添加剤を含有させたものを用いることができる。上記混合溶媒を構成する水以外の溶媒としては、水と均一に混合し得る低級アルコール(例えばエチルアルコール)や低級ケトン(例えばアセトン)等を使用し得る。上記添加剤としては、公知の界面活性剤等を用いることができる。被着体の汚染を避ける観点から、いくつかの態様において、添加剤を実質的に含有しない水性液体を好ましく使用し得る。環境衛生の観点から、水性液体として水を用いることが特に好ましい。水としては、特に制限されず、用途に応じて求められる純度や入手容易性等を考慮して、例えば蒸留水、イオン交換水、水道水等を用いることができる。 As the aqueous liquid, it is possible to use water or a mixed solvent containing water as a main component containing a small amount of additive as necessary. As a solvent other than water that constitutes the mixed solvent, a lower alcohol (eg, ethyl alcohol) or a lower ketone (eg, acetone) that can be uniformly mixed with water can be used. A known surfactant or the like can be used as the additive. From the viewpoint of avoiding contamination of the adherend, in some embodiments, an aqueous liquid containing substantially no additives can be preferably used. From the viewpoint of environmental hygiene, it is particularly preferable to use water as the aqueous liquid. The water is not particularly limited, and in consideration of the purity required according to the application, availability, etc., for example, distilled water, ion-exchanged water, tap water, etc. can be used.
 いくつかの態様において、上記剥離方法は、例えば常態水剥離力FW0の測定時と同様に、被着体に貼り付けられた表面保護シートの外縁付近の被着体上に水性液体を供給し、その水性液体を上記表面保護シートの外縁から該表面保護シートと上記被着体との界面に進入させた後、新たな水の供給を行うことなく(すなわち、剥離開始前に被着体上に供給した水性液体のみを利用して)表面保護シートの剥離を進行させる態様で好ましく行うことができる。なお、水剥離工程の途中で、剥離前線の移動に追随して表面保護シートと被着体との界面に進入させる水が途中で枯渇するようであれば、該水剥離工程の開始後に断続的または連続的に水を追加供給してもよい。例えば、被着体が吸水性を有する場合や、剥離後の被着体表面または接着面に水性液体が残留しやすい場合等において、水剥離工程の開始後に水を追加供給する態様を好ましく採用し得る。 In some embodiments, the peeling method includes supplying an aqueous liquid onto the adherend near the outer edge of the surface protection sheet attached to the adherend, for example, in the same manner as when measuring the normal water peeling force FW0, After the aqueous liquid is allowed to enter the interface between the surface protection sheet and the adherend from the outer edge of the surface protection sheet, without supplying new water (that is, before starting peeling, it is applied to the adherend. It can be preferably carried out in a mode in which peeling of the surface protection sheet is promoted using only the supplied aqueous liquid. In the middle of the water peeling step, if the water that follows the movement of the peeling front and enters the interface between the surface protective sheet and the adherend is depleted in the middle, intermittent water peeling after the start of the water peeling step. Alternatively, additional water may be supplied continuously. For example, when the adherend has water absorption, or when aqueous liquid tends to remain on the adherend surface or adhesive surface after peeling, it is preferable to adopt a mode of additionally supplying water after starting the water peeling step. obtain.
 剥離開始前に供給する水性液体の量は、表面保護シートの貼付け範囲外から該表面保護シートと被着体との界面に上記水性液体を導入し得る量であればよく、特に限定されない。上記水性液体の量は、例えば5μL以上であってよく、通常は10μL以上が適当であり、20μL以上でもよい。また、上記水性液体の量の上限について特に制限はない。いくつかの態様において、作業性向上等の観点から、上記水性液体の量は、例えば10mL以下であってよく、5mL以下でもよく、1mL以下でもよく、0.5mL以下でもよく、0.1mL以下でもよく、0.05mL以下でもよい。上記水性液体の量を少なくすることにより、表面保護シートの剥離後に上記水性液体を乾燥や拭き取り等により除去する操作を省略または簡略化し得る。 The amount of the aqueous liquid to be supplied before starting peeling is not particularly limited as long as it is an amount capable of introducing the aqueous liquid from outside the attachment range of the surface protection sheet to the interface between the surface protection sheet and the adherend. The amount of the aqueous liquid may be, for example, 5 μL or more, usually 10 μL or more, and may be 20 μL or more. Moreover, there is no particular limitation on the upper limit of the amount of the aqueous liquid. In some embodiments, the amount of the aqueous liquid may be, for example, 10 mL or less, 5 mL or less, 1 mL or less, 0.5 mL or less, or 0.1 mL or less from the viewpoint of improving workability. or less than 0.05 mL. By reducing the amount of the aqueous liquid, it is possible to omit or simplify the operation of removing the aqueous liquid by drying, wiping, or the like after peeling the surface protective sheet.
 剥離開始時に上記表面保護シートの外縁から該表面保護シートと上記被着体との界面に水性液体を進入させる操作は、例えば、表面保護シートの外縁において上記界面にカッターナイフや針等の治具の先端を差し込む、表面保護シートの外縁を鉤や爪等で引掻いて持ち上げる、強粘着性の粘着テープや吸盤等を表面保護シートの外縁付近の背面に付着させて該表面保護シートの端を持ち上げる、等の態様で行うことができる。このように表面保護シートの外縁から上記界面に水性液体を強制的に進入させることにより、被着体と上記表面保護シートとの界面に水性液体が存在する状態を効率よく形成することができる。また、水性液体を界面に強制的に進入させる操作を行って剥離のきっかけをつくった後における良好な水剥離性と、かかる操作を行わない場合における高い耐水信頼性とを、好適に両立することができる。 The operation of allowing the aqueous liquid to enter the interface between the surface protective sheet and the adherend from the outer edge of the surface protective sheet at the start of peeling can be performed, for example, by inserting a jig such as a cutter knife or a needle into the interface at the outer edge of the surface protective sheet. insert the tip of the surface protection sheet, scratch the outer edge of the surface protection sheet with a hook or nail, etc., attach a strong adhesive tape or suction cup, etc. to the back surface near the outer edge of the surface protection sheet It can be carried out in a manner such as lifting. By forcing the aqueous liquid to enter the interface from the outer edge of the surface protective sheet in this way, it is possible to efficiently create a state in which the aqueous liquid exists at the interface between the adherend and the surface protective sheet. In addition, both good water releasability after an operation for forcing an aqueous liquid to enter the interface to create a trigger for delamination and high water resistance reliability when no such operation is performed are preferably compatible. can be done.
 <用途>
 ここに開示される表面保護シートは、各種用途の表面保護シートとして利用可能である。例えば、ガラスや半導体ウエハ、金属板等を、薬液を用いて化学的に処理したり、切断や研磨等の物理的な処理を施すなどの各種処理において、ここに開示される表面保護シートを、例えば上記保護対象物の非処理面に貼り付けて用いることができる。
<Application>
The surface protective sheet disclosed here can be used as a surface protective sheet for various uses. For example, in various treatments such as chemical treatment of glass, semiconductor wafers, metal plates, etc. using chemical solutions and physical treatments such as cutting and polishing, the surface protection sheet disclosed herein For example, it can be used by being attached to the non-treated surface of the object to be protected.
 保護対象物の種類は、特に限定されない。ここに開示される表面保護シートは、各種部材や材料の保護に利用され得る。ここに開示される表面保護シートは、水剥離を利用した剥離により、剥離時には被着体が破損または変形しない剥離が可能であるので、アルカリガラス等のガラス材料や半導体ウエハ等の保護に好適である。これらの材料は、通常、厚さが制限されており、取扱い時や剥離時の外力によって割れや欠け、亀裂等が生じやすい脆性材料(硬脆材ともいう。)である。このような被着体に対して、水剥離を利用した剥離を適用することにより、剥離時における被着体の破損防止を好適に実現することができる。上記保護対象物となるガラス材料は、例えば、タブレット型パソコンや携帯電話、有機LED(発光ダイオード)等に用いられるような、透明導電膜(例えばITO(酸化インジウムスズ)膜)やFPCが部分的に設けられた表面を有するガラス板であり得る。また、保護対象物の好適例として、フォルダブルディスプレイやローラブルディスプレイに用いられるウィンドウガラスやカバーガラス等のガラス板が挙げられる。これらのガラス板は、薄厚(例えば厚さ100μm以下)に構成されており、破損のリスクがより大きいが、ここに開示される技術によると、保護対象物が上記のような薄厚脆性材の場合においても、剥離時に保護対象物の破損を防止することができる。 The type of protected object is not particularly limited. The surface protective sheet disclosed herein can be used to protect various members and materials. Since the surface protective sheet disclosed herein can be peeled off without damaging or deforming the adherend by peeling using water peeling, it is suitable for protecting glass materials such as alkali glass, semiconductor wafers, and the like. be. These materials usually have a limited thickness and are brittle materials (also called hard brittle materials) that are likely to crack, chip, or crack due to external force during handling or peeling. By applying peeling using water peeling to such an adherend, it is possible to suitably prevent damage to the adherend during peeling. The glass material to be the object to be protected is, for example, a transparent conductive film (e.g., ITO (indium tin oxide) film) or FPC, which is used in tablet computers, mobile phones, organic LEDs (light emitting diodes), etc. It may be a glass plate having a surface provided on the A suitable example of the object to be protected is a glass plate such as a window glass or a cover glass used for a foldable display or a rollable display. These glass plates are thin (e.g., 100 μm or less in thickness) and have a greater risk of breakage. Also in , it is possible to prevent damage to the object to be protected at the time of peeling.
 表面保護シートが貼付けられる保護対象物表面の水接触角は特に限定されない。いくつかの態様において、保護対象物表面は、水接触角が、例えば60度以下、好ましくは50度以下となる程度の親水性を示す表面であり得る。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記表面の水接触角は、例えば45度以下であってよく、40度以下でもよく、35度以下でもよく、30度以下でもよい。上記水接触角が小さくなると、被着体表面に沿って水が濡れ広がりやすくなり、所望の水剥離性が得られやすい傾向にある。ここに開示される表面保護シートは、例えば、水接触角が20度以下(例えば15度以下、さらには10度以下)程度の材料(例えばアルカリガラス板や無アルカリガラス等のガラス)からなる表面を有する部材の保護に好ましく利用され得る。上記保護対象物表面の水接触角の下限は、原理上0度である。いくつかの態様において、上記保護対象物表面の水接触角は、0度超でもよく、1度以上でもよく、3度以上でもよく、5度以上でもよい。他のいくつかの態様では、保護対象物表面の水接触角は、30度超であってもよく、50度超であってもよく、60度超(例えば70度以上)であってもよい。ここに開示される表面保護シートは、水接触角の異なる種々の材料に用いることが可能である。保護対象物表面の水接触角は、後述の実施例に記載の接触角測定方法と同様の方法により測定される。 The water contact angle of the surface of the object to be protected to which the surface protection sheet is attached is not particularly limited. In some aspects, the surface of the object to be protected can be a surface exhibiting hydrophilicity such that the water contact angle is, for example, 60 degrees or less, preferably 50 degrees or less. In some preferred embodiments, the water contact angle of the surface may be, for example, 45 degrees or less, 40 degrees or less, 35 degrees or less, or 30 degrees or less. When the water contact angle is small, water tends to wet and spread along the surface of the adherend, and the desired water removability tends to be obtained. The surface protective sheet disclosed herein is, for example, a surface made of a material having a water contact angle of about 20 degrees or less (for example, 15 degrees or less, further 10 degrees or less) (for example, glass such as an alkali glass plate or alkali-free glass). can be preferably used to protect members having In principle, the lower limit of the water contact angle on the surface of the object to be protected is 0 degrees. In some aspects, the water contact angle on the surface of the object to be protected may be greater than 0 degrees, 1 degree or more, 3 degrees or more, or 5 degrees or more. In some other aspects, the water contact angle on the surface of the protected object may be greater than 30 degrees, may be greater than 50 degrees, or may be greater than 60 degrees (e.g., 70 degrees or more). . The surface protective sheet disclosed herein can be used for various materials with different water contact angles. The water contact angle on the surface of the object to be protected is measured by a method similar to the contact angle measuring method described in Examples below.
 保護対象物(例えばガラス板や半導体ウエハ)の厚さは、特に限定されず、例えば凡そ1mm以下であり、凡そ500μm以下または凡そ300μm以下であってもよい。ここに開示される技術による効果(剥離時の破損防止)は、薄厚の保護対象物に対してより効果的に発揮されることから、上記厚さは、例えば凡そ150μm以下であってもよく、凡そ100μm以下でもよい。上記厚さの下限は、例えば凡そ10μm以上(例えば30μm以上)である。 The thickness of the object to be protected (for example, a glass plate or a semiconductor wafer) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, approximately 1 mm or less, approximately 500 μm or less, or approximately 300 μm or less. Since the effect of the technology disclosed herein (prevention of breakage during peeling) is more effectively exhibited for thin objects to be protected, the thickness may be, for example, about 150 μm or less, It may be about 100 μm or less. The lower limit of the thickness is, for example, approximately 10 μm or more (eg, 30 μm or more).
 いくつかの好ましい態様では、例えば、ガラスまたは半導体ウエハ等の保護対象物を液中にて化学的および/または物理的に処理する工程で用いる表面保護シートとして好適である。ここに開示される表面保護シートは、上記用途において、上記処理時においては、保護対象物に対して保護に必要な接着性を有することができ、処理後の剥離時には、保護対象物(被着体)から、水剥離を利用したスムーズな剥離を実現できる。上記化学的な処理には、フッ酸水溶液等のエッチング液など酸やアルカリを含む薬液による処理が含まれる。例えば、ガラスの厚さ調整やガラスの切断端面に形成されたバリやマイクロクラックを除去するためにガラスを薬液(エッチング液)で溶解するエッチング処理、アンチグレア加工、金属の表面を薬液(エッチング液)で部分的に腐食させるエッチング処理、回路基板(プリント基板、フレキシブルプリント基板(FPC)等)の接続端子部等を薬液(めっき液)で部分的にめっきするめっき処理等において、ここに開示される表面保護シートは好ましく利用され得る。なかでも、フッ酸溶液等の酸性薬液を用いてエッチング処理を行う用途に特に好ましく適用され得る。また、物理的な処理には、保護対象物表面の研磨や切断が含まれる。 In some preferred embodiments, for example, it is suitable as a surface protective sheet used in a process of chemically and/or physically treating an object to be protected such as glass or a semiconductor wafer in a liquid. In the above application, the surface protection sheet disclosed herein can have the adhesiveness necessary for protection against the object to be protected during the treatment, and when peeled off after the treatment, the object to be protected (adhered) It is possible to realize smooth peeling using water peeling from the body). The chemical treatment includes treatment with a chemical solution containing an acid or an alkali, such as an etching solution such as an aqueous hydrofluoric acid solution. For example, etching processing that dissolves glass with a chemical solution (etching solution) to adjust the thickness of the glass and remove burrs and microcracks formed on the cut edge of the glass, anti-glare processing, chemical solution (etching solution) on the surface of the metal Etching treatment that partially corrodes with, plating treatment that partially plating the connection terminal part of the circuit board (printed circuit board, flexible printed circuit board (FPC), etc.) with a chemical solution (plating solution), etc. disclosed here A surface protective sheet can be preferably used. Among others, it can be particularly preferably applied to the use of performing an etching treatment using an acidic chemical solution such as a hydrofluoric acid solution. Also, physical processing includes polishing and cutting of the surface of the object to be protected.
 ここに開示される表面保護シートは、ガラススリミング処理に好ましく利用される。例えば光学部材として用いられるガラス板は、フッ酸水溶液等の薬液を用いたガラススリミング処理によって薄化され得る。このガラススリミング処理において、ガラス非処理面の保護に表面保護シートが使用され得る。特に限定されるものではないが、ガラススリミング処理では、ガラス板は、例えば凡そ150μm以下(例えば凡そ100μm以下)となるまで薄化される。なお、ガラススリミング処理前のガラス板の厚さは、例えば凡そ0.15mm~5mm程度であり、凡そ300μm以上(例えば500μm~1000μm程度)であり得る。このような薄化したガラスは、剥離時の外力により割れてしまいやすいところ、ここに開示される表面保護シートを用いることにより、表面保護シート剥離時におけるガラス破損の問題を解消でき、あるいは、そのリスクを大幅に低減することができる。 The surface protective sheet disclosed here is preferably used for glass slimming treatment. For example, a glass plate used as an optical member can be thinned by glass slimming treatment using a chemical such as a hydrofluoric acid solution. In this glass slimming process, a surface protective sheet can be used to protect the non-processed surface of the glass. Although not particularly limited, in the glass slimming process, the glass plate is thinned to, for example, about 150 μm or less (eg, about 100 μm or less). The thickness of the glass plate before the glass slimming process is, for example, about 0.15 mm to 5 mm, and can be about 300 μm or more (for example, about 500 μm to 1000 μm). Such thin glass tends to break due to external force when peeled off, but by using the surface protective sheet disclosed herein, the problem of glass breakage during peeling of the surface protective sheet can be solved, or the problem can be solved. Risk can be greatly reduced.
 また、表面保護シートは、半導体の製造にも好ましく利用することができる。上記半導体ウエハは、例えば、シリコンウエハ、炭化ケイ素(SiC)ウエハ、窒化物半導体ウエハ(窒化ケイ素(SiN)、窒化ガリウム(GaN)等)、ヒ化ガリウムウエハ等の化合物半導体ウエハ等であり得る。上記半導体の製造において、例えば半導体ウエハを薄化する工程(より具体的には、半導体ウエハの裏面を研磨するバックグラインド工程)や、半導体ウエハを切断する工程(例えばダイシング工程)等の半導体ウエハ加工(典型的にはシリコンウエハ加工)工程に、ここに開示される表面保護シートは好ましく利用され得る。特に限定されるものではないが、バックグラインド工程では、半導体ウエハは、例えば凡そ150μm以下(例えば凡そ100μm以下)となるまで薄化される。なお、バックグラインド前の半導体ウエハの厚さは、凡そ300μm以上(例えば500μm~1000μm程度)であり得る。上記半導体製造工程は、室温域より高い温度(例えば40℃~90℃、好ましくは40℃~60℃)に曝され得るため、かかる加熱に対して良好な特性(接着力および水剥離性)を保持し得る表面保護シートの使用が特に有意義である。なお、かかる用途に用いられる表面保護シートは、単にバックグラインド用シート、ダイシング用シートということがある。 In addition, the surface protection sheet can also be preferably used for the production of semiconductors. The semiconductor wafer may be, for example, a silicon wafer, a silicon carbide (SiC) wafer, a nitride semiconductor wafer (silicon nitride (SiN), gallium nitride (GaN), etc.), a compound semiconductor wafer such as a gallium arsenide wafer, or the like. In the manufacture of the above semiconductor, for example, semiconductor wafer processing such as a step of thinning a semiconductor wafer (more specifically, a back grinding step of polishing the back surface of a semiconductor wafer) and a step of cutting a semiconductor wafer (e.g., a dicing step) The surface protective sheet disclosed herein can be preferably used in a process (typically silicon wafer processing). Although not particularly limited, in the back grinding process, the semiconductor wafer is thinned to, for example, about 150 μm or less (eg, about 100 μm or less). The thickness of the semiconductor wafer before back grinding can be about 300 μm or more (for example, about 500 μm to 1000 μm). Since the semiconductor manufacturing process can be exposed to temperatures higher than room temperature (for example, 40° C. to 90° C., preferably 40° C. to 60° C.), good properties (adhesion and water removability) against such heating are required. Of particular interest is the use of surface protective sheets that can be retained. Surface protective sheets used for such purposes are sometimes simply referred to as backgrinding sheets or dicing sheets.
 上述の各種表面保護用途に用いられる表面保護シートは、一または複数の処理対象物の片面に一枚の表面保護シートを貼り合わせた状態で、例えばローラ等の搬送手段を用いて、複数の処理対象物(保護対象物でもある。)を連続的に、あるいは個別に薬液槽内や洗浄槽内など水中に搬送し、目的とする処理を実施する態様で用いられ得る。かかる搬送時や搬送後のプロセス(載置や装置へのセット等を含む。)において、処理対象物には、不可避的にあるいは非意図的に衝撃や振動、変形等の外力が加えられることがある。例えば、薬液処理や洗浄処理で用いられる搬送手段として、所定の間隔で配置された複数のローラが用いられ得るが、かかるローラによる搬送では、ローラ間の高低差、振動等のため、浅い剥離角度の剥離負荷が継続的にかかりやすい。ここに開示される表面保護シートは、上記振動等の外力に対する端部剥がれ防止性に優れるので、上記のように処理対象物に貼り付けられた状態で当該処理対象物を例えば液中などで処理する工程を含むプロセスで用いられる場合であっても、当該プロセス中の振動等の外力に対して端部からの剥がれが生じにくいという利点を有する。また、半導体ウエハ等の処理対象物に対して切断や研磨等の物理的処理を施す態様においては、当該物理的処理における外力が剥離負荷となるところ、ここに開示される表面保護シートによると、物理的処理工程における物理的負荷がかけられた場合であっても、端部からの剥がれが生じにくい。なお、上記搬送工程での振動や、物理的処理工程における物理的負荷(剥離負荷ともいう。)は、典型的には、表面保護シートの厚さ方向にかけられる負荷を含んでいる。 The surface protection sheet used for the above-mentioned various surface protection applications is a state in which one surface protection sheet is attached to one side of one or more objects to be treated, and a plurality of treatments are performed using a conveying means such as a roller. Objects (also objects to be protected) can be continuously or individually transported into water such as a chemical tank or a cleaning tank, and can be used in a mode of carrying out intended treatment. In the process during and after transportation (including placement and setting in equipment, etc.), external forces such as impact, vibration, deformation, etc. may be applied unavoidably or unintentionally to the object to be processed. be. For example, a plurality of rollers arranged at predetermined intervals can be used as a conveying means used in chemical liquid processing and cleaning processing. of peeling load is likely to be applied continuously. Since the surface protection sheet disclosed herein is excellent in preventing peeling of the edges against external forces such as vibration, the object to be treated can be treated, for example, in a liquid while being attached to the object to be treated as described above. Even when it is used in a process including a step of washing, it has the advantage that it is less likely to come off from the edge due to external forces such as vibration during the process. In addition, in a mode in which physical processing such as cutting and polishing is applied to an object to be processed such as a semiconductor wafer, the external force in the physical processing becomes a peeling load. Even when a physical load is applied in a physical processing step, peeling from the edge is less likely to occur. The vibration in the transporting process and the physical load (also referred to as peeling load) in the physical treatment process typically include the load applied in the thickness direction of the surface protective sheet.
 また、上記保護対象物は、例えば、液晶表示装置、有機EL(エレクトロルミネッセンス)表示装置、PDP(プラズマディスプレイパネル)、電子ペーパー等の表示装置(画像表示装置)や、タッチパネル等の入力装置等の機器(光学機器)、特に、フォルダブルディスプレイやローラブルディスプレイ等の携帯電子機器を構成する部材であり得る。 In addition, the above-mentioned protection target is, for example, a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL (electroluminescence) display device, a PDP (plasma display panel), a display device (image display device) such as electronic paper, an input device such as a touch panel, etc. It can be a member constituting a device (optical device), particularly a portable electronic device such as a foldable display or a rollable display.
 上記携帯電子機器の例には、例えば、携帯電話、スマートフォン、タブレット型パソコン、ノート型パソコン、各種ウェアラブル機器(例えば、腕時計のように手首に装着するリストウェア型、クリップやストラップ等で体の一部に装着するモジュラー型、メガネ型(単眼型や両眼型。ヘッドマウント型も含む。)を包含するアイウェア型、シャツや靴下、帽子等に例えばアクセサリの形態で取り付ける衣服型、イヤホンのように耳に取り付けるイヤウェア型等)、デジタルカメラ、デジタルビデオカメラ、音響機器(携帯音楽プレーヤー、ICレコーダー等)、計算機(電卓等)、携帯ゲーム機器、電子辞書、電子手帳、電子書籍、車載用情報機器、携帯ラジオ、携帯テレビ、携帯プリンター、携帯スキャナ、携帯モデム等が含まれる。なお、この明細書において「携帯」とは、単に携帯することが可能であるだけでは十分ではなく、個人(標準的な成人)が相対的に容易に持ち運び可能なレベルの携帯性を有することを意味するものとする。 Examples of the above portable electronic devices include, for example, mobile phones, smartphones, tablet computers, notebook computers, various wearable devices (for example, wrist wear types worn on the wrist like wristwatches, Modular type to be worn on the body, eyewear type including glasses type (monocular type and binocular type, including head-mounted type), clothing type to be attached to shirts, socks, hats, etc. in the form of accessories, earphones earwear type, etc.), digital cameras, digital video cameras, audio equipment (portable music players, IC recorders, etc.), calculators (calculators, etc.), portable game devices, electronic dictionaries, electronic notebooks, electronic books, vehicle information Equipment, portable radios, portable televisions, portable printers, portable scanners, portable modems, etc. In this specification, the term “portable” means not only being able to be carried around, but also having a level of portability that allows an individual (a typical adult) to carry it relatively easily. shall mean.
 <保護方法>
 上記より、本明細書によると、ここに開示される表面保護シートを用いた表面保護方法が提供される。この表面保護方法は、保護対象物の少なくとも一部(保護対象面や保護対象部分)に表面保護シートを貼り付ける工程と;表面保護シートが貼り付けられた保護対象物に対して処理(例えば薬液処理、温水浸漬処理、水浸漬処理、切断や研磨等の物理的処理等)を実施する工程と;上記処理後、表面保護シートを保護対象物から剥離する工程と;を含む。ここで、表面保護シートを保護対象物から剥離する工程は、上述の水剥離工程を含むことが好ましい。上記保護方法は、保護対象物(処理対象物)に対する処理を含むことから、処理方法ともいう。表面保護シート、水剥離工程、保護対象物、処理(ガラススリミング処理、半導体ウエハ薄化処理等)、その他の事項(用途等)の詳細は上述のとおりであるので、繰り返しの説明は省略する。保護対象物の典型例としては、ガラススリミング等の処理が実施されるガラス板、半導体ウエハ等が挙げられる。したがって、本明細書によると、上記工程を含むガラススリミング方法および半導体の製造方法が提供され得る。
<Protection method>
From the above, according to the present specification, there is provided a surface protection method using the surface protection sheet disclosed herein. This surface protection method includes a step of attaching a surface protection sheet to at least a part of an object to be protected (a surface to be protected or a portion to be protected); treatment, hot water immersion treatment, water immersion treatment, physical treatment such as cutting and polishing, etc.); Here, the step of peeling the surface protective sheet from the object to be protected preferably includes the water peeling step described above. The protection method is also called a treatment method because it includes treatment of the object to be protected (object to be treated). The details of the surface protective sheet, the water-peeling step, the object to be protected, the treatment (glass slimming treatment, semiconductor wafer thinning treatment, etc.), and other matters (applications, etc.) are as described above, and therefore repeated descriptions will be omitted. Typical examples of objects to be protected include glass plates, semiconductor wafers, etc., which are subjected to processing such as glass slimming. Therefore, according to the present specification, a glass slimming method and a semiconductor manufacturing method including the above steps can be provided.
 <処理方法>
 また、上記より、本明細書によると、ここに開示される表面保護シートを用いた処理方法が提供される。この処理方法には、被着体の表面に表面保護シートを貼り付ける工程と;表面保護シートが貼り付けられた被着体に対し、該表面保護シートの厚さ方向に物理的負荷がかけられる工程と;表面保護シートを被着体から除去する工程と;が含まれる。上記被着体において、表面保護シートが貼り付けられる表面は、典型的には、水接触角が20度以下である表面である。また、表面保護シートを被着体から除去する工程は、上記被着体から表面保護シートを水の存在下で剥離して除去する工程であることが好ましい。また、上記処理方法は、典型的には、表面保護シートが貼り付けられた被着体(処理対象物)に対して処理を実施する工程を含み得る。かかる処理工程において、処理対象物は、液体(例えば水溶液)に接触し得る。また、ここに開示される処理方法は、前述の保護方法の工程の少なくとも一つを含むものであり得る。表面保護シートとしては、ここに開示される表面保護シートが使用される。いくつかの態様において、25℃における曲げ剛性値が1.0×10-6~1.0×10-2Pa・mの範囲内にあり、かつ、水剥離力FW0が1.0N/20mm以下であることを満足する表面保護シートが使用され得る。他のいくつかの態様において、水剥離力FW0が1.0N/20mm以下であり、かつ、きっかけ剥離力が0.5N/10mm以上であることを満足する表面保護シートが使用され得る。処理の一例としては、ガラススリミング処理や半導体加工が挙げられ、処理対象物の典型例としては、ガラススリミング等の処理が実施されるガラス板、半導体ウエハ等が挙げられる。また、表面保護シートが貼り付けられた被着体に対し、表面保護シートの厚さ方向に物理的負荷がかけられる工程の典型例として、被着体の搬送工程や、被着体に対する物理的処理工程が挙げられる。上記より、本明細書によると、上記工程を含むガラススリミング方法および半導体の製造方法が提供され得る。表面保護シート、水剥離、除去工程、被着体(処理対象物)、処理(ガラススリミング処理、半導体ウエハ薄化処理等)、その他の事項(用途等)の詳細は上述のとおりであるので、繰り返しの説明は省略する。
<Processing method>
Also, from the above, the present specification provides a treatment method using the surface protective sheet disclosed herein. This treatment method includes a step of attaching a surface protection sheet to the surface of an adherend; and applying a physical load to the adherend to which the surface protection sheet is attached in the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet. and; removing the surface protection sheet from the adherend. In the adherend, the surface to which the surface protective sheet is attached is typically a surface having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less. The step of removing the surface protective sheet from the adherend is preferably a step of removing the surface protective sheet from the adherend by peeling it off in the presence of water. In addition, the treatment method can typically include a step of treating an adherend (object to be treated) to which the surface protective sheet is attached. In such treatment steps, the object to be treated may come into contact with a liquid (eg, an aqueous solution). The treatment methods disclosed herein may also include at least one of the steps of the protection methods described above. As the surface protective sheet, the surface protective sheet disclosed here is used. In some embodiments, the bending stiffness value at 25° C. is in the range of 1.0×10 −6 to 1.0×10 −2 Pa·m 3 and the water peeling force FW0 is 1.0 N/20 mm. A surface protection sheet that satisfies the following may be used. In some other aspects, a surface protective sheet satisfying a water peel force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less and a trigger peel force of 0.5 N/10 mm or more can be used. Examples of processing include glass slimming processing and semiconductor processing, and typical examples of processing objects include glass plates and semiconductor wafers on which processing such as glass slimming is performed. In addition, as a typical example of a process in which a physical load is applied in the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet to the adherend to which the surface protection sheet is attached, a process of transporting the adherend and a physical load on the adherend processing steps. From the above, according to the present specification, a glass slimming method and a semiconductor manufacturing method including the above steps can be provided. Details of the surface protection sheet, water peeling, removal step, adherend (object to be treated), treatment (glass slimming treatment, semiconductor wafer thinning treatment, etc.), and other matters (applications, etc.) are as described above. Repetitive explanations are omitted.
 以下、本発明に関するいくつかの実施例を説明するが、本発明をかかる実施例に示すものに限定することを意図したものではない。なお、以下の説明において「部」および「%」は、特に断りがない限り重量基準である。 Several examples of the present invention will be described below, but the present invention is not intended to be limited to those shown in the examples. In the following description, "parts" and "%" are by weight unless otherwise specified.
 <評価方法>
 [常態接着力F0]
 測定対象の表面保護シートを幅20mm、長さ100mmのサイズにカットして試験片を作製する。23℃、50%RHの環境下において、上記試験片から接着面(粘着剤層表面)を覆う剥離ライナーを剥がし、露出した接着面を、被着体としてのアルカリガラス板(水接触角20度以下の表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面)に、2kgのゴムローラーを一往復させて圧着する。このようにして得た評価用サンプルに対し、オートクレーブ処理(50℃、0.5MPa、15分)を行う。オートクレーブから取り出した評価用サンプルを、23℃、50%RHの環境下に1時間保持した後、同環境下において、JIS Z0237:2009の10.4.1 方法1:試験板に対する180°引きはがし粘着力に従い、引張試験機を用いて、引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件で試験片の被着体からの剥離強度(ただし、下記水剥離力測定に移行するまで、すなわち剥離界面に蒸留水を供給するまでの間についての剥離強度)を測定する。測定は3回行い、それらの平均値を常態接着力F0[N/20mm]とする。上記常態接着力F0の測定は、被着体に貼り付けられた試験片の剥離が下から上に進行するように行う。被着体としては、アルカリガラス板(製品名「マイクロスライドガラスS200423」、松浪硝子工業社製)を用いることができる。引張試験機としては、万能引張圧縮試験機(装置名「引張圧縮試験機、TCM-1kNB」、ミネベア社製)またはその相当品を用いることができる。
 測定にあたっては、必要に応じて表面保護シートの反対面(接着面の反対側の表面)に適当な裏打ち材を貼り付けて試験片を補強してもよい。裏打ち材としては、例えば、厚さ25μm程度のポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルムを用いることができる。
<Evaluation method>
[Normal adhesive strength F0]
A surface protection sheet to be measured is cut into a size of 20 mm in width and 100 mm in length to prepare a test piece. In an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, the release liner covering the adhesive surface (adhesive layer surface) was peeled off from the test piece, and the exposed adhesive surface was attached to an alkali glass plate (water contact angle of 20 degrees) as an adherend. A 2-kg rubber roller is made to reciprocate once against the surface of the alkali glass having the following surface) to press it. The sample for evaluation thus obtained is autoclaved (50° C., 0.5 MPa, 15 minutes). After holding the evaluation sample taken out of the autoclave for 1 hour in an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, under the same environment, JIS Z0237: 2009 10.4.1 Method 1: 180 ° peeling off the test plate According to the adhesive strength, using a tensile tester, the peel strength of the test piece from the adherend under the conditions of a tensile speed of 300 mm / min and a peel angle of 180 degrees (however, until the following water peel strength measurement is performed, that is, the peel interface Measure the peel strength for the period until distilled water is supplied to. The measurement is performed three times, and the average value thereof is taken as the normal state adhesive strength F0 [N/20 mm]. The normal state adhesive force F0 is measured so that the peeling of the test piece attached to the adherend progresses from the bottom to the top. As the adherend, an alkali glass plate (product name “Microslide Glass S200423”, manufactured by Matsunami Glass Industry Co., Ltd.) can be used. As the tensile tester, a universal tensile/compression tester (equipment name “Tensile/Compression Tester, TCM-1kNB” manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd.) or its equivalent can be used.
In the measurement, if necessary, the test piece may be reinforced by attaching an appropriate backing material to the opposite surface of the surface protective sheet (the surface opposite to the adhesive surface). As the backing material, for example, a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film having a thickness of about 25 μm can be used.
 [常態水剥離力FW0]
 上記常態接着力F0の測定において、試験片の被着体からの剥離強度の測定中に、上記被着体から上記試験片が離れ始める箇所(剥離前線)に20μLの蒸留水を供給し、該蒸留水供給後の剥離強度を測定する。測定は、各常態接着力F0の測定毎に(すなわち3回)行い、それらの平均値を常態水剥離力FW0[N/20mm]とする。
 蒸留水供給後の剥離強度の測定条件は、JIS Z0237:2009の10.4.1 方法1:試験板に対する180°引きはがし粘着力に従うものとする。具体的には、試験温度23℃にて引張試験機を用いて引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件とする。
 なお、常態水剥離力FW0の測定は、一枚の試験片毎に常態接着力F0の測定と常態水剥離力FW0の測定とを連続して行ってもよく、常態接着力F0の測定と常態水剥離力FW0の測定とを異なる試験片により行ってもよい。例えば、連続測定を実施するために十分な長さの試験片を用意することが難しい場合等において、異なる試験片を用いて測定を行う態様を採用することができる。被着体、引張試験機、その他の事項については、常態接着力F0の測定と同様である。
[Normal water peeling force FW0]
In the measurement of the normal state adhesive strength F0, during the measurement of the peel strength of the test piece from the adherend, 20 μL of distilled water is supplied to the point where the test piece starts to separate from the adherend (peeling front), Measure the peel strength after supplying distilled water. The measurement is performed each time the normal state adhesive strength F0 is measured (that is, three times), and the average value thereof is taken as the normal state water peel strength FW0 [N/20 mm].
The conditions for measuring the peel strength after supplying distilled water shall comply with JIS Z0237:2009, 10.4.1 Method 1: 180° peeling adhesive strength to test plate. Specifically, the test temperature is 23° C., the tensile speed is 300 mm/min, and the peel angle is 180 degrees using a tensile tester.
In addition, the measurement of the normal state water peeling force FW0 may be performed by continuously measuring the normal state adhesive force F0 and the normal water peeling force FW0 for each test piece. The measurement of the water peel force FW0 may be performed using a different specimen. For example, in a case where it is difficult to prepare test strips having a sufficient length for continuous measurement, it is possible to employ a mode in which different test strips are used for measurement. The adherend, tensile tester, and other matters are the same as those for the normal state adhesive strength F0 measurement.
 [30分温水浸漬後接着力F1]
 30分温水浸漬後接着力F1は、評価用サンプル(試験片(表面保護シート)が貼り付けられたアルカリガラス板)を60℃±2℃の温水に30分間浸漬し、次いで該温水から引き上げて付着水を拭き取った後に剥離強度を測定する他は常態接着力F0と同様の方法で測定される。
 具体的には、常態接着力F0の測定と同じく、測定対象の表面保護シートを幅20mm、長さ100mmのサイズにカットして試験片を作製する。23℃、50%RHの環境下において、上記試験片から接着面(粘着剤層表面)を覆う剥離ライナーを剥がし、露出した接着面を、被着体としてのアルカリガラス板に、2kgのゴムローラーを一往復させて圧着する。このようにして得た評価用サンプルに対し、オートクレーブ処理(50℃、0.5MPa、15分)を行う。オートクレーブから取り出した評価用サンプルを、設定温度60℃±2℃の温水の入ったウォーターバス内に30分間浸漬する。温水としてはイオン交換水または蒸留水を使用する。温水中において評価用サンプルは、粘着剤層側が上になる向きで水平に保持する。評価用サンプルの上面から水面までの距離(浸漬深さ)は10mm以上(例えば10mm~100mm程度)とする。次いで、評価用サンプルを温水から引き上げ、該評価用サンプルに付着している水を静かに拭き取った後、23℃、50%RHの環境下において、JIS Z0237:2009の10.4.1 方法1:試験板に対する180°引きはがし粘着力に従い、引張試験機を用いて、引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件で試験片の被着体からの剥離強度(ただし、下記水剥離力測定に移行するまで、すなわち剥離界面に蒸留水を供給するまでの間についての剥離強度)を測定する。測定は3回行い、それらの平均値を30分温水浸漬後接着力F1[N/20mm]とする。評価用サンプルを温水から引き上げてから剥離強度を測定するまでの時間は10分以内とする。被着体、引張試験機、その他の事項については、常態接着力F0の測定と同様である。
[Adhesive strength F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes]
Adhesion F1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes was measured by immersing an evaluation sample (an alkali glass plate to which a test piece (surface protective sheet) was attached) in hot water at 60°C ± 2°C for 30 minutes, and then pulling it out of the hot water. Except for measuring the peel strength after wiping off the adhering water, it is measured in the same manner as the normal adhesive strength F0.
Specifically, similarly to the measurement of the normal state adhesive strength F0, the surface protection sheet to be measured is cut into a size of 20 mm in width and 100 mm in length to prepare a test piece. In an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, the release liner covering the adhesive surface (adhesive layer surface) was peeled off from the test piece, and the exposed adhesive surface was applied to an alkali glass plate as an adherend, and a 2 kg rubber roller. to crimp once. The sample for evaluation thus obtained is autoclaved (50° C., 0.5 MPa, 15 minutes). A sample for evaluation taken out from the autoclave is immersed in a water bath containing hot water at a set temperature of 60° C.±2° C. for 30 minutes. As hot water, deionized water or distilled water is used. The sample for evaluation is held horizontally in warm water with the adhesive layer facing upward. The distance (immersion depth) from the upper surface of the evaluation sample to the water surface is set to 10 mm or more (for example, about 10 mm to 100 mm). Next, the evaluation sample is pulled up from the hot water, and the water adhering to the evaluation sample is gently wiped off, and then in an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, JIS Z0237: 2009 10.4.1 Method 1 : According to the 180° peeling adhesive strength to the test plate, using a tensile tester, the peel strength from the adherend of the test piece under the conditions of a tensile speed of 300 mm / min and a peel angle of 180 degrees (however, the following water peel strength measurement , that is, until distilled water is supplied to the peel interface). The measurement is performed three times, and the average value thereof is defined as the adhesive strength F1 [N/20 mm] after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes. The time from when the evaluation sample is pulled out of the hot water to when the peel strength is measured is within 10 minutes. The adherend, tensile tester, and other matters are the same as those for the normal state adhesive strength F0 measurement.
 [30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1]
 30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1は、評価用サンプル(試験片(表面保護シート)が貼り付けられたアルカリガラス板)を60℃±2℃の温水に30分間浸漬し、次いで該温水から引き上げて付着水を拭き取った後に水剥離力を測定する他は常態水剥離力FW0と同様の方法で測定される。
 具体的には、上記30分温水浸漬後接着力F1の測定において、30分の温水浸漬後、試験片の被着体からの剥離強度の測定中に、上記被着体から上記試験片が離れ始める箇所(剥離前線)に20μLの蒸留水を供給し、該蒸留水供給後の剥離強度を測定する。測定は、各30分温水浸漬後接着力F1の測定毎に(すなわち3回)行い、それらの平均値を30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1[N/20mm]とする。
 蒸留水供給後の剥離強度の測定条件は、JIS Z0237:2009の10.4.1 方法1:試験板に対する180°引きはがし粘着力に従うものとする。具体的には、試験温度23℃にて引張試験機を用いて引張速度300mm/分、剥離角度180度の条件とする。
 なお、30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1の測定は、一枚の試験片毎に30分温水浸漬後接着力F1の測定と30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1の測定とを連続して行ってもよく、30分温水浸漬後接着力F1の測定と30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1の測定とを異なる試験片により行ってもよい。被着体、引張試験機、その他の事項については、常態接着力F0の測定と同様である。
[Water peeling force FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes]
Water peel strength FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes is measured by immersing an evaluation sample (an alkali glass plate to which a test piece (surface protective sheet) is attached) in hot water at 60°C ± 2°C for 30 minutes, and then pulling it out of the hot water. Except for measuring the water peeling force after wiping off the adhering water, it is measured in the same manner as the normal water peeling force FW0.
Specifically, in the measurement of the adhesive strength F1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes, the test piece separated from the adherend during measurement of the peel strength of the test piece from the adherend after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes. 20 μL of distilled water is supplied to the starting point (peeling front), and the peel strength after supplying the distilled water is measured. The measurement is performed each time the adhesive strength F1 is measured after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes (that is, three times), and the average value thereof is taken as the water peel strength FW1 [N/20 mm] after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes.
The conditions for measuring the peel strength after supplying distilled water shall comply with JIS Z0237:2009, 10.4.1 Method 1: 180° peeling adhesive strength to test plate. Specifically, the test temperature is 23° C., the tensile speed is 300 mm/min, and the peel angle is 180 degrees using a tensile tester.
The water peel strength FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes was measured by continuously measuring the adhesive strength F1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes and the peel strength FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes for each test piece. Alternatively, the measurement of the adhesive strength F1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes and the measurement of the water peel strength FW1 after immersion in warm water for 30 minutes may be performed using different test pieces. The adherend, tensile tester, and other matters are the same as those for the normal state adhesive strength F0 measurement.
 上記の測定(F0、FW0、F1およびFW1の測定)において、被着体としては、試験片を貼り合わせる面の蒸留水に対する接触角が20度以下(例えば5度~10度)であるものを用いる。具体的には、被着体として、フロート法で作製したアルカリガラス板であって、試験片を貼り合わせる面の蒸留水に対する接触角が20度以下(例えば5度~10度)であるものを用いることができる。そのような被着体として、上記松浪硝子工業社製のアルカリガラス板を使用し得るが、これに限定されず、松浪硝子工業社製のアルカリガラス板の相当品や、それ以外のアルカリガラス板を用いることも可能である。 In the above measurements (measurements of F0, FW0, F1 and FW1), the adherend should have a contact angle of 20 degrees or less (for example, 5 to 10 degrees) to distilled water on the surface to which the test piece is attached. use. Specifically, the adherend is an alkali glass plate produced by the float method, and the contact angle of the surface to which the test piece is attached to distilled water is 20 degrees or less (for example, 5 degrees to 10 degrees). can be used. As such an adherend, the alkali glass plate manufactured by Matsunami Glass Industry Co., Ltd. can be used, but the present invention is not limited to this. It is also possible to use
 また、上記アルカリガラス板の接触角は、以下の方法で測定される。すなわち、測定雰囲気23℃、50%RHの環境下において、接触角計(協和界面科学社製、商品名「DMo-501型」、コントロールボックス「DMC-2」、制御・解析ソフト「FAMAS(バージョン5.0.30)」)を用いて液滴法により測定を行う。蒸留水の滴下量は2μLとし、滴下5秒後の画像からΘ/2法により接触角を算出する(N5で実施)。 Also, the contact angle of the alkali glass plate is measured by the following method. That is, in a measurement atmosphere of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, a contact angle meter (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd., trade name “DMo-501 type”, control box “DMC-2”, control / analysis software “FAMAS (version 5.0.30)”) is carried out by the droplet method. The amount of distilled water dropped is 2 μL, and the contact angle is calculated by the Θ/2 method from the image 5 seconds after dropping (performed with N5).
 なお、本発明者らは、上記温水浸漬後の接着力および水剥離力が、フッ酸水溶液浸漬後の接着力および水剥離力とそれぞれ一定の高い相関を示すことを確認している。この知見に基づき、上記温水浸漬後の接着力および水剥離力を、薬液浸漬を含む液中処理用途での表面保護シートの適用性の評価指標としている。 The present inventors have confirmed that the adhesive strength and water peeling strength after immersion in warm water exhibit a certain high correlation with the adhesive strength and water peeling strength after immersion in a hydrofluoric acid aqueous solution, respectively. Based on this finding, the adhesive strength and water peeling strength after immersion in hot water are used as evaluation indices for the applicability of the surface protective sheet in liquid treatment applications including immersion in chemical solutions.
 [60℃損失弾性率G″]
 粘着剤層の60℃損失弾性率G″[Pa]は、動的粘弾性測定により求められる。具体的には、測定対象である粘着剤層を複数枚重ね合わせることにより、厚さ約2mmの粘着剤層を作製する。この粘着剤層を直径7.9mmの円盤状に打ち抜いた試料をパラレルプレートで挟み込んで固定し、粘弾性試験機(例えば、ティー・エー・インスツルメント社製、ARESまたはその相当品)により以下の条件で動的粘弾性測定を行い、60℃における損失弾性率G″[Pa]を求める。
 ・測定モード:せん断モード
 ・温度範囲 :-70℃~150℃
 ・昇温速度 :5℃/min
 ・測定周波数:1Hz
 なお、測定対象である粘着剤層は、対応する粘着剤組成物を層状に塗布し、乾燥または硬化することにより形成することができる。
[60° C. loss elastic modulus G″]
The 60° C. loss elastic modulus G″ [Pa] of the adhesive layer is determined by dynamic viscoelasticity measurement. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is punched out into a disk shape with a diameter of 7.9 mm, and the sample is sandwiched between parallel plates and fixed. or its equivalent), perform dynamic viscoelasticity measurement under the following conditions to determine the loss elastic modulus G″ [Pa] at 60°C.
・Measurement mode: Shear mode ・Temperature range: -70°C to 150°C
・Temperature increase rate: 5°C/min
・Measurement frequency: 1Hz
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to be measured can be formed by applying the corresponding pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in layers and drying or curing.
 [透湿度]
 基材(層)および表面保護シートの透湿度は、JIS Z0208の透湿度試験(カップ法)に準拠して測定される。基材の透湿度測定方法は次のとおりである。すなわち、各例に係る基材を、7cmΦの円形にカットし、これを評価用サンプルとして用いる。そして、試験用カップ(アルミニウム製、JIS Z0208で規定される透湿カップ)の内部に所定量の塩化カルシウムを入れ、上記評価用サンプルでカップの口を密閉する。具体的には、試験用カップの口を覆うように評価用サンプルを試験用カップ上に置き、試験用カップの開口部の縁(内径6cm、外形9cm、縁幅1.5cmの円形)と同形状を有する環状のパッキンおよび蓋をその上に重ねて専用ねじで留め、試験用カップの内部を密閉する。次いで、評価用サンプルで覆われたカップを40℃、92%RHで24時間保管し、保管前後の総重量の変化(具体的には、塩化カルシウムの吸水量に基づく重量変化)を測定することにより、透湿度[g/(m2・day)]を求める。表面保護シートの透湿度は、基材に替えて、表面保護シートをカップ側が接着面となるよう配置してカップの口を密閉して測定を実施する他は基材の透湿度測定方法と同様の方法で測定される。
[Moisture Permeability]
The moisture permeability of the substrate (layer) and surface protection sheet is measured according to JIS Z0208 moisture permeability test (cup method). A method for measuring the moisture permeability of the substrate is as follows. That is, the base material according to each example is cut into a circle of 7 cmΦ, and this is used as an evaluation sample. Then, a predetermined amount of calcium chloride is put inside a test cup (made of aluminum, a moisture permeable cup defined by JIS Z0208), and the mouth of the cup is sealed with the above evaluation sample. Specifically, the sample for evaluation was placed on the test cup so as to cover the mouth of the test cup, and the edge of the opening of the test cup (circular shape with an inner diameter of 6 cm, an outer diameter of 9 cm, and an edge width of 1.5 cm) was measured. A shaped annular packing and lid are overlaid and screwed on to seal the interior of the test cup. Next, store the cup covered with the evaluation sample at 40 ° C. and 92% RH for 24 hours, and measure the change in total weight before and after storage (specifically, the weight change based on the amount of water absorbed by calcium chloride). Then, the moisture permeability [g/(m 2 ·day)] is obtained. The moisture permeability of the surface protection sheet is the same as the moisture permeability measurement method of the base material, except that instead of the base material, the surface protection sheet is placed so that the cup side is the adhesive surface, and the mouth of the cup is closed and the measurement is performed. measured by the method of
 [引張試験]
 表面保護シートを幅10mmの短冊状にカットして試験片を作製する。この試験片を、JIS K 7161に準拠して、下記条件で延伸することにより応力-ひずみ曲線を得る。
 (延伸条件)
 測定温度:25℃
 引張速度:300mm/分
 チャック間距離:50mm
 引張試験機としては、万能引張圧縮試験機(装置名「引張圧縮試験機、TCM-1kNB」、ミネベア社製)またはその相当品を用いることができる。
 25℃引張弾性率[Pa]は、上記応力-ひずみ曲線の線形回帰から求められる。なお、25℃引張弾性率は、表面保護シートの厚さの実測値から粘着剤層の厚さを差し引いた厚さの値、または基材層そのものの厚さを測定して得た値に基づいて、基材層の断面積当たりの値に換算して求めるものとする。
 また、上記引張試験から、25℃における100%伸長時応力[N/mm]、破断応力[N/mm]および破断歪み[%]を測定する。
 上記100%伸長時応力は、上記引張試験において、試験片が100%伸長したときに測定される荷重[N]を試験片の基材層断面積[mm]で除した値である。上記破断応力は、上記引張試験における試験片破断時の荷重[N]を試験片の基材層断面積[mm]で除した値であり、上記破断歪み[%]は、上記試験片の破断時の伸び[%]である。
 なお、本実施例における測定値(引張弾性率、100%伸長時応力、破断応力および破断歪み)は、表面保護シート(より具体的には基材層)のMDと上記引張試験の引張り方向とを一致させたMDの測定値であるが、上記引張試験は、表面保護シートのMDに実施できるほか、試験片の切り出し方を変更することにより、表面保護シートのTDに対して上記引張試験を実施してTDの測定値を得ることができる。あるいは、MDであるかTDであるかを問わない任意の一方向に対して上記引張試験を実施して測定値を得ることも可能である。
[Tensile test]
A test piece is prepared by cutting the surface protective sheet into a strip having a width of 10 mm. According to JIS K 7161, this test piece is stretched under the following conditions to obtain a stress-strain curve.
(Stretching conditions)
Measurement temperature: 25°C
Tensile speed: 300 mm/min Distance between chucks: 50 mm
As the tensile tester, a universal tensile/compression tester (equipment name “Tensile/Compression Tester, TCM-1kNB” manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd.) or its equivalent can be used.
The 25° C. tensile modulus [Pa] is obtained from linear regression of the stress-strain curve. The 25° C. tensile modulus is based on the value obtained by subtracting the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from the measured thickness of the surface protection sheet, or the value obtained by measuring the thickness of the base layer itself. is converted into a value per cross-sectional area of the base material layer.
Also, from the above tensile test, the stress at 100% elongation [N/mm 2 ], breaking stress [N/mm 2 ] and breaking strain [%] at 25° C. are measured.
The stress at 100% elongation is a value obtained by dividing the load [N] measured when the test piece is elongated 100% in the tensile test by the base layer cross-sectional area [mm 2 ] of the test piece. The breaking stress is the value obtained by dividing the load [N] when the test piece breaks in the tensile test by the base layer cross-sectional area [mm 2 ] of the test piece, and the breaking strain [%] is the test piece. Elongation at break [%].
Note that the measured values (tensile modulus, stress at 100% elongation, breaking stress and breaking strain) in the present examples are obtained by comparing the MD of the surface protective sheet (more specifically, the base material layer) with the tensile direction of the tensile test. The above tensile test can be performed on the MD of the surface protective sheet, and by changing the method of cutting out the test piece, the above tensile test can be performed on the TD of the surface protective sheet. can be performed to obtain a measure of TD. Alternatively, it is also possible to obtain the measured value by performing the above tensile test in any one direction, whether MD or TD.
 [25℃曲げ剛性値]
 表面保護シートの25℃曲げ剛性値D[Pa・m]は、式:
 D=Eh/12(1-ν);
から求められる。上式中、Eは表面保護シートの25℃引張弾性率[Pa]であり、hは基材層の厚さ[m]である。νはポアソン比であり、上式ではν=0.35とする。
 なお、本実施例における25℃曲げ剛性値は、MDの25℃曲げ剛性値であるが、上記のように試験片の切り出し方を変更することにより、MDの25℃曲げ剛性値だけでなく、TDの25℃曲げ剛性値を得ることができ、あるいは、MDであるかTDであるかを問わない任意の一方向の25℃曲げ剛性値を得ることもできる。
[25°C bending rigidity value]
The 25° C. bending rigidity value D [Pa·m 3 ] of the surface protection sheet is obtained by the formula:
D=Eh 3 /12(1−ν 2 );
requested from. In the above formula, E is the 25° C. tensile elastic modulus [Pa] of the surface protective sheet, and h is the thickness [m] of the base material layer. ν is Poisson's ratio, and ν=0.35 in the above equation.
The 25° C. bending rigidity value in this example is the 25° C. bending rigidity value of MD, but by changing the method of cutting out the test piece as described above, not only the 25° C. bending rigidity value of MD but also TD 25° bending stiffness values can be obtained, or 25° bending stiffness values in any one direction, whether MD or TD, can be obtained.
 [水中きっかけ剥離力]
 測定対象の表面保護シートを幅10mm、長さ100mmのサイズにカットして試験片を作製する。23℃、50%RHの環境下において、上記試験片から接着面(粘着剤層表面)を覆う剥離ライナーを剥がし、露出した接着面を、被着体としてのアルカリガラス板(水接触角20度以下の表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面)に、2kgのゴムローラーを一往復させて圧着する。このとき、上記試験片の長手方向の一端を上記被着体からはみ出すように貼り合わせる。このようにして得た評価用サンプルに対し、オートクレーブ処理(50℃、0.5MPa、15分)を行う。オートクレーブから取り出した評価用サンプルを、23℃、50%RHの環境下に1時間保持した後、室温(23℃~25℃)の水に浸漬する。水としてはイオン交換水または蒸留水を使用する。水中において評価用サンプルは、試験片が貼り付けられた面が上になる向きで水平に保持する。評価用サンプルの上面から水面までの距離(浸漬深さ)は10mm以上(例えば10mm~100mm程度)とする。このように、評価用サンプルが水中に配置された状態で、上記水中浸漬開始から1分以内に、23℃、50%RHの環境下において、引張試験機を用いて、上記試験片の長手方向の一端(被着体からはみ出した一端)から、引張速度1000mm/分、剥離角度20度の条件で剥離試験を行い、剥離初期にかかる最大応力を記録する。測定は3回行い、上記最大応力の平均値を水中きっかけ剥離力[N/10mm]とする。
 水中きっかけ剥離力が0.2N/10mm以上であれば、搬送プロセス中の振動等の外力に対する端部剥がれ防止性に優れると判定される。搬送等のプロセスにおいて、表面保護シートの端部剥がれの原因となり得る振動等の外力は、保護対象物に対して比較的浅い角度でかかる高速の剥離負荷と考えられる。剥離角度20度、剥離速度1000mm/分の条件で実施される上記水中きっかけ剥離力が0.2N/10mm以上を示す表面保護シートは、上記剥離負荷によって剥がれるまでの応力が大きく、振動等の外力に対して優れた端部剥がれ防止性を有すると判断される。
 上記試験において、被着体としては、アルカリガラス板(製品名「マイクロスライドガラスS200423」、松浪硝子工業社製)が用いられる。引張試験機としては、万能引張圧縮試験機(装置名「引張圧縮試験機、TCM-1kNB」、ミネベア社製)またはその相当品が用いられる。
 測定にあたっては、必要に応じて表面保護シートの反対面(接着面の反対側の表面)に適当な裏打ち材を貼り付けて試験片を補強してもよい。裏打ち材としては、例えば、厚さ25μm程度のPETフィルムを用いることができる。
[Underwater trigger peel force]
A surface protection sheet to be measured is cut into a size of 10 mm in width and 100 mm in length to prepare a test piece. In an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, the release liner covering the adhesive surface (adhesive layer surface) was peeled off from the test piece, and the exposed adhesive surface was attached to an alkali glass plate (water contact angle of 20 degrees) as an adherend. A 2-kg rubber roller is made to reciprocate once against the surface of the alkali glass having the following surface) and pressed against it. At this time, one end of the test piece in the longitudinal direction is attached so as to protrude from the adherend. The sample for evaluation thus obtained is autoclaved (50° C., 0.5 MPa, 15 minutes). A sample for evaluation taken out of the autoclave is kept in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH for 1 hour, and then immersed in water at room temperature (23° C. to 25° C.). As water, ion-exchanged water or distilled water is used. In water, the sample for evaluation is held horizontally with the surface to which the test piece is attached facing up. The distance (immersion depth) from the upper surface of the evaluation sample to the water surface is set to 10 mm or more (for example, about 10 mm to 100 mm). In this way, with the evaluation sample placed in water, within 1 minute from the start of immersion in water, using a tensile tester, in an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, the longitudinal direction of the test piece A peeling test is performed from one end (one end protruding from the adherend) under conditions of a tensile speed of 1000 mm/min and a peeling angle of 20 degrees, and the maximum stress applied at the initial peeling stage is recorded. The measurement is performed three times, and the average value of the above maximum stresses is taken as the triggering peel force in water [N/10 mm].
If the peeling force triggered in water is 0.2 N/10 mm or more, it is determined that the edge peeling prevention against external force such as vibration during the transportation process is excellent. In processes such as transportation, external forces such as vibrations that can cause edge peeling of the surface protective sheet are considered to be high-speed peeling loads applied at a relatively shallow angle to the object to be protected. The surface protective sheet exhibiting the underwater trigger peel force of 0.2 N/10 mm or more under the conditions of a peel angle of 20 degrees and a peel speed of 1000 mm/min has a large stress until it peels off due to the peel load, and an external force such as vibration. It is judged to have excellent edge peeling prevention properties against.
In the above test, an alkali glass plate (product name: "Microslide Glass S200423", manufactured by Matsunami Glass Industry Co., Ltd.) is used as the adherend. As the tensile tester, a universal tensile/compression tester (equipment name “Tensile/compression tester, TCM-1kNB”, manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd.) or its equivalent is used.
In the measurement, if necessary, the test piece may be reinforced by attaching an appropriate backing material to the opposite surface of the surface protection sheet (the surface opposite to the adhesive surface). As the backing material, for example, a PET film having a thickness of about 25 μm can be used.
 [20度きっかけ剥離力]
 測定対象の表面保護シートを幅10mm、長さ100mmのサイズにカットして試験片を作製する。23℃、50%RHの環境下において、上記試験片から接着面(粘着剤層表面)を覆う剥離ライナーを剥がし、露出した接着面を、被着体としてのアルカリガラス板(水接触角20度以下の表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面)に、2kgのゴムローラーを一往復させて圧着する。このとき、上記試験片の長手方向の一端を上記被着体からはみ出すように貼り合わせる。このようにして得た評価用サンプルを、23℃、50%RHの環境下に24時間保持した後、上記被着体からはみ出した試験片の接着面と上記被着体とのあいだ(上記被着体の端部)に20μLの蒸留水を滴下し、23℃、50%RHの環境下において、引張試験機を用いて、上記試験片の長手方向の一端(被着体からはみ出した一端)から、温度23℃、剥離角度20度、引張速度1000mm/分の条件で剥離試験を行い、剥離初期にかかる最大応力を記録する。測定は3回行い、上記最大応力の平均値を20度きっかけ剥離力[N/10mm]とする。
 なお、上記20度きっかけ剥離力は、剥離開始箇所に水を滴下して測定しているが、剥がれはじめにおける水の有無の影響は無視できる程度である。上記のとおり、きっかけ剥離力は、剥離初期にかかる最大応力であり、また、ここに開示される技術における水剥離性(水の存在による剥離力低下)は、剥離開始後(きっかけ剥離力検出後)に発現する特性であり、水剥離力は、剥離開始後に測定される剥離強度であるためである。上記20度きっかけ剥離力が所定値以上である表面保護シートによると、水が存在するか否かにかかわらず、表面保護シート端部において、該表面保護シートの厚さ方向にかかる物理的負荷に対して、端部からの剥がれの発生が防止または抑制される。
 上記試験において、被着体としては、アルカリガラス板(製品名「マイクロスライドガラスS200423」、松浪硝子工業社製)が用いられる。引張試験機としては、万能引張圧縮試験機(装置名「引張圧縮試験機、TCM-1kNB」、ミネベア社製)またはその相当品が用いられる。
 測定にあたっては、必要に応じて表面保護シートの反対面(接着面の反対側の表面)に適当な裏打ち材を貼り付けて試験片を補強してもよい。裏打ち材としては、例えば、厚さ25μm程度のPETフィルムを用いることができる。
[20 degree trigger peel force]
A surface protection sheet to be measured is cut into a size of 10 mm in width and 100 mm in length to prepare a test piece. In an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH, the release liner covering the adhesive surface (adhesive layer surface) was peeled off from the test piece, and the exposed adhesive surface was attached to an alkali glass plate (water contact angle of 20 degrees) as an adherend. A 2-kg rubber roller is made to reciprocate once against the surface of the alkali glass having the following surface) and pressed against it. At this time, one end of the test piece in the longitudinal direction is attached so as to protrude from the adherend. After holding the evaluation sample thus obtained in an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH for 24 hours, the adhesive surface of the test piece protruding from the adherend and the adherend (the above 20 μL of distilled water is dropped on the end of the adherend), and one end of the test piece in the longitudinal direction (one end protruding from the adherend) is measured using a tensile tester in an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% RH. Then, a peel test is performed under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peel angle of 20 degrees, and a tensile speed of 1000 mm/min, and the maximum stress applied at the initial stage of peeling is recorded. The measurement is performed three times, and the average value of the maximum stresses is defined as the 20-degree trigger peel force [N/10 mm].
The 20-degree trigger peel force was measured by dripping water at the peeling start point, but the influence of the presence or absence of water at the start of peeling is negligible. As described above, the trigger peel force is the maximum stress applied at the initial stage of peeling, and the water peelability (decrease in peel force due to the presence of water) in the technology disclosed herein is measured after the start of peeling (after detection of the trigger peel force). ), and the water peel strength is the peel strength measured after the start of peeling. According to the surface protection sheet having a 20-degree trigger peel force of a predetermined value or more, the physical load applied in the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet at the edge of the surface protection sheet, regardless of whether or not water is present. In contrast, the occurrence of peeling from the ends is prevented or suppressed.
In the above test, an alkali glass plate (product name “Microslide Glass S200423”, manufactured by Matsunami Glass Industry Co., Ltd.) is used as the adherend. As the tensile tester, a universal tensile/compression tester (equipment name “Tensile/compression tester, TCM-1kNB” manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd.) or its equivalent is used.
In the measurement, if necessary, the test piece may be reinforced by attaching an appropriate backing material to the opposite surface of the surface protection sheet (the surface opposite to the adhesive surface). As the backing material, for example, a PET film having a thickness of about 25 μm can be used.
 [耐反発性(アルミニウム耐反発性)]
 剥離フィルムで保護された粘着剤層を幅10mm、長さ110mmのサイズにカットする。幅10mm、長さ110mm、厚さ0.03mmのアルミニウム板の表面をトルエンで洗浄し、上記粘着剤層の一方の接着面を覆う剥離ライナーを剥がし、露出した接着面を上記アルミニウム板の表面に貼り合わせ、粘着剤層がアルミニウム板で裏打ちされた測定用サンプル(アルミニウム板と粘着剤層との積層体)を作製する。この測定用サンプルを23℃で1日間静置した後、上記測定用サンプルのアルミニウム板側を内側として、半径17mmの円柱状のガラス管の外周に測定用サンプルの長手方向を10秒間沿わせて湾曲させる。次いで、測定用サンプルの粘着剤層を覆う他方の剥離ライナーを剥がし、被着体としてのアルカリガラス板の表面に、ラミネーターを用いて貼付圧力0.25MPa、貼付速度0.3m/分の条件で圧着し、23℃、50%RHで経過観察を行う。後述の実験2では、被着体への圧着から1時間後に測定用サンプルが被着体から剥がれた距離(一端からの剥がれ長さ)[mm]を測定し、耐反発性の評価結果として記録した。
 上記耐反発性試験は、表面保護シート端部における該表面保護シートの面方向に直交する方向(表面保護シートの厚さ方向)の物理的負荷(剥離負荷)に対する粘着剤の剥がれにくさを評価する試験である。上記耐反発性試験において、端部剥がれがないか、剥がれが少ない粘着剤は、上記厚さ方向にかけられる物理的負荷に対して優れた端部剥がれ防止性を有すると評価される。
 なお、本発明者らは、上記耐反発性試験の剥がれ長さが、上記20度きっかけ剥離力とは相関することを確認している。具体的には、耐反発性試験において端部剥がれ長さが短いほど、20度きっかけ剥離力は高くなる傾向を確認している。剥離角度20度の剥離において、粘着剤の剥離応力は、垂直方向(90度)に作用する成分の割合が高いためと考えられる。また、耐反発性試験において水を付与していないのは、耐反発性の経時評価において、水による粘着剤の膨潤等の影響を排除するためである。
[Repulsion resistance (aluminum repulsion resistance)]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer protected with a release film is cut into a size of 10 mm wide and 110 mm long. The surface of an aluminum plate with a width of 10 mm, a length of 110 mm, and a thickness of 0.03 mm was washed with toluene, the release liner covering one adhesive surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was peeled off, and the exposed adhesive surface was applied to the surface of the aluminum plate. By bonding, a measurement sample (a laminate of an aluminum plate and an adhesive layer) having an adhesive layer lined with an aluminum plate is prepared. After this measurement sample was allowed to stand at 23° C. for 1 day, the aluminum plate side of the measurement sample was placed inside, and the longitudinal direction of the measurement sample was placed along the outer periphery of a cylindrical glass tube with a radius of 17 mm for 10 seconds. bend. Next, the other release liner covering the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the measurement sample was peeled off, and the sample was applied to the surface of an alkali glass plate as an adherend using a laminator under the conditions of a lamination pressure of 0.25 MPa and a lamination speed of 0.3 m/min. It is crimped and observed at 23° C. and 50% RH. In Experiment 2, which will be described later, the distance (the peeled length from one end) [mm] at which the measurement sample was peeled off from the adherend after one hour from being crimped to the adherend was measured and recorded as the repulsion resistance evaluation result. did.
The above-mentioned repulsion resistance test evaluates the resistance to peeling of the adhesive against a physical load (peel load) in the direction perpendicular to the surface direction of the surface protective sheet (thickness direction of the surface protective sheet) at the edge of the surface protective sheet. It is a test to In the above-mentioned repulsion resistance test, a pressure-sensitive adhesive with little or no edge peeling is evaluated as having excellent edge peeling-preventing properties against physical loads applied in the thickness direction.
The present inventors have confirmed that the peel length in the repulsion resistance test correlates with the 20-degree trigger peel force. Specifically, in the repulsion resistance test, it was confirmed that the shorter the edge peeling length, the higher the 20-degree trigger peel force. In peeling at a peeling angle of 20 degrees, the peeling stress of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is considered to be due to the high ratio of components acting in the vertical direction (90 degrees). The reason why water is not added in the repulsion resistance test is to eliminate the influence of swelling of the pressure-sensitive adhesive due to water in the evaluation of repulsion resistance over time.
 ≪実験1≫
 <粘着剤の作製>
 (粘着剤S1)
 冷却管、窒素導入管、温度計および撹拌装置を備えた反応容器に、モノマー成分として2-エチルヘキシルアクリレート(2EHA)72部、N-ビニル-2-ピロリドン(NVP)14部、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート(HEA)13部およびメチルメタクリレート(MMA)1部、連鎖移動剤としてα-チオグリセロール0.12部、重合溶媒として酢酸エチルを仕込み、熱重合開始剤としてAIBN0.2部を投入して窒素雰囲気下で溶液重合を行うことにより、Mwが30万のアクリル系ポリマーs1を含有する溶液を得た。
Experiment 1≫
<Production of adhesive>
(Adhesive S1)
72 parts of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA), 14 parts of N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone (NVP) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate were added as monomer components to a reaction vessel equipped with a condenser, a nitrogen inlet, a thermometer and a stirrer. 13 parts of (HEA) and 1 part of methyl methacrylate (MMA), 0.12 parts of α-thioglycerol as a chain transfer agent, and ethyl acetate as a polymerization solvent were charged, and 0.2 parts of AIBN as a thermal polymerization initiator were introduced into a nitrogen atmosphere. A solution containing an acrylic polymer s1 having an Mw of 300,000 was obtained by performing solution polymerization under the following conditions.
 上記で得られた溶液に、該溶液の調製に使用したモノマー成分100部あたり、イソシアネート系架橋剤(トリメチロールプロパン/キシリレンジイソシアネート付加物、三井化学社製、商品名:タケネートD-110N、固形分濃度75%)を固形分基準で0.75部、架橋促進剤としてジオクチルスズジラウレート(東京ファインケミカル社製、商品名:エンビライザーOL-1)0.01部、架橋遅延剤としてアセチルアセトン3部、および、水親和剤として非イオン性界面活性剤(ポリオキシエチレンソルビタンモノラウレート、HLB16.7、商品名:レオドールTW-L120、花王社製)0.3部を加え、均一に混合して、溶剤型粘着剤組成物S1を調製した。 To the solution obtained above, an isocyanate cross-linking agent (trimethylolpropane/xylylene diisocyanate adduct, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., trade name: Takenate D-110N, solid 0.75 parts based on solid content, 0.01 part of dioctyltin dilaurate (manufactured by Tokyo Fine Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: Envirizer OL-1) as a cross-linking accelerator, 3 parts of acetylacetone as a cross-linking retarder, Then, 0.3 part of a nonionic surfactant (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, HLB 16.7, trade name: Rhodol TW-L120, manufactured by Kao Corporation) is added as a hydrophilic agent and mixed uniformly. A solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition S1 was prepared.
 ポリエステルフィルムの片面が剥離面となっている厚さ38μmの剥離フィルム(三菱樹脂社製、MRF#38)と、ポリエステルフィルムの片面が剥離面となっている厚さ38μmの剥離フィルム(三菱樹脂社製、MRE#38)とを用意した。一方の剥離フィルム(MRF#38)の剥離面に、上記で調製した溶剤型粘着剤組成物S1を塗布し、60℃で3分間、次いで120℃で3分間乾燥させて、厚さ25μmの粘着剤層を形成した。この粘着剤層に、他方の剥離フィルム(MRE#38)の剥離面を貼り合わせて保護した。このようにして、2枚の剥離フィルムに表面が保護された粘着剤層S1を得た。 A 38 μm-thick release film (manufactured by Mitsubishi Plastics Co., Ltd., MRF #38) in which one side of the polyester film is a release surface and a 38 μm-thick release film in which one side of the polyester film is a release surface (Mitsubishi Plastics Co., Ltd. manufactured by MRE #38). The solvent-based adhesive composition S1 prepared above was applied to the release surface of one release film (MRF #38) and dried at 60°C for 3 minutes and then at 120°C for 3 minutes to form an adhesive with a thickness of 25 µm. A layer was formed. The release surface of the other release film (MRE #38) was adhered to this adhesive layer for protection. Thus, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer S1 whose surface was protected by two release films was obtained.
 (粘着剤E1)
 2EHA85部、メチルアクリレート(MA)13部、アクリル酸(AA)1.2部、メタクリル酸(MAA)0.75部、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製、KBM-403)0.01部、連鎖移動剤としてのt-ドデシルメルカプタン0.05部および乳化剤(花王社製、ラテムルE-118B)1.9部を、イオン交換水100部中で混合して乳化することにより、モノマー混合物の水性エマルション(モノマーエマルション)を調製した。
 冷却管、窒素導入管、温度計および攪拌装置を備えた反応容器に上記モノマーエマルションを入れ、窒素ガスを導入しながら室温にて1時間以上攪拌した。次いで、系を60℃に昇温し、重合開始剤として2,2’-アゾビス[N-(2-カルボキシエチル)-2-メチルプロピオンアミジン]ハイドレート(和光純薬工業社製、VA-057)0.1部を投入し、60℃で6時間反応させて、アクリル系ポリマーe1の水分散液を得た。系を常温まで冷却した後、上記アクリル系ポリマーe1の水分散液の固形分100部あたり、粘着付与樹脂エマルション(荒川化学工業社製、スーパーエステルE-865NT、軟化点160℃の重合ロジンエステルの水分散液)を固形分で10部添加した。さらに、pH調整剤としての10%アンモニア水および増粘剤としてのポリアクリル酸(不揮発分36%の水溶液)を使用して、pHを約7.5、粘度を約9Pa・sに調整することにより、エマルション型粘着剤組成物E1を調製した。
(Adhesive E1)
2EHA 85 parts, methyl acrylate (MA) 13 parts, acrylic acid (AA) 1.2 parts, methacrylic acid (MAA) 0.75 parts, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., KBM-403 ) 0.01 part, 0.05 part of t-dodecyl mercaptan as a chain transfer agent and 1.9 parts of an emulsifier (Latemul E-118B manufactured by Kao Corporation) are mixed in 100 parts of ion-exchanged water to emulsify. An aqueous emulsion of the monomer mixture (monomer emulsion) was prepared by.
The above monomer emulsion was placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a cooling tube, a nitrogen inlet tube, a thermometer and a stirrer, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour or more while introducing nitrogen gas. Then, the system is heated to 60 ° C., 2,2'-azobis [N- (2-carboxyethyl) -2-methylpropionamidine] hydrate as a polymerization initiator (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., VA-057 ) was added and reacted at 60° C. for 6 hours to obtain an aqueous dispersion of acrylic polymer e1. After cooling the system to room temperature, a tackifying resin emulsion (manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industries, Ltd., Super Ester E-865NT, a polymerized rosin ester with a softening point of 160 ° C.) is added per 100 parts of the solid content of the aqueous dispersion of the acrylic polymer e1. Aqueous dispersion) was added at 10 parts as solids. Furthermore, the pH is adjusted to about 7.5 and the viscosity to about 9 Pa s using 10% aqueous ammonia as a pH adjuster and polyacrylic acid (an aqueous solution with a non-volatile content of 36%) as a thickener. to prepare an emulsion-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition E1.
 ポリエステルフィルムの片面が剥離面となっている厚さ38μmの剥離フィルム(三菱樹脂社製、MRF#38)と、ポリエステルフィルムの片面が剥離面となっている厚さ38μmの剥離フィルム(三菱樹脂社製、MRE#38)とを用意した。一方の剥離フィルム(MRF#38)の剥離面に粘着剤組成物E1を塗布し、120℃で3分間乾燥させて、厚さ25μmの粘着剤層E1を形成した。この粘着剤層に、他方の剥離フィルム(MRE#38)の剥離面を貼り合わせて保護した。このようにして、2枚の剥離フィルムに表面が保護された粘着剤層E1を得た。粘着剤層E1の60℃損失弾性率G″は、12.3kPaであった。 A 38 μm-thick release film (manufactured by Mitsubishi Plastics Co., Ltd., MRF #38) in which one side of the polyester film is a release surface and a 38 μm-thick release film in which one side of the polyester film is a release surface (Mitsubishi Plastics Co., Ltd. manufactured by MRE #38). The adhesive composition E1 was applied to the release surface of one release film (MRF#38) and dried at 120° C. for 3 minutes to form an adhesive layer E1 having a thickness of 25 μm. The release surface of the other release film (MRE #38) was adhered to this adhesive layer for protection. Thus, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer E1 whose surface was protected by two release films was obtained. The 60° C. loss elastic modulus G″ of the adhesive layer E1 was 12.3 kPa.
 <実施例1>
 基材層材料として、厚さ60μmの延伸ポリプロピレン(OPP)フィルム(製品名「トレファン #60-2500」、東レ社製、二軸延伸PPフィルム、透湿度2.1g/(m・day))を用意した。上記で得た剥離ライナー付き粘着剤層S1の一方の表面を覆う剥離ライナーを剥がし、露出した表面(接着面)を、上記OPPフィルムの表面に2kgのゴムローラーを二往復させて圧着した。このようにして、剥離ライナーで接着面が保護された表面保護シート(基材層付き片面粘着シート)を得た。本例の表面保護シートの25℃曲げ剛性値は1.2×10-4Pa・mであり、25℃引張弾性率は5.8×10Pa、25℃100%伸長時応力は83N/mm、25℃破断応力は131N/mm、25℃破断歪みは232%であった。
<Example 1>
As a substrate layer material, a 60 μm thick oriented polypropylene (OPP) film (product name “Torayfan #60-2500”, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., biaxially oriented PP film, moisture permeability 2.1 g / (m 2 day) ) was prepared. The release liner covering one surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer S1 with a release liner obtained above was peeled off, and the exposed surface (adhesive surface) was press-bonded to the surface of the OPP film by reciprocating a 2 kg rubber roller twice. Thus, a surface protection sheet (single-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a substrate layer) whose adhesive surface was protected with a release liner was obtained. The surface protective sheet of this example has a 25° C. flexural rigidity value of 1.2×10 −4 Pa·m 3 , a 25° C. tensile modulus of 5.8×10 9 Pa, and a 25° C. 100% elongation stress of 83 N. /mm 2 , the 25° C. breaking stress was 131 N/mm 2 , and the 25° C. breaking strain was 232%.
 <実施例2>
 基材層材料として、厚さ25μmのOPPフィルム(製品名「トレファン #25A-KW37」、東レ社製、二軸延伸PPフィルム、透湿度6.4g/(m・day))を用いた。その他は実施例1と同様にして、本例に係る表面保護シートを得た。本例の表面保護シートの25℃曲げ剛性値は9.3×10-6Pa・mであり、25℃引張弾性率は6.3×10Pa、25℃100%伸長時応力は85N/mm、25℃破断応力は146N/mm、25℃破断歪みは239%であった。
<Example 2>
A 25 μm-thick OPP film (product name “Torayfan #25A-KW37” manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., biaxially oriented PP film, moisture permeability 6.4 g/(m 2 day)) was used as the material for the base layer. . Otherwise, in the same manner as in Example 1, a surface protection sheet according to this example was obtained. The surface protection sheet of this example has a 25° C. flexural rigidity value of 9.3×10 −6 Pa·m 3 , a 25° C. tensile modulus of 6.3×10 9 Pa, and a 25° C. 100% elongation stress of 85 N. /mm 2 , the 25° C. breaking stress was 146 N/mm 2 , and the 25° C. breaking strain was 239%.
 <実施例3>
 基材層材料として、厚さ100μmのPETフィルム(製品名「ルミラーS10」、東レ社製)を用いた。その他は実施例1と同様にして、本例に係る表面保護シートを得た。本例の表面保護シートの25℃曲げ剛性値は3.6×10-4Pa・mであり、25℃引張弾性率は3.8×10Pa、25℃100%伸長時応力は157N/mm、25℃破断応力は189N/mm、25℃破断歪みは175%であった。
<Example 3>
A PET film having a thickness of 100 μm (product name “Lumirror S10”, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) was used as a base layer material. Otherwise, in the same manner as in Example 1, a surface protection sheet according to this example was obtained. The surface protective sheet of this example has a 25° C. flexural rigidity value of 3.6×10 −4 Pa·m 3 , a 25° C. tensile modulus of 3.8×10 9 Pa, and a 25° C. 100% elongation stress of 157 N. /mm 2 , the 25° C. breaking stress was 189 N/mm 2 , and the 25° C. breaking strain was 175%.
 <実施例4~6>
 粘着剤層S1に替えて粘着剤層E1を使用した他は実施例1~3とそれぞれ同様にして、各例に係る表面保護シートを得た。
<Examples 4 to 6>
A surface protective sheet according to each example was obtained in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3, except that the adhesive layer E1 was used instead of the adhesive layer S1.
 <比較例1>
 基材層材料として、厚さ12μmのOPPフィルム(製品名「トレファン #12D-KW37」、東レ社製、二軸延伸PPフィルム)を用いた。その他は実施例1と同様にして、本例に係る表面保護シートを得た。本例の表面保護シートの25℃曲げ剛性値は5.9×10-7Pa・mであり、25℃引張弾性率は3.6×10Pa、25℃100%伸長時応力は105N/mm、25℃破断応力は156N/mm、25℃破断歪みは183%であった。
<Comparative Example 1>
A 12 μm-thick OPP film (product name “Torayfan #12D-KW37”, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., biaxially oriented PP film) was used as a base layer material. Otherwise, in the same manner as in Example 1, a surface protection sheet according to this example was obtained. The 25° C. bending rigidity value of the surface protective sheet of this example is 5.9×10 −7 Pa·m 3 , the 25° C. tensile modulus is 3.6×10 9 Pa, and the stress at 25° C. 100% elongation is 105 N. /mm 2 , the 25° C. breaking stress was 156 N/mm 2 , and the 25° C. breaking strain was 183%.
 <性能評価>
 各例に係る表面保護シートにつき、接着力F0[N/20mm]、水剥離力FW0[N/20mm]および水中きっかけ剥離力[N/10mm]を測定した。結果を表1に示す。表1には、各例の概要もあわせて示す。なお、各例に係る表面保護シートの透湿度は、基材(層)の透湿度の±1.5g/(m・day)の範囲内であった。
<Performance evaluation>
Adhesive force F0 [N/20 mm], water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm], and wet peeling force [N/10 mm] were measured for the surface protective sheet according to each example. Table 1 shows the results. Table 1 also shows an outline of each example. The moisture permeability of the surface protective sheet according to each example was within the range of ±1.5 g/(m 2 ·day) of the moisture permeability of the substrate (layer).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
 表1に示されるように、25℃曲げ剛性値が1.0×10-6~1.0×10-2Pa・mの範囲内にある実施例1~6に係る表面保護シートは、水中きっかけ剥離力がいずれも0.2N/10mm以上であり、25℃曲げ剛性値が1.0×10-6Pa・mよりも低い比較例1と比較して、端部剥がれ防止性に優れるものであった。また、実施例1~6に係る表面保護シートは、水剥離力が1.0N/20mm以下まで低下するものであったことから、剥離時には被着体が破損または変形しない剥離が可能であることがわかる。
 上記の結果から、25℃曲げ剛性値が1.0×10-6~1.0×10-2Pa・mの範囲内にあり、水剥離力FW0が1.0N/20mm以下である表面保護シートによると、保護対象物に貼り付けられた状態で当該保護対象物を液中で処理する工程を含むプロセスで用いられる場合であっても、当該プロセス中の振動等の外力に対して端部からの剥がれが生じにくく、かつ剥離時には保護対象物が破損または変形しない剥離が可能であることがわかる。
As shown in Table 1, the surface protective sheets according to Examples 1 to 6 having a 25° C. bending stiffness value within the range of 1.0×10 −6 to 1.0×10 −2 Pa·m 3 were: Compared to Comparative Example 1, which has an underwater triggered peel force of 0.2 N/10 mm or more and a 25° C. bending rigidity value of less than 1.0×10 −6 Pa·m 3 , the edge peeling prevention property is improved. It was excellent. In addition, since the surface protective sheets according to Examples 1 to 6 had a water peel strength of 1.0 N/20 mm or less, it was possible to peel the adherend without damaging or deforming the adherend during peeling. I understand.
From the above results, the flexural rigidity value at 25°C is within the range of 1.0 × 10 -6 to 1.0 × 10 -2 Pa · m 3 , and the water peeling force FW0 is 1.0 N / 20 mm or less Surface According to the protective sheet, even if it is used in a process that includes a process of treating the protected object in a liquid while attached to the protected object, it is resistant to external forces such as vibration during the process. It can be seen that peeling from the part is unlikely to occur, and peeling can be performed without damaging or deforming the protected object at the time of peeling.
 なお、表には示さないが、実施例5に係る表面保護シートの30分温水浸漬後接着力F1は1.4N/20mm、30分温水浸漬後水剥離力FW1は0.0N/20mmであった。 Although not shown in the table, the adhesive strength F1 of the surface protection sheet according to Example 5 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes was 1.4 N/20 mm, and the peel strength FW1 after immersion in hot water for 30 minutes was 0.0 N/20 mm. rice field.
 ≪実験2≫
 <粘着剤の作製>
 (粘着剤E2)
 アクリル系ポリマーe1の水分散液の固形分100部に対する粘着付与樹脂エマルション(荒川化学工業社製、スーパーエステルE-865NT、軟化点160℃の重合ロジンエステルの水分散液、以下「粘着付与樹脂A」と表記する場合がある。)の添加量を20部(固形分)に変更した。その他は上記粘着剤層E1の作製と同様にして、厚さ25μmの粘着剤層E2を得た。
Experiment 2≫
<Production of adhesive>
(Adhesive E2)
Tackifier resin emulsion (manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industries, Ltd., Super Ester E-865NT, aqueous dispersion of polymerized rosin ester having a softening point of 160 ° C., hereinafter referred to as "tackifier resin A ) was changed to 20 parts (solid content). Otherwise, a 25 μm-thick pressure-sensitive adhesive layer E2 was obtained in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer E1.
 (粘着剤E3)
 アクリル系ポリマーe1の水分散液の固形分100部あたりの粘着付与樹脂Aの添加量を30部(固形分)に変更した他は上記粘着剤層E2の作製と同様にして、厚さ25μmの粘着剤層E3を得た。
(Adhesive E3)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer E2 was prepared in the same manner as described above, except that the addition amount of the tackifier resin A per 100 parts solid content of the aqueous dispersion of the acrylic polymer e1 was changed to 30 parts (solid content). An adhesive layer E3 was obtained.
 (粘着剤E4)
 アクリル系ポリマーのモノマー組成を、2EHA49部、n-ブチルメタクリレート(BMA)49部、AA2部に変更し、乳化剤としてアニオン性反応性乳化剤(第一工業製薬社製、アクアロンBC2020)を上記モノマー成分100部に対し2部使用した。その他は粘着剤E1におけるアクリル系ポリマーe1の調製と同様の方法により、モノマー混合物の水性エマルション(モノマーエマルション)を調製し、重合反応を行うことにより、アクリル系ポリマーe2の水分散液を得た。系を常温まで冷却した後、上記アクリル系ポリマーe2の水分散液の固形分100部あたり、粘着付与樹脂Aを固形分で20部、オキサゾリン系架橋剤(日本触媒社製、エポクロスWS-500)2部を混合した。さらに、pH調整剤としての10%アンモニア水および増粘剤としてのポリアクリル酸(不揮発分36%の水溶液)を使用して、pHを約7.5、粘度を約9Pa・sに調整することにより、エマルション型粘着剤組成物E4を調製した。上記エマルション型粘着剤組成物E4を用いた他は上記粘着剤層E2の作製と同様にして、厚さ25μmの粘着剤層E4を得た。
(Adhesive E4)
The monomer composition of the acrylic polymer was changed to 49 parts of 2EHA, 49 parts of n-butyl methacrylate (BMA), and 2 parts of AA. Two parts were used per part. Otherwise, an aqueous emulsion of the monomer mixture (monomer emulsion) was prepared in the same manner as the preparation of the acrylic polymer e1 in the adhesive E1, and a polymerization reaction was performed to obtain an aqueous dispersion of the acrylic polymer e2. After cooling the system to room temperature, 20 parts of tackifier resin A in terms of solid content per 100 parts of solid content in the aqueous dispersion of acrylic polymer e2, and an oxazoline-based cross-linking agent (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd., Epocross WS-500). The two parts were mixed. Furthermore, the pH is adjusted to about 7.5 and the viscosity to about 9 Pa s using 10% aqueous ammonia as a pH adjuster and polyacrylic acid (an aqueous solution with a non-volatile content of 36%) as a thickener. to prepare an emulsion-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition E4. A pressure-sensitive adhesive layer E4 having a thickness of 25 μm was obtained in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer E2 except that the emulsion-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition E4 was used.
 (粘着剤E5)
 粘着付与樹脂A20部に替えて、粘着付与樹脂B(荒川化学工業社製、スーパーエステルNS-121、軟化点120℃のロジン系樹脂(酸価付与)の水分散液)を固形分で20部使用した。その他は粘着剤層E4の作製と同様にして、厚さ25μmの粘着剤層E5を得た。
(Adhesive E5)
Instead of 20 parts of tackifying resin A, 20 parts of tackifying resin B (manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industries, Ltd., Superester NS-121, aqueous dispersion of rosin resin (acid value imparting) with softening point of 120 ° C.) in terms of solid content. used. Other than that, the adhesive layer E5 having a thickness of 25 μm was obtained in the same manner as the adhesive layer E4.
 (粘着剤E6)
 粘着付与樹脂を使用しなかった他は粘着剤層E2の作製と同様にして、厚さ25μmの粘着剤層E6を得た。
(Adhesive E6)
A pressure-sensitive adhesive layer E6 having a thickness of 25 μm was obtained in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer E2 except that no tackifying resin was used.
 (粘着剤E7)
 粘着付与樹脂を使用しなかった他は粘着剤層E4の作製と同様にして、厚さ25μmの粘着剤層E7を得た。
(Adhesive E7)
A pressure-sensitive adhesive layer E7 having a thickness of 25 μm was obtained in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer E4 except that no tackifying resin was used.
 (粘着剤S2)
 粘着剤S1に記載の方法により、アクリル系ポリマーs1を含有する溶液を得た。
 上記で得られた溶液に、該溶液の調製に使用したモノマー成分100部あたり、粘着付与剤としてのマレイン化ロジンエステル(ハリマ化成社製、ハリタック4740、軟化点115~125℃、以下「粘着付与樹脂C」と表記する場合がある。)を固形分基準で20部、イソシアネート系架橋剤(トリメチロールプロパン/キシリレンジイソシアネート付加物、三井化学社製、商品名:タケネートD-110N、固形分濃度75%)を固形分基準で0.75部、架橋促進剤としてジオクチルスズジラウレート(東京ファインケミカル社製、商品名:エンビライザーOL-1)0.01部、架橋遅延剤としてアセチルアセトン3部および水親和剤として非イオン性界面活性剤(ポリオキシエチレンソルビタンモノラウレート、HLB16.7、商品名:レオドールTW-L120、花王社製)0.5部を加え、均一に混合して、溶剤型粘着剤組成物S2を調製した。
 得られた溶剤型粘着剤組成物S2を用いた他は粘着剤層S1の作製と同様にして、厚さ25μmの粘着剤層S2を得た。
(Adhesive S2)
A solution containing acrylic polymer s1 was obtained by the method described for adhesive S1.
To the solution obtained above, per 100 parts of the monomer component used to prepare the solution, maleated rosin ester as a tackifier (manufactured by Harima Kasei Co., Ltd., Haritak 4740, softening point 115 to 125 ° C., hereinafter “tackifier 20 parts based on solid content, isocyanate cross-linking agent (trimethylolpropane / xylylene diisocyanate adduct, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, trade name: Takenate D-110N, solid content concentration 75%), 0.75 parts based on the solid content, 0.01 part of dioctyltin dilaurate (manufactured by Tokyo Fine Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: Envirizer OL-1) as a cross-linking accelerator, 3 parts of acetylacetone as a cross-linking retarder, and water affinity Add 0.5 parts of a nonionic surfactant (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, HLB 16.7, trade name: Rhodol TW-L120, manufactured by Kao Corporation) as an agent and mix uniformly to obtain a solvent-based adhesive. Composition S2 was prepared.
A pressure-sensitive adhesive layer S2 having a thickness of 25 μm was obtained in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer S1, except that the obtained solvent-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition S2 was used.
 (粘着剤S3~S4)
 水親和剤の使用量を、モノマー成分100部に対して0.3部から0.1部(粘着剤S3)または0.5部(粘着剤S4)に変更した他は粘着剤層S1の作製と同様にして、厚さ25μmの粘着剤層S3、S4を得た。
(Adhesive S3 to S4)
Preparation of adhesive layer S1 except that the amount of water affinity agent used was changed from 0.3 parts to 0.1 parts (adhesive S3) or 0.5 parts (adhesive S4) with respect to 100 parts of the monomer component Adhesive layers S3 and S4 having a thickness of 25 μm were obtained in the same manner as above.
 <実施例7~15>
 基材層材料として、厚さ60μmのOPPフィルム(製品名「トレファン #60-2500」、東レ社製、二軸延伸PPフィルム)を用意した。上記で得た剥離ライナー付き粘着剤層E2~E7、S2~4の一方の表面を覆う剥離ライナーを剥がし、露出した表面(接着面)を、上記OPPフィルムの表面に2kgのゴムローラーを二往復させて圧着した。このようにして、剥離ライナーで接着面が保護された各例に係る表面保護シート(基材層付き片面粘着シート)を得た。各例の表面保護シートの25℃曲げ剛性値は1.2×10-4Pa・mであり、25℃100%伸長時応力は83N/mm、25℃破断応力は131N/mm、25℃破断歪みは232%であった。
<Examples 7 to 15>
A 60 μm-thick OPP film (product name “Torayfan #60-2500”, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., biaxially oriented PP film) was prepared as a base layer material. Peel off the release liner covering one surface of the adhesive layers E2 to E7 with release liner and S2 to 4 obtained above, and place the exposed surface (adhesive surface) on the surface of the OPP film with a 2 kg rubber roller reciprocating twice. and crimped. In this way, a surface protection sheet (single-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a base layer) according to each example, the adhesive surface of which was protected with a release liner, was obtained. The 25° C. bending rigidity value of the surface protection sheet of each example is 1.2×10 −4 Pa·m 3 , the stress at 100% elongation at 25° C. is 83 N/mm 2 , the breaking stress at 25° C. is 131 N/mm 2 , The 25°C breaking strain was 232%.
 <性能評価>
 各例に係る表面保護シートにつき、接着力F0[N/20mm]、水剥離力FW0[N/20mm]、20度きっかけ剥離力[N/10mm]および耐反発性(圧着から1時間後の剥がれ長さ[mm])を測定した。結果を表2~3に示す。表2~3には、各例の概要もあわせて示す。
<Performance evaluation>
For the surface protective sheet according to each example, the adhesive force F0 [N / 20 mm], the water peeling force FW0 [N / 20 mm], the 20 degree trigger peeling force [N / 10 mm] and the repulsion resistance (peeling after 1 hour from crimping length [mm]) was measured. The results are shown in Tables 2-3. Tables 2 and 3 also show an overview of each example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
 表2~3に示されるように、実施例7~15に係る表面保護シートは、20度きっかけ剥離力がいずれも0.2N/10mm以上であり、耐反発性試験の結果、1時間後の端部剥がれ長さがいずれも1.0mm以下であり、良好な端部剥がれ防止性を有するものであった。なかでも、水分散型粘着剤を使用した実施例7~12において、粘着付与剤を添加した実施例7~10は、20度きっかけ剥離力が0.5N/10mm以上と高く、粘着付与剤不使用の実施例11~12と比べて耐反発性に優れていた。同様に、溶剤型粘着剤を使用した実施例13~15において、粘着付与剤を添加した実施例13および水親和剤の使用量を低減した実施例14は、20度きっかけ剥離力が0.5N/10mm以上と高く、粘着付与剤不使用かつ水親和剤0.5部使用の実施例15と比べて耐反発性に優れていた。実施例7~10、実施例13~14では、粘着剤に基づき、20度きっかけ剥離力0.5N/10mm以上を実現し、より優れた耐反発性を発揮した。また、実施例14と実施例15との対比から、水親和剤の使用量を多くすると、水剥離性は向上するものの、接着力F0や20度きっかけ剥離力が低下する傾向があり、端部剥がれ防止性も低下するところ、実施例13の結果から、粘着付与剤を使用することにより、水親和剤を十分量使用しても、接着力F0や20度きっかけ剥離力を高めることができ、保護時の接着性や端部剥がれ防止性と、水剥離除去性とをより高いレベルで両立できることがわかる。 As shown in Tables 2 to 3, the surface protective sheets according to Examples 7 to 15 all had a 20-degree trigger peel force of 0.2 N/10 mm or more, and as a result of the repulsion resistance test, after 1 hour The edge peeling length was 1.0 mm or less in all cases, indicating that the edge peeling prevention property was good. Among them, in Examples 7 to 12 using a water-dispersed pressure-sensitive adhesive, Examples 7 to 10 in which a tackifier was added had a 20-degree trigger peel force as high as 0.5 N / 10 mm or more, and no tackifier was used. Compared to Examples 11 and 12 used, the repulsion resistance was excellent. Similarly, in Examples 13 to 15 using a solvent-based adhesive, Example 13 in which a tackifier was added and Example 14 in which the amount of water-affinitive agent used was reduced, the 20-degree trigger peel force was 0.5N. /10 mm or more, and was excellent in repulsion resistance as compared with Example 15 in which no tackifier was used and 0.5 part of a hydrophilic agent was used. In Examples 7 to 10 and Examples 13 to 14, based on the adhesive, a 20° triggered peel force of 0.5 N/10 mm or more was achieved, and superior repulsion resistance was exhibited. In addition, from the comparison between Example 14 and Example 15, when the amount of water affinity agent used is increased, although the water peelability is improved, the adhesive force F0 and the 20 degree trigger peel force tend to decrease. Although the anti-peeling property is also reduced, from the results of Example 13, the use of a tackifier can increase the adhesive force F0 and the 20-degree trigger peel force even when a sufficient amount of a hydrophilic agent is used. It can be seen that a higher level of adhesiveness during protection, prevention of edge peeling, and water peeling removability can be achieved at a higher level.
 以上、本発明の具体例を詳細に説明したが、これらは例示にすぎず、請求の範囲を限定するものではない。請求の範囲に記載の技術には、以上に例示した具体例を様々に変形、変更したものが含まれる。 Specific examples of the present invention have been described in detail above, but these are merely examples and do not limit the scope of the claims. The technology described in the claims includes various modifications and changes of the specific examples illustrated above.
  1,2  表面保護シート
  1A、2A 接着面
  1B、2B 背面
 10  基材層
 10A 一方の面
 10B 他方の面
 11  第一層
 12  第二層(無機材料含有層)
 20  粘着剤層
 20A 接着面
 30  剥離ライナー
 50  剥離ライナー付き表面保護シート

 
Reference Signs List 1, 2 Surface protective sheet 1A, 2A Adhesion surface 1B, 2B Back surface 10 Base material layer 10A One surface 10B Other surface 11 First layer 12 Second layer (inorganic material-containing layer)
20 adhesive layer 20A adhesive surface 30 release liner 50 surface protective sheet with release liner

Claims (12)

  1.  25℃における曲げ剛性値が1.0×10-6~1.0×10-2Pa・mの範囲内にあり、
     水接触角が20度以下である表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面に表面保護シートの接着面を貼り合わせ、23℃、50%RHの環境下に1時間保持した後、該アルカリガラスと該接着面とのあいだに20μLの蒸留水を供給し、該蒸留水を該アルカリガラスと該接着面との界面の一端に進入させた後、温度23℃、剥離角度180度および速度300mm/分の条件で測定される水剥離力FW0が1.0N/20mm以下である、表面保護シート。
    A bending stiffness value at 25° C. is in the range of 1.0×10 −6 to 1.0×10 −2 Pa·m 3 ,
    The adhesion surface of the surface protection sheet is attached to the surface of alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and after being held in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH for 1 hour, the alkali glass and the adhesion are adhered. 20 μL of distilled water was supplied between the two surfaces, and the distilled water was allowed to enter one end of the interface between the alkali glass and the adhesive surface. A surface protection sheet having a water peeling force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less as measured by .
  2.  水接触角が20度以下である表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面に表面保護シートの接着面を貼り合わせ、23℃、50%RHの環境下に1時間保持した後、該アルカリガラスと該接着面とのあいだに20μLの蒸留水を供給し、該蒸留水を該アルカリガラスと該接着面との界面の一端に進入させた後、温度23℃、剥離角度180度および速度300mm/分の条件で測定される水剥離力FW0が1.0N/20mm以下であり、
     水接触角が20度以下である表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面に表面保護シートの接着面を貼り合わせ、23℃、50%RHの環境下に24時間保持した後、該アルカリガラスと該接着面とのあいだに20μLの蒸留水を滴下し、温度23℃、剥離角度20度および速度1000mm/分の条件で測定されるきっかけ剥離力が0.5N/10mm以上である、表面保護シート。
    The adhesion surface of the surface protection sheet is attached to the surface of alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and after being held in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH for 1 hour, the alkali glass and the adhesion are adhered. 20 μL of distilled water was supplied between the two surfaces, and the distilled water was allowed to enter one end of the interface between the alkali glass and the adhesive surface. The water peeling force FW0 measured by is 1.0 N / 20 mm or less,
    The adhesion surface of the surface protection sheet is attached to the surface of alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and after being held in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH for 24 hours, the alkali glass and the adhesion are adhered. A surface protection sheet having a trigger peel force of 0.5 N/10 mm or more measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peel angle of 20 degrees, and a speed of 1000 mm/min after dripping 20 μL of distilled water between the surfaces.
  3.  前記水剥離力FW0[N/20mm]が接着力F0[N/20mm]の50%以下である、ここで前記接着力F0は、水接触角が20度以下である表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面に、表面保護シートの接着面を貼り合わせ、23℃、50%RHの環境下に1時間保持した後、温度23℃、剥離角度180度および速度300mm/分の条件で測定される剥離強度[N/20mm]である、請求項1または2に記載の表面保護シート。 The water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm] is 50% or less of the adhesive force F0 [N/20 mm], wherein the adhesive force F0 is the alkali glass having a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less. The adhesive surface of the surface protection sheet is attached to the surface, and the peel strength is measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23°C, a peeling angle of 180°, and a speed of 300 mm/min after holding for 1 hour in an environment of 23°C and 50% RH. 3. The surface protective sheet according to claim 1, which is [N/20 mm].
  4.  粘着剤層と、該粘着剤層を支持する基材層とからなる、請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の表面保護シート。 The surface protection sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 3, comprising an adhesive layer and a substrate layer supporting the adhesive layer.
  5.  前記粘着剤層は水親和剤を含む、請求項4に記載の表面保護シート。 The surface protection sheet according to claim 4, wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer contains a water affinity agent.
  6.  厚さが20~200μmである、請求項1~5のいずれか一項に記載の表面保護シート。 The surface protective sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 5, which has a thickness of 20 to 200 µm.
  7.  ガラスまたは半導体ウエハを液中にて化学的および/または物理的に薄化処理する工程で用いられる、請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の表面保護シート。 The surface protection sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 6, which is used in a process of chemically and/or physically thinning a glass or semiconductor wafer in a liquid.
  8.  被着体を処理する方法において、
     水接触角が20度以下である表面を有する被着体の該表面に、表面保護シートを貼り付ける工程と;
     前記表面保護シートが貼り付けられた前記被着体に対し、該表面保護シートの厚さ方向に物理的負荷がかけられる工程と;
     前記表面保護シートを、水の存在下で前記被着体から剥離して除去する工程と;
     を含み、
     前記表面保護シートは、水剥離力FW0が1.0N/20mm以下であり、かつ、きっかけ剥離力が0.5N/10mm以上である、処理方法。
     [水剥離力FW0]
     前記水剥離力FW0は、水接触角が20度以下である表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面に表面保護シートの接着面を貼り合わせ、23℃、50%RHの環境下に1時間保持した後、該アルカリガラスと該接着面とのあいだに20μLの蒸留水を供給し、該蒸留水を該アルカリガラスと該接着面との界面の一端に進入させた後、温度23℃、剥離角度180度および速度300mm/分の条件で測定される水剥離力[N/20mm]である。
     [きっかけ剥離力]
     前記きっかけ剥離力は、水接触角が20度以下である表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面に表面保護シートの接着面を貼り合わせ、23℃、50%RHの環境下に24時間保持した後、該アルカリガラスと該接着面とのあいだに20μLの蒸留水を滴下し、温度23℃、剥離角度20度および速度1000mm/分の条件で測定される剥離初期の最大応力[N/10mm]である。
    In a method of treating an adherend,
    a step of attaching a surface protective sheet to the surface of an adherend having a surface with a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less;
    a step of applying a physical load in the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet to the adherend to which the surface protection sheet is attached;
    removing the surface protective sheet from the adherend in the presence of water;
    including
    The surface protective sheet has a water peeling force FW0 of 1.0 N/20 mm or less and a trigger peeling force of 0.5 N/10 mm or more.
    [Water peeling force FW0]
    The water peeling force FW0 is measured after bonding the adhesive surface of the surface protective sheet to the surface of an alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less and holding the surface in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH for 1 hour. , 20 μL of distilled water was supplied between the alkali glass and the adhesion surface, and the distilled water was allowed to enter one end of the interface between the alkali glass and the adhesion surface, and then the temperature was 23° C. and the peeling angle was 180°. and water peel strength [N/20 mm] measured at a speed of 300 mm/min.
    [Trigger release force]
    The trigger peeling force is measured after bonding the adhesive surface of the surface protective sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less, and holding the sheet in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH for 24 hours. 20 μL of distilled water is dropped between the alkali glass and the adhesive surface, and the maximum stress [N/10 mm] at the initial stage of peeling is measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peeling angle of 20 degrees, and a speed of 1000 mm/min. .
  9.  前記表面保護シートは、前記水剥離力FW0[N/20mm]が接着力F0[N/20mm]の50%以下である、請求項8に記載の処理方法。
     [接着力F0]
     前記接着力F0は、水接触角が20度以下である表面を有するアルカリガラスの該表面に、表面保護シートの接着面を貼り合わせ、23℃、50%RHの環境下に1時間保持した後、温度23℃、剥離角度180度および速度300mm/分の条件で測定される剥離強度[N/20mm]である。
    9. The processing method according to claim 8, wherein the surface protective sheet has a water peeling force FW0 [N/20 mm] that is 50% or less of an adhesive force F0 [N/20 mm].
    [Adhesive force F0]
    The adhesive force F0 is measured after bonding the adhesive surface of the surface protective sheet to the surface of alkali glass having a water contact angle of 20 degrees or less and holding the adhesive surface in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH for 1 hour. , the peel strength [N/20 mm] measured under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C., a peel angle of 180 degrees, and a speed of 300 mm/min.
  10.  前記表面保護シートは、粘着剤層と、該粘着剤層を支持する基材層とからなる、請求項8または9に記載の処理方法。 The processing method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the surface protection sheet comprises an adhesive layer and a substrate layer supporting the adhesive layer.
  11.  前記表面保護シートが貼り付けられた前記被着体に対し、該表面保護シートの厚さ方向に物理的負荷がかけられる工程は、搬送工程または物理的処理工程である、請求項8~10のいずれか一項に記載の処理方法。 The step of applying a physical load in the thickness direction of the surface protection sheet to the adherend to which the surface protection sheet is attached is a transporting step or a physical treatment step, according to claims 8 to 10. The processing method according to any one of the items.
  12.  請求項8~11のいずれか一項に記載の処理方法に用いられる表面保護シート。

     
    A surface protection sheet for use in the treatment method according to any one of claims 8 to 11.

PCT/JP2022/003426 2021-03-25 2022-01-28 Surface protective sheet and treatment method WO2022201858A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023508727A JPWO2022201858A1 (en) 2021-03-25 2022-01-28
CN202280024088.3A CN117083356A (en) 2021-03-25 2022-01-28 Surface protection sheet and treatment method
TW111105242A TW202300609A (en) 2021-03-25 2022-02-14 Surface protective sheet and treatment method

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-052064 2021-03-25
JP2021052064 2021-03-25
JP2021151206 2021-09-16
JP2021-151206 2021-09-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022201858A1 true WO2022201858A1 (en) 2022-09-29

Family

ID=83396801

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/003426 WO2022201858A1 (en) 2021-03-25 2022-01-28 Surface protective sheet and treatment method

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2022201858A1 (en)
TW (1) TW202300609A (en)
WO (1) WO2022201858A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024101170A1 (en) * 2022-11-09 2024-05-16 日東電工株式会社 Protective sheet, and method for manufacturing electronic component device

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0365998A2 (en) * 1988-10-26 1990-05-02 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Water releasable pressure sensitive adhesive sheet material
JPH06207149A (en) * 1992-11-03 1994-07-26 Rohm & Haas Co Article consisting of support layer, pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and water-base peelable covering layer
JP2006241264A (en) * 2005-03-02 2006-09-14 Kuramoto Sangyo:Kk Adhesive composition and hot water peelable label
JP2012514104A (en) * 2008-12-31 2012-06-21 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Stretchable peelable adhesive tape
WO2019151194A1 (en) * 2018-02-05 2019-08-08 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive sheet and peeling method for adhesive sheet
WO2021024741A1 (en) * 2019-08-02 2021-02-11 日東電工株式会社 Layered article and peeling method
WO2021024864A1 (en) * 2019-08-02 2021-02-11 日東電工株式会社 Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0365998A2 (en) * 1988-10-26 1990-05-02 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Water releasable pressure sensitive adhesive sheet material
JPH06207149A (en) * 1992-11-03 1994-07-26 Rohm & Haas Co Article consisting of support layer, pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and water-base peelable covering layer
JP2006241264A (en) * 2005-03-02 2006-09-14 Kuramoto Sangyo:Kk Adhesive composition and hot water peelable label
JP2012514104A (en) * 2008-12-31 2012-06-21 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Stretchable peelable adhesive tape
WO2019151194A1 (en) * 2018-02-05 2019-08-08 日東電工株式会社 Adhesive sheet and peeling method for adhesive sheet
WO2021024741A1 (en) * 2019-08-02 2021-02-11 日東電工株式会社 Layered article and peeling method
WO2021024864A1 (en) * 2019-08-02 2021-02-11 日東電工株式会社 Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024101170A1 (en) * 2022-11-09 2024-05-16 日東電工株式会社 Protective sheet, and method for manufacturing electronic component device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202300609A (en) 2023-01-01
JPWO2022201858A1 (en) 2022-09-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN111670234B (en) Adhesive sheet and method for peeling adhesive sheet
CN107267080B (en) Surface protection sheet
CN112513216B (en) Optical adhesive composition and use thereof
WO2022202321A1 (en) Surface protection sheet
JP7441012B2 (en) adhesive sheet
WO2022201858A1 (en) Surface protective sheet and treatment method
WO2019225649A1 (en) Adhesive sheet
CN111670230B (en) Method for peeling adhesive sheet
WO2023145360A1 (en) Surface protective sheet and treatment method
WO2022201857A1 (en) Surface protective sheet and treatment method
JP7469872B2 (en) Adhesive sheet
CN113061401A (en) Adhesive sheet for semiconductor processing
CN112980345A (en) Adhesive sheet for wafer processing
KR20210075872A (en) Method for peeling pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
KR20210075874A (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet for processing semiconductor
WO2019151192A1 (en) Method for peeling adhesive sheet
CN117083356A (en) Surface protection sheet and treatment method
CN117157372A (en) Surface protection sheet
WO2024024860A1 (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and method for removing pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
JP7319766B2 (en) Adhesive sheet
TW202239900A (en) Structure, adhesive sheet, set and method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22774660

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023508727

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202280024088.3

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22774660

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1